Audio

334: How To Market Your Online Store On YouTube With Eric Bandholz

334: How To Market Your Online Store On YouTube With Eric Bandholz

Today I’m really excited to have Eric Bandholz back on the show for the 3rd time.

Eric runs Beardbrand.com which is a successful store that sells beard care products online. But what really makes his brand stand out is the content he creates on YouTube.

Today, over 40% of his business can be directly attributed to the platform and he’s going to teach us how to start a YouTube channel the right way for an eCommerce store.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to start a YouTube channel for an ecommerce store
  • The most important aspect of building YouTube traffic
  • How to funnel YouTube viewers to your online shop

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I have Eric Bandholz back on the show, and Eric is the founder of Beardbrand, an eight figure store that sells men’s care products. And in this episode, you’re going to learn how to grow your online store with YouTube. But before we begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you’re looking to stand out in the inbox this holiday season, get more out of email marketing with Klaviyo. Every customer is different.

00:28
Klaviyo helps you build more personal connections with each customer based on the things that they really care about. Send more relevant emails by tailoring every experience based on individual preferences and shopping behavior. With top-notch targeting and best in-class segmentation, you can unlock the full potential of your e-commerce data and create email marketing moments that keep shoppers coming back well past the holidays. Just ask Living Proof, Tipsy Elves, Huckberry, or more than the 50,000 other brands growing with Klaviyo.

00:55
And because Klaviyo is built for e-commerce brands of all shapes and sizes, there’s no better marketing platform to help you close out the year strong. Now can get started for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing.

01:21
SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript.io, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too and with the holiday season rolling around,

01:49
SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postcoup.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot I O slash Steve. Now on to the show. Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter Job podcast, where we’ll teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host, Steve Chu.

02:19
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. Today I’m really excited to have Eric Bandholz back on the show for the third time, I believe. Eric is someone who I met at eCommerce Fuel Conference in Austin, Texas many, many, many years ago. And I literally see his bearded face like five times a day during the NBA playoffs because he’s a star in a commercial that promotes ShipStation. And he runs the incredibly awesome site, beardbrand.com, which is a successful store that sells beard care products that do not yet cater to Asians.

02:48
And what’s really cool about his shop is the strength of his brand and how did he establish his brand through YouTube. And today over 40 % of his business can be directly attributed to the platform. So today we are going to dig deep and learn how to start a YouTube channel the right way for an e-commerce store. And with that, welcome to show Eric, how you doing today, man? Hey, Steve, great to be back, man. How did you get that ShipStation commercial? Because I literally see you every single day.

03:16
I wish I could attribute like the good things that happened to us to like talent and our skill, but it’s usually just like dumb luck. So ships. know you applied an audition for that commercial, right? No, no, no, no. I’m kidding. I’m kidding. Ship station. They, I mean, we’ve been using ship station since like day number one, like 2013 in the early days. And I think they’re only a few months old. So they, they of course knew about us and now we’re growing. And then when we moved to Austin, Texas,

03:43
They’re headquartered here in Austin, Texas. they, they, one day they brought like literally their whole ship station team down to the Beardbrand office. It was like 15 people in our little office, all crammed in our little conference room, like just trying to learn, you know, what we needed out of it. So we just kind of stayed in touch and then out of the blue, they reached out and they’re like, Hey, we’re doing these case studies. And I just thought it was for like their website or whatever. And then my mom like messages me or calls me. She’s like, Hey, I saw you on TV.

04:12
or your uncle saw you on TV and was like, oh yeah, you know, shark tank rerun. She’s like, no, something different. And I’m like, what? And it turns out they were running the spot as a TV commercial. didn’t even tell me or anything. And then like, okay, you know, I’m pretty laid back. So I was fine with it. And then, um, yeah, I mean, that was like two or three years ago that that happened and it was still running. Hey, I must be converting like crazy for them because they’re still running. Yeah, must be. Well, they’re spending a lot of money, right?

04:41
Oh yeah. Game of the NBA playoffs. And we’ll see, we’ll see spikes to viewers every time like those, those ads are run. So it’s definitely, you know, driving some awareness to our brand. So I’ll take it. I’ll, I’ll take, you know, I’m a whore, you know, I don’t know if people know that or not. I’m like a PR whore. Like if you want a case study, if you want like a good endorsement, like my favorite podcast show I’ve ever been on is my wife quit her job. Steve is the greatest host I’ve ever, you know, like the greatest conversation I’ve ever had.

05:10
you know, write it up, put me as a quote, I will be that person. Well, this is your third time on the show. think last time was, I to say like five years ago. When were you on Shark Tank? can’t remember. Was that five years ago? Four years ago? Shark Tank was 2014. Oh, okay. Yeah. Dang. Six years ago. That can’t be right. No, no, I think I was on like a year or two ago. Maybe. Like after one of our man camps or something. I probably gave you some flicks.

05:39
for not getting me on. All right. Okay. As the listeners already know out there that I’ve been working on this YouTube channel for like the past six to seven months and it’s been a slog. What’s different is like my YouTube channel isn’t to promote my e-commerce store, but I brought Eric on to kind of talk about in terms of e-commerce. A couple of things I want to ask you just on YouTube in general, since it’s a large part of your business, are there certain businesses that are more suited to YouTube?

06:09
versus another? Like, do you think it applies to all types of e-commerce businesses in general? Yeah, I mean, I think I’m sure if you’re talented and you’re capable, you can make anything work, right? I’m not one of these guys that say, ah, you know, stick to this. But I do think like certain products are probably a little bit easier. So if you’re like a consumer driven brand, direct to consumer, you make your own products, it’s probably a great platform for you. know, so we sell men’s grooming products. We do videos about men’s grooming.

06:38
You know, there’s guys that sell, um, you know, like watches or shoes or, know, like any kind of consumable product, those are generally going to be pretty good. But that being said, you know, there’s always opportunities out there. There’s a, and in the early days, there’s this company called like VAT 51 or something like that. I could, I could have their name wrong, but they, they just had the most outlandish type of things in their store. So they’re a pure e-commerce player in the sense that they didn’t manufacture products. They would resell products.

07:07
But they would have like the weirdest products like the 12 pound gummy worm or something like that. And they would try to eat it on YouTube. So there’s always going to be opportunity. I feel like on YouTube, if you can, you know, resonate with your audience in the right way. kind of reminds me of like factory, right? Oh, yeah. Yeah. But is he on YouTube? I wonder if he is or not. Huh? He should be. His stuff should be on YouTube, I would think. Right. Yeah. Because he does political dolls too.

07:36
I don’t know if he’s still in those, right? But it’s got to be heating up for him if he’s still doing that stuff. Oh yeah, it totally has to be. Yeah. All right. So let’s like, I don’t care what you’re working on now per se. I phrase that in the wrong way. I do care. I know deeply. one cares what I’m doing. Like not even our customers. I want to rewind to like the beginning because a lot of people are listening. This is going to be starting from ground zero. Like, okay, I want to do YouTube channel or why should I do a YouTube channel?

08:05
Walk me through, if you remember back that far, why you chose to focus on YouTube and then what were your first steps? Yeah. You know, um, I always love the quote. think it’s from Drake. I started from the bottom. Now I’m here and that’s everyone, man. Everyone starts from the bottom. Going way back into the beard brain history. There’s a, there’s a, like a mystery co-founder. No one knows about. Okay.

08:31
His name is John Reisinger. John Reisinger. I originally pitched the idea to John Reisinger 2012. And he was like, all right, man, we’re going to do this like public display of how we’re going to build a brand. And we’re just going to give like the ins and outs and kind like what you do with my wife, Quidditch job. And we’re going to do it through Beardbrand. And so he actually created the YouTube channel. He’s like, yeah, let’s do it on YouTube. We’ll do YouTube. And he was like the, remember there were some videos of him. He was just sitting at

09:01
his computer like clicking around and there’s like no purpose to video at all other than him like working at a computer which you gotta imagine is the most boring type of content you can imagine and it was but he’s a guy who just started it up I don’t know if he started up a tumbler as well but pretty much he started it up and then he AWOL he’s like your typical like ADD entrepreneur on the was he a co-founder yeah he was like the original original I want to yeah I would say he’s a co-founder kind of wow

09:30
Okay. All right. But he was there for like a month, right? So he kind of he was like, Yeah, yeah, like he’s a co founder of like the community, like he kind of like the idea was always mine. And I shared it with him. He’s like, All right, yeah, let’s do it. He’s all excited. And then he had like a baby and he went on to something else, you know, so I’ll give him credit for for being there on the early days and kind of being that spark. So it was just like it was just it was there, right. And I had one video, one video that hit like how to grow beard.

09:59
And it was enough to like make more videos. I feel like if I did not have one video that hit YouTube probably might’ve never even happened. So it was definitely leveraging that, one successful video for us. What’s considered a hit. I mean, back in the day when you have like 300 subscribers, anything over like 10,000 views, I think. Okay. Well no, that’s a lot for an e-commerce store, right? If you think about it.

10:27
Oh, I am, you know, like we didn’t, weren’t even an e-commerce store back then. We were just some kind of, kind of blog, you know, it was like, I knew that first year. was just a Tumblr page, YouTube page. And then we had this little blog going on and, um, there was no like strategy. mean, I had a vision, but there was no strategy for, for monetizing it. And then we launched in 2013 when I brought on my current co-founders, Jeremy and Lindsay.

10:56
and kind of turn the community into a business and leverage a New York Times quote that we’re going to have. They’re still there, right? New York Times? No, your other co-founders. Because I would say if they left, it be you and not the other. Yeah. Yeah. So, well, again, there’s another mysterious co-founder. We had a fourth one, Joshua McKee. So it was the four of us and I was going to give them all 25 % equity.

11:25
So we’d all be equal partners, but Josh has another business that he wanted to focus on. So, um, he, kind of bailed out and then it was me and Jeremy and Lindsay and the three of us still are, are happily engaged to the business, I guess. Is that what you call it? When you have good, good business partners? I guess, I don’t know if there’s a term for it. mean, I’m married to mine. So you knock out a, you knock it out multiple levels.

11:52
All right. So you start this community. So you had one video that hit 10 K. What does it mean to hit 10? Was it just the views and then you were like, okay, let’s start a business or did you actually make money off of that? No, no. I mean, I think it was, I would have to look back, but I think it did like in that first year, maybe like six videos, six or 12 videos, something like that. And I was all over the board with the content. didn’t really know what type of content to produce. And then I realized like, okay, well this one video really resonated.

12:21
with the YouTube audience called how to grow beard. Why don’t I do how to grow mustache or how to, you know, apply beard stuff. And I kind of got like more clarity on the type of content that was going to resonate with our audience because we tested so many different formats. How do you figure that out? So, I mean, is there like a system?

12:43
for figuring out what resonates with you. Like what are the metrics? I mean, you kind of got to be in tune with, with the data. Uh, YouTube’s really good at giving you all the data you need to, understand what’s going on. Uh, for me, like your view rate, I mean, the number of views is usually the biggest indicator. So you got videos that are generating millions of views or tens of thousands of views or, significantly more than it’s like, do more of those because clearly people want those and engage with those.

13:10
Well, presumably people found those first videos through search, right? Yeah, I would imagine it was evergreen content. know, YouTube’s got a really good recommendation engine. So it wouldn’t surprise me if YouTube just simply recommended the video. You know, someone else’s watching a beard video or they’re, you know, like they searched on Google, like something about beards and then all of sudden YouTube recommends the video. So

13:37
I think most of our growth has been from like the sidebar, you know, video recommendations on YouTube rather than people going in type and search search for us is probably about like 12%. I think people type in and search topics on YouTube. are you very deliberate about getting into that recommenders recommendations sidebar? I mean, there’s, mean, yes and no. The way to get in there is to have a bunch of videos that perform well. And then.

14:07
So there’s not like any particular strategy other than the same way you build a good YouTube channel. All right. Let’s talk about that. So let’s say you were to make a video today, like how much research goes into it versus the production. And I want to know like what metrics you look at to determine what’s a good video and whether to continue on with it. Like the whole process. mean, you just randomly decide to put out videos about anything, right?

14:36
Or do you? I think so what’s really cool is this interview where we’re literally one year into launching a new YouTube channel. So we had our primary YouTube channel is called Beardbrand. It evolved into like this barbershop content. And we spun off a new channel called Beardbrand Alliance. And within that first year, we were able to get to over 100,000 subscribers.

15:05
And we are able to, um, get, think we’re up to like 17 million views or something like that or 16 million in just one year in one year. Yeah. Okay. Teach me. So if you look at the, the beard brand Alliance, so a little more details like the beard brand Alliance was a dead channel that we had. It was previously called urban beardsman, uh, which was going to be the lifestyle component. Uh, and beard brand was going to be the grooming component, but we just based on the YouTube algorithm, we, we,

15:35
merge everything back on the beard brand channel. And then because the algorithm shifted again, it made sense to kind of Can you talk about how it shifted like just for people out there listening? Yeah. So when we originally created the urban beersman channel, which is now the beard brand Alliance channel, we noticed that YouTube was putting a preference towards like daily vloggers. This was around the time that Casey Neistat started blowing up with his daily content.

16:04
So YouTube’s algorithm, it was like, oh, hey, if this person can crank out daily content, that means viewers are going to come back and watch every single day. And they’re going to stick around longer and, you know, watch more videos. And that’s always, you got to think about YouTube’s perspective. You want to get people on YouTube and to stay on YouTube for as long as possible. And if your videos help with that, your videos will get shown. If your videos don’t help with that, like if you’re driving everyone off of YouTube.

16:35
your videos are not getting shown. So everything you need to do is about creating people who love to be on YouTube and fought and like kind of engaging with a community of people who just like live on YouTube. But I think what happened is like YouTube realized, my God, this daily content thing is burning out all the creators. They want to blow their brains out. They’re they’ve they’re like digging at the bottom of the barrel for like good content and it’s not sustainable.

17:02
And I think they realized that so they shifted the algorithm to focus more on kind of like really high hitting content that resonates with their audience. So rather than this like everyday kind of logging type of content, they wanted more just like good, less videos that are really good or better, better than daily content. Interesting. I just talked to someone else and he was telling me like,

17:30
unless he posts often, like he sees everything just start going down. In the old days, he used to spend a lot of time, spend a lot of money to create these productions really. And then he stopped doing that because it wasn’t making money. And then he shifted over to like this daily news show that he does and that’s how he sustains it. But he says it’s more about frequency now. But are you saying it shifted back to quality again? Well, I think there’s a balance and quality is always subjective. know, like, so I think there’s

17:59
There’s some channels that I watch that they’ll only post like once a month or once every couple months and those videos will get millions of views. So the quality isn’t necessarily like, you know, using red camera or the latest microphones and stuff like that. It’s like really interesting things that literally no one else is doing. So if you can kind of create that kind of interesting content that does not exist anywhere in the world in any shape or form, you can do it like

18:27
really infrequently. But I really think like, you know, even like weekly would be a good gauge work. We’re kind of around the two to three videos a week is maybe closer to three is what we do because our quality is not that good. Like how good can you make a like a beard grooming video? There’s just it’s never going to be that remarkable, with exception of like a very couple key pieces of content that we could do that.

18:56
you’re not able to do regularly. So you shifted to beer brand Alliance channel to do more frequent videos is that or less frequent videos? No, no, no. mean, so essentially what we were doing is seven videos a week on beard brand that were of two different types of content. One was a barbershop style content and one was this kind of studio style, you know, tutorial type of content. And what we realized is like, all right, let’s just split that up because the people who are watching

19:25
most of the people are watching it for the barbershop videos and they’re not really engaging with our studio content. And if we have like a couple of videos in a row that are duds, then you kind of get in the cycle of YouTube recommending your videos less and less and less. So you really want to make sure your content is resonating with the majority of people who subscribe. Okay. So we, we essentially split the channel. So we were creating seven videos a week. Still was just on two different channels. Okay.

19:54
All right. All right. So back to this new channel. So when you say it started as a dead channel, it had subscribers then when you started, I guess. Yeah, I think we had like, I don’t know, maybe 7,000 subscribers or okay. And so you go to a hundred K. Uh, how much of it was you promoting that channel from other channels though, versus just really starting jumpstarting from scratch? mean, to be like most people aren’t going to do what we did because of the

20:23
foundation that we had with our other channel. So we did do at like our end cards, like come over to the Alliance channel or this type of content. And I did like, you know, I’m leaving the channel like kind of like that clickbait style type of content where I’m like saying goodbye, we’ll see you. And then of course, I’m leaving it go to a different channel and they can still see me but I’m pretty much. So there were a fair amount of content where we did let our audience know and then when we told them we’re launching the new channel, I think like in that

20:52
first week or so we got like 10,000 subscribers. So we are definitely like able to collect a fair amount of the subscribers from the old channel or the big channel.

21:04
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

21:33
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

22:02
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E M E R G E C O U N S E L.com. Now back to the show. Okay. So let’s say you didn’t weren’t doing that. I mean, what are some of the things that you would have done with the, with the content, this new channel? What I’m basically asking is yeah. I would say like the way we grew wasn’t primarily through like those little

22:32
You know recommendations from our other channel, you know questions I guess I think the way we grew was by having content that resonated with our audience So a couple things like if you look back to around September of last year We were doing these like 30 day challenges Where we wanted to do kind of like, you know, I try to you know Give up meats for 30 days and here’s what happens or I try to wake up at 445 you know, or I try to wear a suit every day for for a month like these kind of like

23:02
really engage like self improvement, like kind of lifestyle, style videos, which was a new format for us. And they really just kind of fell flat. Like, I remember this was probably the point where I gave up on it was I tried to row a marathon, which is 26 miles in a single. And, you know, so I’m training, I’m working my ass off, I get these like, I get all these cameras, these waterproof cameras, GoPros and stuff. And we get like all

23:30
this cool like B roll footage and it’s like a nice like 20 minute long video like probably like the coolest or the most technically challenging video we ever produced and I get like, you know, like three or 5000 views on it. And then I’ll just go and I’ll turn on the lights and be like, here are the top 10 things that are great about beards and I’ll just like ramble for 10 minutes and that will get like 20,000 views. And it’s like, what am I doing? You know, what am I doing on my life where I’m spending like

23:57
you know, 30 hours to bruise a video that gets, you know, a fifth of the engagement of me just kind of talking about beards. So kind of like, okay, well, here’s what our audience clearly is interested in. Like, don’t fight it. You know, like, if, if they really wanted these challenges, like, we would do them, like we were super excited to do them. And I think they’re pretty interesting things. But if people aren’t watching it, just like,

24:25
change. I that was a visibility thing or because like Google will categorize it right like oh this guy usually talks about beards like what am I going to show a rowing video to these people do you think I mean it wasn’t or no I mean no I mean I think it’s

24:42
Yeah, I mean, I think I think, you know, if I want to get really critical about our company, like our names beard brand. So and then you said it like an intro, like you’re always going to think of beards, even though we got the world’s best hair shampoo and conditioner, you know, even though we got the world’s most versatile body bar, our utility bar that can work as a shave soap or body wash or hair wash or you know, like all these things like people are going to be like, your beard, like your

25:10
So, you know, like I’ve always known that’s kind of something that we’re going to battle and you know, like if we roll with it, it’s a little bit easier, but it kind of also limits your, your growth potential. So we’re always trying to like push outside of it as much as possible. Like trying to like, just like gradually just like, okay, beard brand, know, self-improvement, you know, like become a better person, you know, like, you know, grooming as a whole, not just your beard, it’s your hair, it’s your, your style. And then of course, you know, the style component too, like wearing clothes that

25:41
Sure. Accent things. And you know, so we’d like, we’ve tried to branch off of that, but we always, we always get friction on that, you know? So these videos, like you restarting this channel, but you just mentioned earlier that if you have a string of duds that affects like future videos, is that, is that what you said? Yeah. Where our big channel right now is in a, in lull, you know, I wish I could come in here talking about how great we were, but we’re right now we’re battling with our big channel, trying to get it out of the doldrums.

26:10
So we’re trying to figure out how we can just reignite that channel and get it like hitting like it used to be hitting. So it’s, it’s like, it never ends. Like you’re always trying to figure things out and make adjustments and tweak it and find the way. ever delete your duds then or does that? No, no, no. No, that’s just ego. Like you delete stuff if you’ve got ego problems, but, um, YouTube doesn’t really care about that. So it’s what have you done for me lately?

26:35
All right. So, okay. So what is your plan to get it out of the doldrums? Like what’s your strategy whenever you put together a video, like someone’s starting out selling, I don’t know, some consumer product, like watches or whatnot. Like how do you figure out what your videos should be about starting from ground zero? Yeah. So first thing from, uh, like the worst thing you can do, like if you have a watch company is just talk about yourself all day long. Like no one’s going to frigging watch that. No pun intended.

27:02
Okay, if you guys are listening out there Eric likes to do this all the time Yeah, no one’s gonna do that You need to think about like how can you bring value to your viewers lives, know like if if my channel was just about like your brand shampoo and conditioner beard brand utility bar you’d your brand beer oil like first of all, I would I only have like 13 products and Then you know nine different fragrances. So what is that? I can do like 21 videos

27:32
And then that’s it. So first of all, you’ve got to get beyond like just talking about yourself and talking about your product and think about like the lifestyle that your customers are living and how you can create content that resonates with them from a lifestyle perspective or from an entertainment perspective. There’s really like a couple of different ways you can create content. So our big channel kind of falls into like the entertainment realm of content where it’s like here, come in and watch, get to know the personalities, get to see this transformation. Most people

28:02
that are watching these videos aren’t barbers, you know, they just kind of like to see the before and after they like to, to maybe they learn a little bit, they’ll take it into their barber, but most of it’s just kind of like they, they want to relax and chill. Do you have any products in those videos? Yeah. Yeah. So like if a barber styling the hair, they’ll always like grab, you know, your best album and or some sunscreen, but it’s not like a hard sales, not like get this at beardbrand.com.

28:28
Maybe we should. I really feel like the fans who watch it, they’ll, they’ll get it and they’ll learn. Um, you don’t have to beat their head in and too hard about it. And then the Alliance channel is more of like education. So it’s like very tutorial how to do this, how to trim your, your nose hairs, how to trim your ears. You know, like, is that? Like we don’t really sell anything with a nose hair trimmer or like, uh, you know, uh, Greg Brzezinski just did a video where he’s literally in the shower. Like here’s how I shower my

28:57
my hair or wash my hair. So if you ever want to watch like a Zeus like Greek God guy in the shower, we got that content for you. Maybe my female listeners will check out that video. It’s crazy. It’s like we’re 98 % guy. So it’s just a bunch of, it really? Yeah. Yeah. It’s just a bunch of dudes watching it. But I mean, they’re watching it for the educational. Sure. Sure. Yeah. Of course. And like he keeps it chest up. So it’s not like you’re seeing his nipples or anything like that.

29:23
So you’re getting an audience that way of just guys and then do you steer those people to your product somehow or are just building an audience or a community? I mean, so like if I tell you like how to, how to style your beard and when we sell products that help with styling your beard, I want to be using it or I’ll talk about it, you know, like, same, same thing. Just in fashion. So if you’ve got products, you know, like, uh, you know, if you’re selling handkerchiefs, you know, it’s like how to, how to use

29:50
how to blow your nose outfits, you know, or how to set a table with handkerchiefs or how to fold handkerchiefs. So you’d have stuff like that, but you’d also think about like beyond the handkerchief too, because you kind of want this like 80 20 rule of like 80 % contents about the audience. And then 20 % is kind of like self promotional or 10 % is kind of self promotional. So it’s like, these are for wedding, you know, like wedding planning tips, you know, the best way to plan. So like the channel can kind of like be beyond

30:20
just handkerchiefs, it’s going to be, you know, the wedding environment is going to be like the crafting environment or whatever it is. And that will give you like a much broader range of content that you can, can hit with. And then it might even like open up new like product opportunities for you down the road. What role does keyword research play in your video production? Very little, if any. little. Yeah. I don’t think we do any of that. Really? Okay. It’s all about, and we’ve, we’ve talked about this

30:50
you know, off camera before, but so much of your success, like 90 % of your success is going to be your thumbnail and your title. Your, your thumbnail and your title need to work together to create interest and intrigue. But you don’t want to be given away, you know, that old saying, why, why buy the cow when you can drink the milk for free, you’re not doing that with your thumbnail. So you don’t want to give away the answer in your thumbnail that you want to have like, why

31:17
Like something like, I really want to figure out this answer. I really want to watch this video to know what they’re talking about. Um, and that’s called the hook. Okay. So you want to have a hook for your thumbnail and title. Now, a lot of people confuse the hook with clickbait. Clickbait is when you are fraudulent and you lie and you mislead your audience on what’s going to be in the video. And that’s where you have like a, an image of a thumbnail of like a big breasted woman. And you’re talking about e-commerce or something like that’s clickbait.

31:47
Okay. Do not do that. Do not mislead your audience. Do not like, you know, do not be fraudulent. Like because YouTube, their algorithms trained to learn that type of activities and your stuff won’t work. So the skill is learning that hook. So you get 90 % of that is going to drive people to watch the video. And then the other 10 % is like, have a good video. That’s that people want to watch, you know, like, but it, but it doesn’t necessarily have to be the best video, but it does have to like satiate that.

32:17
that desire they had when they clicked it.

32:21
And you know, I’ve had other YouTube people on before and I guess half of them fall into your camp, like zero keyword research. But then the other half, when they do keyword research, there’s like two components, right? There’s discovery, like you said, on the recommended side, but those videos on the recommended side have to be related to something that’s popular that people are searching for or watching, right? So it seems to me that you’re probably correct.

32:47
to get on the recommendations is probably the majority of the views. I think that’s the case actually even for my channel right now, but to grow and become more discoverable, it seems like you have to target something that people are looking for or want, right? Yeah. mean, you got to create something that resonates with people, man. Like I, uh, I mean, to be fair, like when I say we do these things, we do it because it’s built for like our production style and our goals. It’s like, if something doesn’t hit, we’ll just create another one. Right. Whereas

33:17
Some people may have like smarter every day. That guy Destin, I don’t know if you’ve ever watched his channel, he’s got like 7 million subscribers, but he does these incredible projects that costs like tens of thousands of dollars to produce and make me manufacture like air guns. He just did this like air gun that will shoot a baseball out. And of course it’s one of those things that no one’s ever doing. He’s spending a ton of money in it. Like he needs to make sure it hits right? Because he’s spending.

33:46
$20,000 to make a video. Whereas me, I’m spending, you know, 20 minutes of my time and then my video editor spends like another three or four hours, you know, so like that’s $200, right? Of, of cost. So because our investment costs are so low, it’s just like, okay, that didn’t hit, just turn out something else. But if you are something that’s producing a type of video that has a lot more investment in it, then yeah, it does make sense to be a little more prepared.

34:15
So when I say these things, like what works for us may not necessarily be the right answer for everyone out there. I guess what I’m trying to ask you is why aren’t you doing more keyword research? I mean, it’s an extra 20 minutes added onto your because it like, for me, I want to have that title without any restrictions. I wanted to really be able to be free to work with that thumbnail to

34:44
engage with the audience. So, you know, once you start keyword stuffing your title, it doesn’t come off as like human language, you know, sometimes it comes off as just like a little weird. So I don’t know. It’s just not my style. But let me ask you that question a different way. How do you increase your chances of getting on the recommended list? I mean, it’s create really engaging videos that people want to launch.

35:14
But how do you get them to discover you in the very beginning when you’re starting from ground zero? I mean, YouTube learns, right? Like it just, it just knows it, what it like, you know, like the, so, I mean, if you want to talk about it from like an analytical standpoint, it’s your click through rate, which is the number of people who view the video and then the number of people who click on it. Right. So that’s your thumbnail and your, your, your title. Like if you have a good click through rate,

35:44
Like 15 % or something like that. YouTube’s just going to be like, Oh yeah, show it where people, and then when you pair that with your watch time and people are like literally watching the video, YouTube knows, like it doesn’t take much data for them to quickly realize they’ve got a winner on their hands. So yeah, like that’s why I’m saying is like, if you’re thinking and you’re investing a bunch of time on like keyword research and promoting on Reddit or whatever, all that brain energy should be like, how can I make the video better?

36:13
You know, how can I make it more engaging? How can I get that title and thumbnail, get more people to want to click on it and want to watch it? You know, what are the things that I can do that are really exceptional? And you got to think that way rather than like, oh, how do I find the right keywords to do or how do I find what’s hot? So you threw out some numbers just there and clearly you’ve been doing this for a long time. So you probably have some internal metrics, right? What’s a good click through rate? Like everything, it all depends.

36:42
For you I’m asking like you guys know so our channel the big channel the good click-through rate is like 5 % 5 to 6 % Maybe like in the very first hour like 8 % something like that and then the small channel the Alliance channel You know like we know we have a winner our hands if it’s like 15 % So it is smaller. It’s newer like the audience is more engaged and then I think like, you know across the board YouTube is around 5 %

37:11
is a good one. And then you have like your, notification, which is like the amount of people who want to be like notified of all your videos and their click through rates. And that’s kind of like in the across the board YouTube is like, I think it’s like point 5 % to 2.5 % is kind of like the range that they have for those notifications. So I think that’s like a big indicator in the really early days if your video is going to hit or not, is if you’ve got something that’s outside of your norm.

37:40
But the downside is you don’t get those metrics until two days later, but you’ll YouTube’s got those metrics. So they’re, they’re, you know, putting the video through the algorithm, um, based on those, those early numbers. And in terms of, uh, the percentage view, is there something that you shoot for? Yeah. So we don’t really care about percentage view necessarily. We care more about like just the average view duration. So if you can get a that

38:10
you know, people watch for five minutes or at least based in our market. If someone’s watching something for five minutes is going to blow up. Mike, we’re going to get a hundred thousand views guaranteed. And you know, anything north of that is like five 30 or six minutes. And it’s just like unreal how the video, how long are these videos? They’re like 10 minutes. We try to aim for like 18 minutes. I think it’s kind of our sweet spot for our barbershop videos. And then like eight to

38:38
12 minutes for our studio style content. then, um, yeah, most of our stuff, think our average is around like three 30 to four minutes is our typical view duration for a I’m just, I’m just comparing notes on mine. I typically get 40 to 60 % of people who have the duration, I guess it’s a different type of content, obviously. Yeah. So I guess how long are your videos then?

39:06
They’re always around 12 to 15 minutes. Okay. 10 to 15 minutes. I would say. Yeah. Yeah. So you’re getting like five or six minutes, huh? I think so. I was going to have you take a look at that at some point. Yeah. mean, if you have a call, can look at your, you can open up your dashboard or something. Yeah. No, that’d be sweet. That’d be sweet. Uh, you gave me some thumbnail tips the other day. Do you want to share what you told me?

39:34
feel for all your, you know, all your loyal YouTube subscribers. I don’t have to read this twice. You want to share those with the audience? So, so Steve, Steve made the mistake of like, in my opinion, again, like everyone’s got opinion. Well, you’re the expert, so I’m not going to argue with you. Yeah. Don’t argue with me. mean, he, put his title, his description and the thumbnail and some of his titles are like,

40:01
I don’t know, 10 words long. So he’s got like this little thumbnail and then like all these friggin words on it that are exactly the same as the title that you can just read right above it. And then he’s got like a little itty bitty Steve in the corner. People want to look at you, Steve. They don’t care about all these words. They can look at the word somewhere else. So you’re just in my opinion, like we found that faces work really good and you want to get that eye contact and you want to zoom the heck out of that. Like

40:30
one of my best performing videos on the Alliance channel is literally like this part of my face. It’s just like the mustache, like in a little bit of the nose, like no eyes or anything. It’s just like super zoomed in and then like scissors in there like, or no, it a comb in there, a comb in there. So, uh, yeah, man, the closer you can get that zoomed in the better it’ll be. Do you split test your thumbnails? We kind of do. We kind of do. You’re not able.

40:59
mean, there’s there’s ways you could do it. You’d like you could buy Facebook ads beforehand and kind of see what people will click on or engage on. There’s a lot of ways to kind of do it better with with better engagement. But we just kind of in a non scientific manner because you don’t really have a control. Well, if something’s hitting or not hitting, we’ll change it out. what’s your metrics for hitting or not hitting like, you know, pretty cool thing that’s like you’re based on your

41:28
So we try to have like number five or higher for every video we produce. want to every video is moving in the right direction. So if it’s kind of coming in at eight or nine, then we’ll work to after what duration, like what time period within an hour within an hour. Okay. Yeah. Yeah. Like as soon as that pops up, uh, you, you generally know, some of the, your, your best use of your time is going to be

41:56
when that video goes live to just watch the metrics for an hour, two hours and just see what they’re doing and then get to know those like the back of your hand. You just want to know what a good 30 minutes is, what a good 10 minutes is. And then like, cause that first hour is where you’re to be driving the most of your engagement traffic. So you really want to, I want to say most, but it’s, it’s like very crucial that you’re hitting in that early stage. So we’ll change things up really, really quickly.

42:25
within that first hour, maybe even first half an hour, depending on how things are going. All right. So, okay. So let’s say after the first hour, you’re at like eight or nine in terms of your last 10 videos. What do you do? What do you switch up? Yeah. I mean, we, every video we have like multiple thumbnails and multiple titles that we’re willing to try and test. And, um, like for instance, we, we just had one that came in like number nine and the thumbnail was,

42:53
It was a bald headed guy getting his beard trim. was a very unremarkable trim in terms of transformations. Like you would not be able to distinguish the before and after, but that was like the intent of the cut was the guy didn’t want to lose any length. He just kind of wanted the bulk taken out and kept symmetrical. But we have a lot of bald headed beard guys. Like this video should really hit hard for us. And it was a dud out of the gate. And I think the problem we had was the thumbnail was like all barber hands.

43:22
and scissors and you couldn’t see the beard you couldn’t see the client at all. So we switched it out with essentially like the beard getting styled and it’s now like number two out of 10. really, it went from like bottom of the list to you know, top of the list, not top of the list, but upper list. about old videos that have been out for a while? Do you ever go back and switch the thumbnails and titles? I think there’s

43:50
There could be opportunities for that. Like one thing we’re trying to do is get some consistency with our thumbnails by putting like a little photograph of the barber and in the corner so that everyone knows like when I watch this video, it’s this barber or that barber and can kind of get in a playlist. But we haven’t gone back and change them. But I think like as we’ve we get a little more capacity to do those things that I would like to do it.

44:19
That example you just gave, uh, what was the text on the thumbnail versus what the name of the video was for that winning? We don’t put any texts on our thumbnails. Oh, you don’t. Okay. Yeah. I’m not wasting, I’m not wasting good thumbnail or thumbnail space with text. Hmm. Can you discuss the pros and cons? Faces like, cause again, you want to have that intrigue. You don’t want to, you don’t want to be giving that milk away for free. So, um, by having no text on there, you

44:47
automatically create like a little intrigue like, Oh, what’s this about? Interesting. I guess, again, like every channel is different. Like there are some communities in YouTube where you have to put text on it. It’s just like clearly the things that really work. But for us, we found that, you know, text just takes up opportunity to show off the work.

45:10
Okay. So you mentioned before that your big primary channel has been kind of flat lately. What is your plan to revamp that? Gold drums, man. Yeah. So what’s, mean, things change all the time, right? what’s What’s the latest trend? A couple of things. Like we, we took our content from three videos a week down to two videos a week for COVID. Cause we literally couldn’t get in the barbershop to film. So we had a little queue built up, but we didn’t know how long that was last. So to just kind of make sure that

45:39
the content lasted, we took it back. So the first thing I’d like to do is get the channel back up to two, three videos a week and try to build a little more cadence. We have a lot of new barbers. So, you know, sometimes things just take time. Like people just got to get to know the barbers and we got to get more content produced with the barbers. And then we we’ve got some ideas to try to like make it more entertaining, like a more of a show format, like kind of reality TV or focus on like

46:09
the storytelling and the barbershop five and less about like tutorial how to style. But again, like we haven’t really done a good job of that. But it’s basically a better job of getting clients in the chair, like the appropriate type of interesting styles like transformations and things like that. And then getting the right barbers, you know, on camera, which is can be challenging as well. So it’s just a lot of production management. When you’re

46:38
talking about your products in your description, you put the link to your product, presumably, right? Is that where most people are clicking? I don’t think anyone looks in the description. I want to really, I mean, you put a little bit of information, but what we like to do is pin a comment. A lot of people will go and read the comments. So in that first comment, you have a link to. see. Okay. So it’s not in the description. Well, you probably put in the description also. it’s in the description, but no one reads it. Right.

47:06
So you pin in the first, ah, okay. I didn’t think about doing that. Oh yeah. Shoot, man. That’s an easy one. We’ll see. I didn’t know. You probably want to show man. There’s probably all these things that you do that. Yeah. the knowledge. And then do you, do you still try to reply to all the comments and everything or? I try to like on my videos, like, so I’ve got the advantage of having like three other creators and a whole bunch of barbers. So I’m not in all the videos.

47:36
And I don’t really reply to the content that I don’t watch like oh like if Greg does a video I’ll comment for Greg I think that creates like a little community for for us and then he’ll he’ll kind of comment on my videos as well and then Where possible, you know not all the comments you can reply to they’re like a great job and you’re like, okay Thanks, you know, but sometimes that that’s all you need to do is just like I appreciate it man Thanks for commenting. But yeah, I try to

48:03
were possible, but that’s just who I am. I enjoy that. I enjoy talking to people. think comments and thumbs make your video more visible? Uh, nah, nah, I don’t think, I don’t think those really matter. I think, um, what matters is the amount of people who are subscribing to it. I do think if it’s a video that gets like abnormal amount of subscriptions, it really drives people to engage. That’s probably good. The thumbs. And I think like those are just easily manipulated.

48:30
Uh, and I’m sure like the whole subscription thing can be manipulated too. So I want to really place too much emphasis on, you know, telling people to click on the bell notification. I don’t want people clicking on the bell notifications, right? Because if, you’re not going to watch every video, don’t, don’t click on the bell notifications. Only do that if you want to get notified on all of them. So, okay. All right. Let’s, let’s summarize everything. Uh, top three tips for someone starting from scratch. Yeah. I mean, action actions.

49:00
over perfection. You just got to get shit out there, like produce as much content as you can as quickly as possible. And you know, filter them by views and figure out the ones that are hitting the hardest and then create more in that style. And then your is like research and figure out to the best of your ability, how to create an engaging thumbnail and title spend like 90 % of your time early on figuring out that strategy that’s really going to hit home.

49:30
And, uh, and then that content, you know, like there is ways to just refine and rehun your content, like tell a story better, get rid of all your arms, cut your stuff a little bit cleaner, have a story, like have a way to tell a story where people don’t want to skip around, you know, like you’re like dropping nuggets throughout the, the way, like that’s going to help increase the amount of time people are watching your video. The role, you know, is a great way to do that. We don’t do a lot of it, but

49:56
uh, B Royal can kind of keep people in there just like scene changes and well scripted out stories. Cool. Well, Eric, thanks a lot, Yeah. Very insightful. I could be back every week. You could, but I see you, you’re already on TV every day. So what more do you want, man? I want it all, man. I want to be like, I want to be like you. I want, want, Oh, I got a shamelessly plug. Mike, my show. Oh yeah. Yeah. So that was my next step. That was my next step. was going to let you shamelessly plug whatever you want. Go for it.

50:26
Oh, good. Yeah. Well, you guys all know about beard brand already. So why don’t you like come on over to e-commerce conversations and you can, you can see how the tables were turned. And I interviewed Steven when he’s like to be a guest. The guy knows obviously he knows his stuff. So we’ll have to link that one up. Actually. Is it out yet? I don’t, I don’t think so. I think we’ll be out in a weeks, but okay. Send me the link. I’ll put it in the show notes for this one. Okay. Cool. Yeah. All right, man. Thanks a lot. Yeah.

50:57
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now Eric really knows his stuff when it comes to YouTube and he’s been helping with my channel as well. So be sure to subscribe. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 334. And once again, I want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash div.

51:25
That’s P-O-S-T-S-C-R-I-P-T.I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog.

51:53
If you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

333: How Long Does It Take To Make Money With Your Business With Steve Chou

333: How Long It Takes To Make Money With Your Business With Steve Chou

In this episode, I answer one of the top 3 questions that I get asked almost every single week. How long does it take to make money with your business?

My answer will probably surprise you:)

In addition, I’ll give you a quick update about my store and how COVID-19 affected BumblebeeLinens.com.

What You’ll Learn

  • The biggest mistake people make with their expectations
  • A realistic time frame for your business
  • How to make time irrelevant
  • How COVID-19 has affected my business

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I’m doing a solo episode to answer one of the top three questions that I get almost every single week. How long does it take to make money with your business? But before we get into all that, I want to give you guys some quick updates about my e-commerce store over at bumblebelenons.com. Because many of you have been asking me about how COVID has affected our business.

00:28
And I’m happy to say that this past November was the all time highest month that we’ve ever had and we’re significantly up for the year despite having the worst March and April in the history of the company. Now the pandemic has really caused e-commerce to skyrocket. And in my humble opinion, there’s no better time to be starting an e-commerce business. Now to keep things in perspective, I also want to give you the bad with the good. Now, even though we had a record number of orders, the pandemic has also prevented us from hiring people to work in our warehouse.

00:57
So we’re actually pretty short staff right now and orders are coming in a little bit faster than we can actually fulfill them. So as a result, it’s been all hands on deck. I’ve been going to work, answer calls and that sort of thing, but it’s a good thing. Now, the other bad thing that’s happened to our store, which has nothing to do with the pandemic or anything, is that PayPal decided to deprecate their old PayPal Express Checkout API right in time for the holidays. And for all of you who aren’t aware of what PayPal Express Checkout is and why it’s important,

01:26
PayPal checkout allows users to sign into their PayPal accounts and have all their payment and address information imported automatically into your site. And this is especially important for mobile shoppers who don’t like to type on their phones. And it makes a huge difference to have this enabled. And it actually lifted my mobile conversion rate by over 39 % when I implemented this feature a long time ago. Anyway, it turns out that PayPal decided to deprecate this old API and it actually stopped working in September of this year. Now it’s my fault.

01:56
and I didn’t really notice that it wasn’t working until Black Friday. And this might sound careless on my part, but the old implementation was a little bit flaky because sometimes people don’t have their addresses in their accounts set up correctly on PayPal. So the old implementation would crap out sometimes, so I didn’t think anything of it. But during Black Friday, everyone was complaining about PayPal. So I took a closer look and it was busted completely. So I literally spent all of Small Business Saturday, literally 14 hours straight.

02:25
putting up a new implementation for my shopping cart from scratch. Anyway, I just wanted to share with you the good with the bad, and it also just goes to show that it’s important to use a well-supported shopping cart with your e-commerce business. And with that, let’s get on with the guts of today’s episode. Before I begin, I wanna thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Postscript is my SMS or text messaging provider that I use for e-commerce, and it’s crushing it for me right now.

02:51
I never thought that people would want marketing text messages, but it works. In fact, my tiny SMS list is performing on par with my email list, which is easily 10x bigger. Anyway, Postscript.io specializes in text message marketing for e-commerce, and you can segment your audience just like email, and it’s a very inexpensive solution. It converts like crazy, and you can try it for free over at Postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

03:21
I’m also crushing it with email using Klaviyo and Klaviyo is also a sponsor of the show. Klaviyo is the ultimate e-commerce marketing platform for online brands of all kinds and all sizes. And with email automation, SMS marketing, list growth tools and more, you get everything that you need to build strong relationships that keep your customers coming back. And especially during the holiday season, this is very important and you can get up and running quickly with Klaviyo’s integrations, pre-built marketing automations and beautiful email templates.

03:49
And so it doesn’t matter if you’re a large business or if you’re just starting out, Klaviyo is by far the best marketing platform for email during the holidays and long after. You can try it for free over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.com slash my wife. Now onto the show.

04:07
to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, where we’ll teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host, Steve Chu.

04:24
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. In this episode, I’m gonna give you my take on how long it should take to make money with your online business. Now I receive many questions via email every single day, but probably my number one most asked question is, Steve, how long do you think it’ll take me to make money with my business? And here’s another common permutation of the same question. Steve, I need to be able to make money in six months. Can it be done? And then finally, here’s my favorite permutation, which is can I expect to make 100K in the first year with my online store like you did?

04:53
One year ought to be enough runway, right? So here’s the truth. Brand new entrepreneurs are horrible at predicting how far they can get with their businesses in the short term. And in fact, they grossly overestimate how much money they can make in their first year. But on the flip side, they also grossly underestimate how much they can make in three plus years with their businesses as well. So anytime a reader or a student asks me any of the above questions, I immediately start to question their commitment.

05:20
and how serious they are about starting a real business. Now why is that? It’s because when someone asks me how much they can make in six months, it usually means that they’re only willing to stick it out for six months to see if their business has a chance. And that is definitely not enough time. Now starting a business takes a lot of commitment. And I don’t mean a year or a couple of years. When I say commitment, I’m talking about giving it a go for at least three to five years. Now when my wife and I started our own online store, we were in it for the long haul.

05:49
And although we set a goal to make 100K before the baby arrived, we were ready to work at it and keep the store float indefinitely until we got the formula correct. And if we didn’t have this mentality, we might have quit at six months because sales were not where we wanted them to be. We were not convinced that our store could ever make enough money to supplant my wife’s income. And we didn’t believe that our market was large enough. We didn’t think that we could crack the front page of search to get the necessary traffic. Now what’s funny is that we started our online store with the delusion of grandeur.

06:19
that our business would start making decent money within the first three months. After all, we had what we thought was a foolproof strategy. Our initial plan was to siphon away eBay customers by posting auctions online and steering them over to our online store through links in the auction description. Then we would roam the wedding forums and guide customers over to our shop by making recommendations to would-be brides. But what ended up happening?

06:42
is that we violated eBay’s terms of service and got our account temporarily suspended for posting external links on auctions. And then furthermore, we repeatedly got banned on the wedding forms for being overly promotional. There are no shortcuts. You have to be in it for the long haul. So if you’re wondering whether you can start making money right away because you are in a desperate situation, then chances are you lack the resolve to see your business idea through. So here’s what’s interesting about human nature.

07:10
When my wife and I reached our goal of making 100K during the end of our first year business, we were overjoyed. But at that point, we did not think that we could do it again. We did not think that our business could possibly grow anymore. And from our perspective, our business had peaked already. After all, it was a major struggle for us to reach that number in the first place because it involves so much legwork and a little bit of luck. And in fact, we didn’t think that we could achieve the same sales pace ever again.

07:37
Now what we didn’t realize was that the first year was just the tip of the iceberg. And every year since then, our business has increased in the double and triple digits. And never in a million years do we think that this could happen, let alone have our business be a seven figure online store. Which brings me to reiterate my second point. As humans, we often overestimate what we can accomplish in the short term, but we vastly underestimate what can be done in the long run. When I first started MyWifeQuarterJob.com,

08:06
I was hoping to start making significant money within a year of launch. And even though I started my blog with a five-year plan towards profitability, I full-on expected to be making at least five figures by the end of year one. But in reality, it wasn’t until well into year three when I started to see hockey stick growth, and today the blog is practically growing on autopilot. Now, when I launched my Creative Profitable Online Store course, I was only hoping to sign on about 30 students. But today I have over 70x that amount,

08:35
and the course’s growth continues to surprise me. Now the key to running any successful business is to set the right expectations and the right level of commitment. And when my wife and I began our online store in 2007, we full on planned to still be in business in 2012. When I started my blog at the end of 2008, I full on planned to be blogging five years later. When I launched my created profitable online store course in 2011, I made a long-term commitment to continuously add content to the course for many years to come.

09:04
And even though the course started out with practically no content, today I have well over 100 hours of video in the course and a 400 page PDF ebook to show for it. And the best part is that the course continues to grow and evolve. Most people quit their businesses within the first year. If you aren’t willing to devote at least three to five years to your business, don’t even bother. Why is that? Because most of the wealth and the profits are to be had well after your first year. Expecting your business to be vastly profitable within a short timeframe

09:34
is a half-assed way to think about your business. So let’s be realistic here. During the first year of any online business, your website is probably not going to have superior search engine placement. Your business probably won’t have a large customer base, and your business probably won’t have that much name recognition. It takes a lot of time for word of mouth to spread. It takes a lot of time for things to snowball. And looking back in my blog, I didn’t think that I was getting anywhere at all after year one. But after doing this for almost a decade now,

10:03
I look back and I’m completely amazed at how far I’ve come. So here’s the biggest problem that I see with most people in that question that I got asked. They expect to make a significant amount of money in under a year and then they give up when they don’t reach their goal. I’ve had several students in my course give up early and even had an extremely talented student give up on his online store after just six months. The first year is gonna be tough and the most awkward. After all, you know nothing during your first year. And if you have a great mentor or teacher,

10:33
you still might not be able to absorb all the material right away. So you’ll make mistakes, but that is fine. That first year is also when you’ll be having the most fun because you’ll be learning a heck of a lot. Year one should not be your end game. Instead, you should treat year one as your learning year and expect to reap the rewards in the years ahead. Now in a recent survey conducted among students, it might create a profitable online store course. 56 % of the students in my class who launched a product and stuck it out for an entire year are now making at least four figures per month.

11:03
And I think nine to 10 % are now making 50K plus per month. Now, one of the most unfortunate aspects of human nature is that we all love shortcuts. We all love to believe that we can strike it rich in just six months. And don’t get me wrong, it’s still possible to make a good chunk of change during your first year, but you should go into it expecting to commit at least three to five years. Now, if you’re gonna commit to a business for three to five years, you also wanna make sure your business model has long-term potential.

11:32
And everywhere you look online these days, there are a number of make quick cash types of schemes out there on the internet. And yes, some of these might actually work, but only in the short term. So for example, there’s this scheme that really annoys me where people buy up goods on Amazon and sell them on eBay at higher prices. And lots of people are still making money this way, even though Amazon eBay actually banned this practice. So do you think this business model can last? Probably not, right?

11:59
Most people are attracted to businesses that are as easy as possible to make money, but I’m actually the complete opposite. The harder it is to start your business, the more lasting power it will have. The more value you can add, the more money you will make. So before you choose an online business model, ask yourself how you are adding value. Is buying up surplus goods online and selling them on Amazon providing more value than coming up with your own branded products to sell? Are you spending all your time trying to make short-term money?

12:28
that’s never gonna scale? Before you decide what to do, I want you to go and read my post on the pros and cons of the eight different e-commerce business models and choose one that fits your goals and your personality. Now the key to finding the right business to pursue is to avoid randomly pulling yourself in all directions at once. Do not throw up a bunch of businesses, give them all a go for six months as a trial and then take them all down because they aren’t working out. You should go into every business venture with a full commitment

12:58
put your best foot forward, even if you aren’t seeing the results. Are you still going to want to be running this business in three to five years?

13:07
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

13:35
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

14:05
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s EMERGECONSCL.com. Now back to the show. If you don’t think you’re gonna be able to maintain your interest for that long, then do not even bother getting started. What you want to avoid is starting over every six months. And if this is happening to you, then you aren’t committed and you were calling it quits without giving your business a chance to grow into something bigger. Because you have to remember, most of the profits for your business

14:35
are going to occur after three to five years. So make sure that you pick something that you’re willing to maintain for at least that long. And in fact, once you’ve decided what you want to do, take time out of the equation altogether. Don’t give yourself any artificial constraints on how well you need to perform in a given timeframe. And instead, you want to make your business a part of your daily or weekly routine. That’s right, set aside some time, the same time, every day or week to work on your business. And then don’t even think about it.

15:04
Don’t even consider it work. Just work on it on a regular basis and tell yourself that you are going to maintain this routine forever. This way, your business will be a part of your life and then time becomes irrelevant. Hope you enjoyed that episode. And from now on, if anyone ever asks me the dreaded how long question, I want to point them to this podcast. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequaterjob.com slash episode 333. And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants.

15:33
You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base.

16:00
SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot IO slash Steve. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog. And if you were interested in starting your own e-commerce store, head on over to my wife, quitter job.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening. Thanks for listening to the my wife quitter job.

16:27
where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitterjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

332: How Amanda Recovered Her Business After Getting Crushed By Covid-19

332: How Amanda Recovered Her Business After Getting Crushed By Covid-19

Today, I’m really happy to have Amanda Wittenborn back on the show. Amanda is a student in my Create Profitable Online Store Course, and back in episode 269, we talked about her 7 Figure commerce business selling party supplies online.

In fact, she was on track for a record year until COVID-19 hit and she lost almost all of her sales overnight.

In this episode, you’ll learn how Amanda pivoted her business and managed to grow her sales significantly despite the pandemic.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Amanda lost a significant portion of her business due to Covid-19
  • Amanda’s tale of woe with Amazon knockoffs
  • How Amanda quickly pivoted her business
  • Amanda’s solution for fighting the Amazon black hat sellers

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today I have Amanda Wittenborn back on the show and Amanda is a student in my Create a Profitable Online Store course who makes seven figures selling party supplies online. But during COVID-19 her business got crushed because no one was having parties any longer. But today’s episode is perhaps one of the best e-commerce comeback stories of all time. You’ll learn how Amanda quickly pivoted

00:29
and grew her business even larger than before the pandemic hit. But before we begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. If you’re behind on planning for Black Friday and Cyber Monday, well Klaviyo is here to help. Klaviyo is the ultimate e-commerce marketing platform for online brands of all kinds and all sizes. With email automation, SMS marketing, list growth tools and more, you’ll get everything you need to build strong relationships that keep your customers coming back. And with the holiday season right around the corner, there’s no time like the present.

00:56
Get up and running quickly with Klaviyo’s lightning fast integrations, pre-built marketing automations, and beautiful email templates. So whether you’re a billion dollar business or just starting out, Klaviyo is the e-commerce marketing platform for growth during the holidays and long after. Now you can get a free trial over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list.

01:25
And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript.io, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button.

01:52
Not only that, but it’s price well too. And with the holiday season rolling around, SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot IO slash Steve. Now onto the show. Welcome to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, where we’ll teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host.

02:21
Steve too.

02:25
Welcome to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast. Today I’m really happy to have Amanda Wittenborn back on the show. And Amanda is a student of my Creative Profitable Online Store course. And if you don’t remember her, she was a guest back in episode 269, where we talked about her seven figure e-commerce business selling party supplies. She was also the runner up in the five minute pitch, My Shark Tank Lake Show, where she almost won 50K, so close. Anyways, things were going great this year for her business.

02:52
And I believe she was on track for a record year until COVID-19 hit and she lost a significant portion of her business overnight. No one was having parties anymore and very few people were ordering party supplies. But if you know Amanda by now, she is a fighter. And today we’re going to talk about how she pivoted her business during the pandemic and grew her business even more while sheltered in place with her kids and her husband. And with that, welcome back on the podcast, Amanda, how are you doing?

03:19
I’m doing great. Thanks so much for having me back. It’s weird, right? We were just talking about how the kids are literally in another room in school right now. Yep, I have three of them on zoom. So one’s in the dining room, one’s in the kitchen, one’s in the basement. So I’m, you know, hold up in my bedroom to stay away from everybody. Yes, same here. My kids just logged on. And usually I have problems doing video. So fortunately, this is an audio

03:45
podcast. Otherwise, I’m not sure if the video would hold up with all the zoom sessions going on simultaneously. I know it’s crazy. So Amanda, please tell the audience, let’s catch them up a little bit how your business was doing prior to COVID-19 and where most of your sales were coming from in terms of product. Like kind of walk me through the timeline. Yeah, we were experiencing growth. We did finish the year last year at seven figures and we were on track to do even better this year.

04:13
January and February were great months for us and 99 % of my business was party supplies. So we were selling things like invitations, stickers, candy bar wrappers, water bottle wrappers, and we were working on expanding into paper products, paper plates, cups, and napkins. And then COVID-19 reared its ugly head and nobody was allowed to have parties anymore and pretty much

04:42
our sales, saw them drop 95 % in mid-March. Wow, just was it all of sudden? Pretty much, yeah. Okay. Yeah, pretty much overnight when it was like somewhere around March 13th, like our state shut down around then I think California had already shut down at that point. Yeah. And you know, more states started following and it was pretty much immediate. And I think maybe March

05:11
We were gonna bring in like $1,500 total in revenue. I mean, it was really bad, really bad. Can you remind the audience? this is your full time thing, right? Is your husband’s full time thing also? Correct. Yeah. So two years ago, he quit his job to work for me. So this is 100 % the only way our family makes money. Okay. So when that hit, can you just

05:37
kind of walk me through what was going on in your head at the time and what your contingency plans were and that sort of thing. Yeah, I mean, it was certainly unexpected and there were a lot of things going through my head. You know, I was definitely worried because I didn’t know how we were going to pay our bills and how we were going to buy groceries. I mean, obviously we had, you know, money saved up. So I knew we could do it for a couple months and not have too much trouble.

06:05
But there was that worry in the back of my mind, like we didn’t know how long this was going to go on. And if we didn’t, you know, have sales pickup, where were we going to make money from? How were we going to have an income? You know, there was a part of me that was mad at myself, uh, that I had a business that could be lost so quickly. I mean, nobody could have anticipated anything like this happening. But at the same time, I was like,

06:36
I should have a more pandemic-proof business. Maybe it’s just… That’s the first time I’ve heard that term actually, pandemic-proof business. You know, I tend to be a little hard on myself. So I was really mad because at that point too, you know, we had people working for us and I basically told them, I don’t have any work for you. We can’t continue to do what we’re doing.

07:01
I can’t keep paying you to take photos. I can’t keep paying you to package product. Like I had to let them all go because, you know, I didn’t know how much income we were even going to have. So I couldn’t just be spending money on anything. So you fired your kids. Is that is that what I’m hearing? The kids got fired. No, actually, the kids got hired because I was like, listen, this is a family business and you’re going to have to work for free.

07:29
We’re going to talk about it a little bit later, but go on. Sorry. Yeah, yeah, we can. So, I mean, that’s really where I was at the beginning and it was really depressing. mean, it was I was heartbroken, you know, like to watch what you’ve built for years just crumble like that. And so I think I spent a couple of weeks just laying on the couch and watching Tiger King like the rest of it all the while, though, you know, the creativity is churning, right? Like

07:59
I’m thinking through all of the scenarios and how are we going to do this and how are we going to make this work and what do people still need right now? Like what could I possibly offer with what I’m good at that people would still need even at a time like this? And that’s really where I was driven from was what do people still need and how can I provide it? And

08:29
It was about three weeks. I think I gave myself a few weeks of just, you know, we were baking cookies and making homemade pretzels and, you know, doing all those fun family activities and just enjoying being together. about three weeks and I was like, I need to get to work and I need to figure this out. So I started, I started making all sorts of new products that I thought maybe would be of use.

08:56
So some of the things I made were color your own stickers where they’re just black and white outlines and you could purchase them and the kids could color on them and just seemed like a fun little activity to do. I branched out and did small business stickers. So stickers for packaging for small business owners that are real cute that say things like, don’t worry, she won this or hide this from the husband or, you know.

09:25
Thanks for shopping small. Thanks for supporting our business. So I made a whole line of small business stickers. How did you know to do that? Was it just were you just kind of throwing things out there and seeing what was going to sell or? Yeah, that’s kind of what I was doing. I was kind of just racking my brain for anything that I thought would still be useful, even with what was going on. And I thought, you know, people want to connect. They want to connect with other people. And especially, you know, once you got a few weeks into lockdown, people were lonely.

09:56
and needing connection. So that was just one of the ideas. Another idea I had was package inserts, same kind of thing where small businesses could just say, hey, thank you so much for supporting our business. And they were just cute. One of the very first things I came up with is a change of plans postcard. Cause I thought there’s a whole bunch of events that are being canceled. Weddings were being canceled, parties, all sorts of things. So I was like, people are going to need to change their plans.

10:25
And so I designed these really cute change of plans postcards and one of them in particular was really funny. It had a little TP emoji on there and a little poop emoji on there and it said, this stinks, but we’re rolling with it. And on the back, you know, it was like our event and you could fill it in and then you could check a box has been rescheduled, has been canceled, has changed the date. And I put that out there.

10:54
And when I put that out there, I had a couple friends. You know, backstory. I have my degree in education, so a lot of my friends are teachers and a couple friends go. This postcards hilarious. I would love to send it to my student and I was like, well, there’s an idea and so I reworked the postcard so that it wasn’t to change plans, but it was a way to connect a teacher to a student and I designed a set of postcards that were for teachers and.

11:23
They were really cute. just was, you know, six different designs. You know, I need some more students like you. And I had a little s’more guy on there stay sharp and there was a cactus on there. A little schoolhouse that said a note from your teacher. And I just made this adorable little set of postcards for teachers to send to their students. I did you have a process for this creativity? I don’t know if I do. I mean, do you just go, okay, I’m going to use a poop emoji here. And I mean, is it just whatever comes to your head or?

11:53
Or is there like some guidelines that you follow? No, I mean, it kind of is. I guess the only guideline that I do tend to follow is I love puns and I love clever use of words and witty. so, you know, like the poop and the TP was funny because it was this stinks, but we’re rolling and it was, you know, roll the toilet paper. So I just like to work with words that way. And my design style is very fun, colorful, playful.

12:23
and I like jokes and things like that. really, whatever it is, like I had somebody email me asking if I had a Penguin postcard. I was like, I don’t, but I could totally make a Penguin postcard. And so then I started thinking, okay, well, what kinds of things go with a Penguin? Cool, chill, they kind of waddle. And then I’m like, what will you do in school this year? And I’m born. You know, so.

12:53
I don’t have a real explanation of how it happens other than the fact that I really love play on words and I just start thinking through it. I think over the years I’ve really honed in on that skill because the more you do it, the better you get at it. I can pretty much find a pun for most anything and I just love to work with that. A lot of my items have puns on them.

13:21
So before we talk a little bit more about the product itself, can you just kind of remind listeners how your business model works? Like you’re creating all these products. Are you actually getting them printed or are they on demand as someone orders them? Yeah, they are printed. So I’ll design a new product and then we have local printers that print and package our products for us. And then we ship them into Amazon and they’re filled the FBA and so they’re ready to go.

13:47
So can you talk about like the quantities like in the beginning when you’re just kind of throwing stuff on the wall to see what would stick How much of each were you printing and how did you know what was a hit? Yeah, so the teacher postcards When I first put them out there, I think you know, I aimed to start with maybe putting 20 packs You know, I ordered 20 packs of them just to see how it would go. What how many cards are in 20? What’s your cost for 20 packs? Cost is

14:16
Well, cost per pack is like a dollar 80. Okay. So it’s a small investment. Yeah, it wasn’t a lot. Yeah. I mean, I was very nervous to invest anything at that point in the business because, you know, we didn’t have money coming in, right. But I knew that if I didn’t, you know, we weren’t going to get any more money coming in. So that was one of the hardest decisions I made back then was, you know, I think with the change of plan, postcards and the teacher postcards, it was about a $700 order. Okay.

14:44
But when you’re not making any money, that’s a scary, scary number. But were you able to invest that money? it sounds pretty inexpensive to me. Is it because you already had these relationships with the printers? Would you have gotten those pricings if you were brand new? Yeah, yeah, because I work with the local printers and we are established with them. We are able to order low quantities of things. OK, we could get better pricing per pack if if I ordered in mass quantities.

15:14
but we’re able to order in small quantities, which is really nice. And the turnaround time is really great because they’re local. So if we order on a Monday, we usually have our order to us by the next Tuesday. Okay, wow, that’s fast. Can you kind of comment on the trade-offs between using your local printer versus like a pure print-on-demand where there’s literally no risk at all? Yeah, it’s the cost savings. mean, with what we’re currently doing,

15:44
it becomes very difficult to do print on demand when you have a variety pack of something. So if it was a solid pack where every design was the same, we could do print on demand. But because it’s a variety pack and you’re getting five of each card of six different designs, there’s no print on demand that can really handle that kind of fulfillment for us. So we actually started first by ordering

16:13
postcards from Vista Print. And I had them come to my house and I ordered, you know, whatever, 2,000 of each card and we were hand packing these. So we were taking five of each design and packaging them in bags. And that’s how we first started doing it just to test it out. But now with the printer, they’re packaging the variety packs for you? Right. Ah, I see. Yeah. So when we first started doing it, we were doing all the packaging.

16:43
So all of the stuff was coming to our house. We were hand packaging, counting the cards, and that’s when the kids got involved. Is the price about the same or significantly cheaper going with the printer? It’s about the same after you factor in the cost for the bags to package and the cost for the labor to have people hand pack them. We were at a point where we could get about a hundred

17:13
packs made in two hours. Okay. Whereas when I order from the printer, you know, a week later I could have 2000 packs show up at my house and they’re ready to go with a barcode on them and everything. Oh, totally worth it. Yeah. You know, now the children of everybody that works for me would tell you that was great. They’re like, these kids are going to have like the nicest bikes and shoes and clothes because these kids were rolling in the dough because they had nothing to do.

17:43
you know, so they were counting and packing postcards pretty much all summer long, which was kind of crazy. Wait, so that means you just recently went to this model then, right? Because those pictures that I saw on Facebook, where you were employing all these kids, your kids, yeah, that’s relatively recent. So does that imply you just went with that local printer recently, where they did everything? Yeah, it was kind of a transition period. So when we first started it, it was all, all us, because

18:11
Well, what happened with these teacher postcards was they just went bonkers. Within four days of me putting them up for sale on Amazon, they were the number one selling item in the postcard category on Amazon. Walk me through that. You sent in 20 packs, right? You said? Yes. So those 20 packs went quickly and did you go FBM immediately or? We did. Okay. Was kind of the problem because I had no idea.

18:41
that they were going to take off the way they did. And so what we had done was we had ordered the supply. And usually, I’ll place the order for our product and I’ll put it FBM just to see and have it start ranking and all that stuff before the product gets to us because by the time the product gets to us, we’ve had a couple orders, we’re still within the timeframe to fill it and it all works out.

19:11
The problem with this was by the time the order of the cards arrived, I think we had six or 700 orders to fill. Wow. And it was insane. It went, it was just insane. So when the postcards arrived, it was immediate, like who can pack these, you know, who can help us count these, who can help get them packaged and shipped out.

19:39
Immediately we had to place another order for cards just to try and keep up and Dave and I were working probably 14 hour days from the moment I woke up until 9 or 10 o’clock at night we were just packing or shipping orders and we were shipping out three or four hundred orders a day and barely keeping up. Crazy. was insane. Wait so uh

20:04
At some point, you couldn’t just switch over to FBA? Or is it because you actually had to physically manipulate the stuff before sending it in? We couldn’t switch to FBA because Amazon had all of those restrictions. That’s right. So I think they were only allowing 50 units at a time. Right. And we were selling 400 a day. I mean, it it just we couldn’t have done it. So those were specifically FBM only.

20:35
that and one other one. Because in the meantime, while this was all happening, I designed other ones. So we had multiple design packs. Because once those went live and people started seeing them, I started getting requests for other things. Specifically, teachers wanted something that said, I miss my students. They didn’t just want cute teacher-themed cards. They wanted it to actually say, I missed my students.

21:05
And it’s really bad, by the way. People email me and ask. I get messages on Amazon a lot asking, do you have this or do you have that? Or they’ll email me through my website or Facebook friends will say something. know, and typically if one or two people ask me the same thing, it’s a good indication that there more people that would be interested in that. So the miss you, I kind of avoided doing that because.

21:33
I was hoping that this pandemic was very short-lived and that I didn’t want to invest in a product that wasn’t going to sell for a long time. But I ended up doing it anyway because I think I must have had 10 or 15 people ask if I had a card that said I missed my students. And so that was the second pack that I did. And again, I used the puns. So there were cute ones that had like a little waffle on there.

22:02
said I miss my students a waffle lot. A pig, I miss my students pig time. A frog, I totally miss my students and it was just a set of six. Honey, I miss my students. And that one within five days became the number two selling postcard. Only second to my first design, so. Okay, Amanda, so can we just talk Amazon real quick? Was it because of

22:31
people searching for a specific keyword to find these cards? Did you do keyword research or was it just based on feedback and then you kind of made the keywords work? I don’t know. I didn’t have a chance to dig into why it was going so well. The only thing I could think was that we found a need right at the exact right moment and we were there. It was immediate.

22:59
I’ve never experienced anything like that. I’ve been on Amazon almost six years. Nothing has ever within days just gone crazy like that. And I think, you know, I want to go back to I wanted to find something that people needed. Well, I knew my kids were missing their teachers. I knew teachers were missing their students. And I knew that everybody just wanted things to go back to normal.

23:28
and they needed a way to connect. I know how my kids would feel if their teacher took a second to write them a postcard and they got that in the mail, how it would have totally made their day and made them super excited. And I think a lot of teachers just really wanted that. They wanted that connection with their students. They weren’t able to get it.

23:53
And it just gave them that extra little bit to let their kids know like, hey, I miss you. This really isn’t a great situation. And I really wish we were in school and I wish I could be teaching you in person. And here’s a note just to let you know that I’m thinking about you. And I think we were just there for them at the right time. If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand.

24:20
And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself. Now, first and foremost, protecting your IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised

24:47
strategic trademark prosecution both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult. And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount.

25:15
That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show.

25:21
So there was no like launch, were you running PPC or anything? was it literally just listed it and it just went bonkers? There was no PPC. I turned off all of my PPC as soon as all as my business dropped. And it’s funny because Amazon really wants you to be running ads. So I would get 10 to 15 emails a day about why I should run ads and

25:48
You should be doing this and how about you spend money on ads and it was funny because like the longer it went without me running ads The more Amazon started to offer me so I got like an account manager They built me a store somebody offered to make me free video content like all sorts of things were starting to happen because I was not running ads So this was 100 % done or organic

26:17
Amazing. Yeah, it really was just a it was just a huge blessing for us. We were able to hire back everybody. And, you know, I think it was a really big blessing for the teachers who wanted a way to connect with their students. I mean, we just we were we were there for them when they needed it. And it just worked. And it was great. Unfortunately, it came with consequences.

26:45
You don’t want to be number one and number two on Amazon, right? I was gonna get to that in a little bit. Yeah, that’ll attract some attention So is your FBA all like your inventory limits? Are they all back to normal again or raised? Well, they were for a little bit and then You know now Amazon’s got the 200 limit for new items and then based on your most recent history

27:14
So some of our items are okay where we’re able to send in enough to keep it going. And some of our items, like we’re moving into our holiday season of things and because they haven’t sold in the past month, you know, we’re not able to stock as many as we would usually like our letters to Santa kit. Um, they won’t let us send any more in. And I know that based on our sales last year, we really need to send more in. Right. So that’s a little bit of a,

27:43
that’s gonna be a little bit of a struggle going into quarter four for us. Some of those bigger seller items from the holiday season. I don’t know, I don’t know what we’re gonna, how that’s gonna pan out. How do you balance, since you’re the creative in this business, how do you balance working on new designs versus kind of making sure the wheels don’t fall off of the actual business? Yeah, I think it’s a really interesting

28:12
process creativity and I get into These modes that I refer to as in the flow. I don’t know if you talk to a lot of creative people But if you are a creative person They’ll understand when you’re in the flow And I basically design My whole schedule around that creative process so when I get into the flow all I do is design

28:41
I don’t check emails. I don’t talk to my family. I don’t leave my room. I just design. And when I am in the flow like that, I can design hundreds of items in a week. My last bout of that produced 140 new postcards. Wow. A couple of weeks ago. But this ebbs and flows. So I can’t do that all the time. I can’t…

29:11
that’s not a constant state for me. So it comes and it lasts about a week to 10 days usually and I’ll just design and then when it kind of tapers off and I notice like things are not coming together as quickly as they usually are or I don’t like what I’m making, every design I do I think is trash, then I’m like it’s time to take a break and then that’s when I’ll go into you know.

29:37
working on Facebook ads or redesigning my website or working on email sequences or things like that that need my attention. But I try to do it, it’s kind of done in chunks of time rather than doing a little bit each day of everything. do a week or two design, two or three weeks of other work. And then I do have my husband who helps with the operations. mean, he mainly handles all the inventory, ordering.

30:05
and then we have another girl that works for us that handles all the shipments and miscellaneous tasks and stuff. So I do have support with that. There is still a lot that as the owner that I handle and I do, but that’s how I balance that. I’ll design when the designing is good and then I’ll work on everything else while it’s not. How do you get into your flow state? Do you have any strategies for getting into that state?

30:35
Not really. It’s something that I haven’t quite 100 % figured out yet as to what makes that happen. I do know that quiet time and alone time is the best for me to start to get into that. When I’m stressed, when I’m anxious, when there’s a lot going on, when my children are being loud, that is not helpful. So the more downtime I have, peaceful time.

31:04
the more likely it is that it will start. And then it’s so funny because it’s like I need silence so I can hear my own thoughts. And it’ll just take one idea. One thing will spark and I’m like, I gotta make that. And then that one thing turns into, oh, here it goes, it’s going again. Okay, let’s switch gears and talk about being number one on Amazon.

31:32
Because I know you ran into some problems. So if you wouldn’t mind just describing what happened to the audience Yeah, silly me. I thought oh my god I’ve made a number one and a number two selling item on Amazon and I was all excited. It’s like this is great I’ve arrived right isn’t this what everybody wants? problem with that is Because Amazon has tools that allow people to see what your sales are

32:01
It made it really easy for hijackers to go look at my listings and see that we were doing really well. And it was about three and a half, four weeks in to the sales of those postcards. So May, May-ish? Yeah, beginning of May. That I was just checking my email one day and in my email there was an ad for my postcards.

32:32
me and I thought well that’s really interesting because I’m not advertising which led me to go look on Amazon and find that somebody had 100 % copied my listing and was selling it under their own brand name and I immediately filed copyright infringement and everything and I think they took it down

33:03
almost immediately.

33:06
I’m trying to let me think about it. I think they took it down almost immediately. It must have been the same day. It was in the morning, filed the infringement, got the listing taken down. And immediately after it was taken down, the person that had had it up for sale jumped onto my listing and was taking the buy box. So because it was fulfilled by merchant, he was able to do that. He hopped on the listing, sold it for less than me and was taking the sales.

33:36
How did he get your exact design? Did he like scan it or something or? I don’t know what he did. Okay. Um, I think he might’ve bought it from me to be honest with you because we did order a pack just to see. And it looked like it was pretty high quality for what we received, but you could tell in some of the subtle patterns on my, my cactus design in particular, had like a little.

34:05
subtle polka dot background. And when you compared that to the original, you could tell that it just had lost some of that sharpness. And so I almost think he scanned it. He might have bought a pack, scanned it, and then was printing a scanned copy of mine. The back was not the same. I think they were blank. And mine weren’t blank. They said, please deliver to the amazing student, and had my website in the bottom corner.

34:33
You know, that was important for us to have to prove that, you he was counterfeiting our product. It took me a little bit longer to get him off my listing. I didn’t know all the proper places to go to file the proper thing. So I kept filing copyright infringement claim, but it was really a trademark infringement. So it took me a little bit to figure out how to get him off. Once I got him off the listing, that’s when the real problem started.

35:00
He then went and filed copyright infringement against me on three of my items and got my listings shut down.

35:10
See, this is where it just sounds so wrong. Yeah, it was very wrong. Did you have a registered copyright on your stuff or was it just the regular copyright? Yeah, it was just a regular copyright. I immediately went and filed registration when that happened. But you know, that takes time, right? And apparently Amazon doesn’t really listen to you. And really, we could spend an entire episode on copyright registration and why it’s not even worth doing.

35:39
That’s, that’s another story for another day, but I don’t know how he was able to get Amazon to take down three of my items, but it was the top one and two bestseller. And then I had a 90 pack. I sold them in 30 packs or 90 packs and he took down the 90 pack of the bestseller as well. And then guess what? His, his copied version popped right up and was available. So I was.

36:06
Was this competitor in the US, Asia, overseas or do you know? Canada. Canada. Okay. Canada. Yeah. So wasn’t Canada was using a fulfillment service to handle all the shipments from Canada to the United States. And I got the three listings back, I think within four days or something like that. And

36:34
I filed the copyright infringement on him again, got his item taken down. And then it was like, um, just a couple of days later, it was always on a weekend. He would file this stuff because he knew nobody was around. It was like Saturday morning. He got 11 of my items taken down.

36:54
Wow. Yeah. So that was also talk about roller coaster year, you know, we were, we lost everything. Then we had sales better than I’d ever had. And then we lost all of that too. It’s like, did you ever get those back? I did. Okay. Because it was a false infringement claim that he filed, I was able to file a counter notice.

37:23
which basically says you have 10 days to sue me. I’m calling your bluff. And if you don’t sue me in 10 days, I get to have these items backlisted because you filed a false infringement claim. At that point, I got a lawyer involved and you know, we worked up the case. We sent it to Amazon legal. had emailed Jeff Bezos at that point to let him know.

37:51
what was going on, where this person was really targeting me and just systematically attacking listings so that he could sell his. But then mine weren’t there for competition. We detailed the whole case, everything that was going on. We showed pictures of the counterfeit product. We showed pictures of the copies of the items.

38:15
And I had an executive from Amazon that was kind of working on my case. And I will just say like nothing clear ever came from any of it. So we never got any kind of clear response from Amazon or anything of that nature. Just, I ended up getting the listings back 10 days later, but at the same time they had taken all the inventory from those items because some of them were able to be FBA. Oh, by that time.

38:45
I was able to have them FBA. So the best seller had 1300 units in stock when it got taken down. And it was last week. And we’re in September. So at beginning of September last week was I finally got them to release that inventory. Oh my goodness. So they held 1300 units for months. Yes. And that was only on one of the 11 listings. They had inventory from all 11 listings that they were holding. All right.

39:14
You got your listings way before then, right? So I did. Yeah. Were you sending, were you not using FBA anymore at that point? No, we couldn’t because if we sent it in, it’s like it went in, they checked it in and then it just went into FC processing and it just sat there. So no matter if I sent in 10 units or 50 units, none of it was going live. They were just holding it. So it would get shipped in and then they would just hold it. Apparently.

39:42
It was in quarantine. That’s the best term that I had gotten from any seller central person was that it was in quarantine because Amazon assumed that I was wrong because the copyright infringements were filed on me. So even though I proved that they were my items and got the other person kicked off of Amazon completely, unless he’s there under a new brand name.

40:10
They were still holding the inventory and every time I would call seller center, they’d be like, well, there’s no problems with your account. There’s no problems with this inventory. You know, we just need time to process it. I mean, I can’t tell you how many phone calls I made to seller central and how many hours I spent on the phone trying to figure this out. And nobody seemed to know what was going on. It wasn’t until one of the associates said, you have to email the quality assurance team.

40:39
and ask them to release it from quarantine. And it gives me the quality assurance team email. So I get off the phone with them and I go to email this team and the email won’t go through. So I’m like, ah, he gave me the wrong email. Or I have a letter wrong or something. So I call seller central back immediately. And I was like, I just talked to somebody and they said I needed to email the quality assurance team. And this woman on the phone would like not having it. She’s like, you cannot have that email. And it was a two hour phone call with her going through.

41:08
every single detail. And I think that that was the one person that was able to start getting it actually fixed. Did you email to Jeff, do anything? It got me an executive assistant to him to look into the case. There wasn’t a ton of communication there. He would email and say, you know, we’re still working on this, we’re still looking into it. And then I would send him new evidence, like, oh, look, he popped up under this brand name or oh, look, you know, my copyright

41:37
claims are being rejected, and then things would maybe happen, but never tied to him. And we called them Amazon David because his name was David. And when I was mad and yelling at David, I had to make sure my husband knew it wasn’t them. So we lovingly referred to our executive assistant as Amazon David. And he was not that helpful, unfortunately. But I think Amazon just has these systems.

42:06
in place and they don’t, they don’t always work the way they’re supposed to. And when something gets stuck in some sort of loop, just takes time to fix it. You know, ultimately it was just waiting. You know, it was just the time to wait before it resolved itself. In the meantime, you know, it’s been a nightmare and a struggle just to get that inventory back. I mean, I think we added it up and it was like,

42:35
Thirty six thousand dollars worth of inventory. Jesus. Wow. It was crazy and the lawyer didn’t seem to Make much of a difference either It’s not like you send Amazon a full legal letter from a lawyer and then they listen to you or they act fast they don’t

42:55
Let me ask you this, Amanda. If you were to do this all over again, or if this were to ever happen to you in the future, what would be your procedure? Well, I’ll tell you what my procedure is because I successfully did it for the back to school time. OK. So it became apparent, very, clear that you don’t ever want to be number one or number two. And the reason I was number one and number two was because that was all that was there. And we created a new item that didn’t exist before. And it became very popular.

43:23
What’s funny is you can go on Amazon now and look and you can see all sorts of copycats off of my original idea. And it, you know, did you ever play telephone as a kid where you sat in circle and by the time it got to the end, it was like not the right phrase. That’s kind of what happened with my postcards is that they copied me and then somebody copied the copy and then somebody copied the copy. And we got to the point where one of the cards that somebody designed

43:52
said I miss my students monkey time. I was like, this doesn’t even make any sense. So of course we had to buy it and we’ve hung that on the office wall as a reminder of all the fun shenanigans we’ve been through. They were bad. mean, poor grammar. You can’t just like, I miss my students ice cream bunch. That doesn’t work, you know? So you could tell like it was somebody trying to translate a pun, but they don’t know the language.

44:22
You know, was obvious that that was what was going on. So the next thing that I got to actually while all this was going on and the listings were deactivated, I was like, back to school is going to be huge because whether they’re going in person or they’re learning remotely, teachers are going to want to make a big deal out of this because if they go back, that’s going to be a huge deal. If they don’t go back, teachers are going to want to connect.

44:49
So I immediately got to work on back to school postcards. But instead of designing two sets, I designed 38 different ones. Woo. Yep. And the beauty of that was that no one single back to school postcard ever did so well that it caught anybody’s attention. So the success was spread over 38 different listings. And nobody was able to tell that

45:18
we were doing six figures with back to school postcards because not a single postcard was really bringing in anything significant. But combined, all 38, we had our best month ever last month. So let me ask you this. So if you’re releasing all those products, are you printing those ahead of time also? Those we did. Those we were more prepared for. We were just unprepared for what happened in April with those teacher postcards because

45:48
I just had no idea that that was going to happen. I suspected something like that was going to happen for back to school. So that was a different scenario. We started printing those immediately in June. How did you know how much to print? Like, did you already know that they were going to be a hit or? I had a good feeling. Okay. You know, there’s always that unknown because of course, you know, I’m like, what if I’m buying all this and it’s not a hit and, know,

46:16
What if, you know, we’re just stuck with all this product and then I’d have to go, okay, realistically, you’re not going to be stuck with this product. People are going to like it. It’s going to be fine. But no, I didn’t know for sure. So I think we, you know, we kind of just use the numbers from what had sold and, you know, I think I, you know, over-prepared a little bit. So I think we maybe did 500 mixed packs of three different packs.

46:45
And then I had individual ones like welcome to kindergarten, welcome to first grade. Those, think we did a hundred of each and just kind of spread it out over all of them. And, you know, my goal was to have them live July, but not until they were all shipped into FBA because I didn’t want anybody to swoop in and copy them before we had a chance to sell. Yeah. So we made sure that everything was ready to go early.

47:15
and shipped in and packaged. And then we turned those listings on and they immediately started selling. But like I said, it was spread out over so many different listings. We sold out of most of what we sent in, which was great and never caught on anybody’s attention. I, know, they would, they, some of them would sneak into the top 100.

47:44
you know, 25, 26, you know, sometimes I’d have them hanging at 80 or 90, but never one or two or top five. And so we made it through that back to school season and I didn’t see any, any copies of the back to school. That’s funny. So you didn’t actually solve the copy problem on Amazon. You basically figured out how to avoid attention. Correct. Wow.

48:11
That’s kind of sad. Yeah, you’re not going to solve the copy problem. It is really, really sad. And what’s the most irritating thing ever is you can go on Amazon and you can see my what we refer to as the original teacher postcards. I think once the FBA went live last week, we shot up to 20 number 25 for that item again. I mean, it immediately became popular again.

48:39
There’s just something about that set. I don’t know what it is, but it’s currently number 16, but there’s the copycat is number 12. So let’s talk about totally irritating. And it’s so ugly too. mean, you see mine and you see the copycat. I don’t know how anybody’s buying that ugly thing, but whatever. There’s somebody for everything. But I’ve hesitated to file any copyright infringement claims.

49:08
to get it taken down, which I totally have the right to do because of the retaliation. It’s not worth it. After going through all of that and losing my listings and all the hassle and hiring a lawyer, it cost me over $10,000 just to fix that problem. So no one won. Really? No. Yeah. No. mean, there’s still copies up there. And, you know, my thing is mine are still doing well and we’re still

49:37
selling them and we had a wonderful back to school season and the best way to deal with this is to stay under the radar and not be number one or number two. That’s depressing, Amanda. But I know, don’t to the podcast on a depressing note. I just I just want to end it kind of by asking you, there’s a lot of businesses that were hurt due to the pandemic. What would be your best advice?

50:06
Like if your business got really hurt on how to kind of convince yourself that you can make a change and come back. Yeah, I think making a change is exactly what needs to be done. If we had held fast that we were a party company and we sold party supplies and that’s all we do and that’s what we do, we would not be okay right now. We just wouldn’t be.

50:35
So you have to move past what you think it is your business does, and you have to be willing to do something else that is needed right now. Because not everything is needed right now. And we all have different skills and different talents. And it’s not just one thing. Like, yeah, I make party supplies, but I can make other things too.

51:04
I don’t have to just make party supplies. So was finding a way to use what I had as my talent to bring something to the world that was still needed at this time. And I think that that’s where people need to start, what they need to start thinking about with their business. If their business isn’t doing well right now because it’s just not a needed service, what is needed and how can you provide that need? How can you fill that? And that’s how you’re going to get through the pandemic.

51:34
I mean, we’re still seeing ups and downs. I’m still reinventing what we’re doing. I’m still releasing new products and trying new things because back to school postcards are over. So that’s done. So what are we going to do September, October, November, December? And I’m still thinking through that. I’m not designing party supplies, even though that’s what my company does. Right. That is great advice, Amanda.

52:02
And I really appreciate you coming back on the show and telling your story and basically just being really transparent about what’s happened to your business this year, all the ups and downs and the roller coaster rides. It’s been very interesting. Yeah, it’s been interesting to live through it. I’ll tell you that I am ready for 2020 to be done. yeah. So why? I always have faith in you, man. I never worry about you. Like you’ll figure something out. I appreciate that. Yeah.

52:30
And it’s really funny to hear that from other people sometimes because when you are that person, the self doubt and you know, it’s ugly and I didn’t know if I could do it. I had no idea that I had that in me, you know, but then you say something like that, you’re like, oh yeah, you’re going to fix it. That’s how my husband is. He’s like, it’ll be fine. You’ll be fine. Like, how can you be so sure? You know, so as the entrepreneur, sometimes you just don’t know.

52:59
And so I just, you’re right though, I will just keep fighting for it and I will keep trying to find ways to make it work and no matter what, we’ll find a way because I don’t want my husband to go back to work. He knows that you’re a keeper. That’s true. He does. He’s also a keeper as he’s, you know, going back to kindergarten for me so that I can work. All right, Amanda. Well, thanks a lot for coming back on the show. It’s been a great talk.

53:29
Yeah, thank you. All right, take care.

53:34
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now Amanda is an amazing woman and a true fighter, and she’s the perfect example of how when there’s a will, there’s a way. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 332. And once again, I want to thank Postscript.io, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

54:02
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T.I-O slash div. I also want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign. Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store,

54:31
head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

331: How To Compete Against Black Hat Amazon Sellers With Mike Jackness

331: Mike Jackness On How To Do Content Marketing For A New Brand

Today, I’m thrilled to have my good buddy Mike Jackness on the show. Mike recently sold one of his ecommerce brands, ColorIt, for a 7-figure sum. But he’s been working hard starting a completely different brand called Tactical.com.

It’s a real treat to have Mike on the pod today and in this episode, we are going to discuss the right way to do content marketing for an ecommerce store.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to launch a completely new brand from scratch
  • The right way to do content marketing
  • How to get traffic to your store
  • Why you should keep your store separate from your blog

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today I have my buddy Mike Jackness back on the show and Mike is the host of the Ecom Crew podcast. And recently I took a short road trip out to Las Vegas to visit Mike and we recorded a podcast episode along the way to discuss the latest in e-commerce. Now just a quick warning, this episode starts out a little bit echoey because Mike and I recorded this episode huddled in his office, which wasn’t that soundproof.

00:29
but the content in this episode is worth it. But before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source from my e-commerce store, and I couldn’t have done it without postscript.io, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus.

00:58
Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too and with the holiday season rolling around, SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo who is also a sponsor of the show. If you’re behind on planning for Black Friday and Cyber Money, then Klaviyo is here to help.

01:28
Klaviyo is the ultimate e-commerce marketing platform for online brands of all kinds and all sizes. With email automation, SMS marketing, list growth tools, and more, you’ll get everything you need to build a strong relationship that’ll keep your customers coming back. And with the holiday season right around the corner, there’s no time like the present. Get up and running quickly with Klaviyo’s lightning fast integrations, pre-built marketing automations, and beautiful email templates. So whether you’re a billion dollar business or just starting out, Klaviyo is the e-commerce marketing platform for growth during the holidays and long after.

01:57
So get a free trial over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.com slash my wife. Now onto the show.

02:22
Welcome to the My Wife Quarter Job podcast. Today I have my good buddy Mike Jackness with me. He’s actually sitting right across from me right now. And what ended up happening is I just took a road trip just kind of out of the blue. think, did you invite me or did I invite myself? We’ll call it a little bit of both. A little bit of both. So Mike just moved into this incredible house in Vegas and he mentioned that he had this extra room in the back and I was like, sweet. I’ve been itching to get out of the Bay area. And Mike said, why don’t you come on over?

02:52
I don’t think he thought that I was going to take him up on that offer because I have kids who are in school, but turns out everything is virtual now. So it doesn’t really matter. And here I am. We’ve been here. I’ve been here for the past week. And while I was here, we may as well record some podcasts. Absolutely. We’ve gotten used to being hosts when we lived abroad for a while for a total of four years, between Costa Rica and the Cayman Islands, like all your friends, like even people you hadn’t heard from in like 10 years, want to come visit. And so it trained us to be,

03:20
to be good hosts and now we kind of love it and we have friends all over the country that we don’t get to see very often. So when they come visit it’s a pleasure. I this place is literally like a hotel. I’ve been calling it Jack Nis Lodge. Like it really is decorated like a hotel, like a fine hotel actually. And then the pool is out back, the kids love swimming. It’s been great. I’m glad you guys are having a good time. I’m glad you think so highly of our place. So what’s funny is this podcast almost didn’t happen even though we are both podcasters, Mike, podcast for Ecom Crew.

03:49
We could not get the mic set up. We’re used to having people remote and we literally spent like 30 minutes getting the sets We were play some circus music right now but we couldn’t get the licensing for it. All right, so it’s actually rare. Actually, you know what? When’s the last time you came on the podcast? It’s been a long time. It’s been a while. It’s been a long time. So I don’t wanna say it’s rare but I guess it is rare that you’ve come on. Mike always speaks at Seller Summit and he helps run the masterminds usually so everyone knows Mike. I think it just, you people get busy and…

04:19
as podcast host, you don’t really want guests repeating a lot, which becomes more and more difficult with every episode to find new people out there that you want to have on your podcast. So maybe we’re just getting desperate for guests at this point. All right. Well, I wasn’t going to go down that route, but it’s a real treat to have Mike here today. I thought holiday season is rolling around and I thought we’d just talk a little about e-commerce. Mike just recently sold his, one of his e-commerce brands, Color It, for a seven figure sump.

04:48
Is it disclosed? just or it was low seven figures. We were asked not to talk about the details. Okay. We’ve been respectful of that I mean when someone gives you seven figures and that’s all they ask you it’s Not that difficult to just kind of but you still have several other brands, right? We do we have a hot and cold therapy brand that we’ve owned since 2015 we have a offshoot of that in a way, which is Stuffed animals with hot and cold packs in them that also have a scent

05:18
They’re geared towards kids. It’s called Wild Baby. We have, I think, 12 different SKUs there, just different designs like a fox and a bunny and a dog or whatever. And then we also own Tactical.com, which I’m very excited about because it’s a content site that’s been ramping up very nicely lately. mean, our traffic is up almost 10x this year. I think we can do the same next year. And we have a brand, a tactical brand that kind of goes with that. And so one of the things I’ve been thinking a lot about

05:48
over the last couple of years is how am I going to continue to compete in the world of Amazon when I don’t want to do black hat stuff, you know, and everyone else around me is doing black hat stuff. How do I compete with these black hat type people in a white hat way and gaining an unfair advantage through, I mean, we’ll say unlimited, but it’s not unlimited, but a huge amount of organic traffic that continues to come in every day is a huge leg up and that’s what we’re going with.

06:16
So I don’t want to promote black hat tactics, but I’m just kind of curious of because you belong to MDS. MDS, Million Dollar Sellers. It’s a great group. If you are doing over a million dollars on Amazon, I highly recommend checking that group out. There’s a lot of really good people in there and lots of great tactics and everything’s discussed in there from the white hat stuff to the black hat stuff. And so it’s really opened my eyes up to the things that are happening in the world of Amazon.

06:45
kind of makes me hyper aware and also a little concerned. some people there are doing black hat stuff. I’m just kind of curious if anyone has gotten caught yet. Oh yeah, there’s people that get shut down all the time. Oh, for black hat stuff? Yeah, well it’s funny. I wouldn’t say this is funny because this is obviously serious, but often, I I would say at least once a week there’s someone in the forum saying that they got suspended. This happens a lot. it reminds me of that line out of Shawshank Redemption, like everyone in here is innocent.

07:12
I don’t know if you ever saw that movie, everyone’s in here is it, it? And so that’s typically the line, right? I didn’t do anything wrong, but I got suspended. And then people start asking questions and it kind of comes out that maybe they weren’t so squeaky clean anyway. But the thing that really worries me is there are people that are legitimately squeaky clean and they’re still getting their accounts suspended. And the way that’s happening more and more often is through like false IP complaints and things like competitors are able to do.

07:41
to get an account shutdown. And it’s actually really unnerving that I can send an email as basically an anonymous person and get anyone’s account shut down pretty much overnight. They’ll probably get it reopened, but at least for a couple of weeks, you’re in a rough spot. And then there’s also people that were doing other types of black cat things where it becomes progressively more difficult to get it reopened depending on how bad your sins were. Yeah, actually recently one of our friends, Amanda Wittenborn, she’s on the podcast.

08:10
She had 1300 top skews shut down and she’s the designer. That’s what’s scary about this. And there’s just one email about trademark infringement and everything went down and she still hasn’t gotten them back yet. It’s ridiculous. And here’s a mom with several kids at home and work from home now with her mom or herself and her husband. This is like their livelihood and it didn’t come easy to them. And these people, they were on five minute pitch. So we got to know them from that.

08:38
and they’ve worked their rear ends off. now some, can’t use this word on the podcast, so fill in the blank, person has, you know, shut them down with no good reason. You know, it’s like they’re saying that they copied their designs when we know that Amanda created this stuff herself, like she does everything herself and it’s ridiculous. so, but I mean, this is what you sign up for when you sell on Amazon. And if you think that you’re going to be different or immune to this stuff, you’re kidding yourself.

09:07
and it’s probably going to progressively get worse. so again, for us, we’re just constantly thinking about how can we prevent the worst from happening? How can we continue to compete in a white hat way? I think that when you have attention at a different source, if Amazon were to implode on us in some way, then we are able to redirect that traffic to our Shopify store, to Walmart or something else. always, traffic is always going to be money on the internet.

09:36
So I have my answer to this question, but in regards to just the black hat stuff, like your philosophy, I know my philosophy is I actually did some gray black hat stuff in SEO a long time ago and it worked for a long time. And then Google cracked down on it and I lost everything. For me, I don’t do any black hat stuff anymore because I’m thinking long-term. you the same way? Have you gotten? I’m slow. I don’t seem to learn my lessons very quickly.

10:04
I’ve been involved in multiple Google penalties and for us they were pretty tragic. I these were sites that were generating five figures a month in profit, so nothing insignificant and or were domain names that were worth mid five figures to well in the six figures. I you know I’m a domainer and so I’ve had what I would say are very expensive domain names punished as well and didn’t learn my lesson the first time, didn’t learn my lesson the second time when Penguin and Panda happened.

10:34
I really learned my lesson because it was just like a complete Armageddon for us. you know, the thing that’s, you know, I was younger and you learn as you grow up. And the thing that’s just so annoying, like if I could have just sat myself down and been like, instead of playing these games where you’re like just trying to cheat your way to the front of the line every day, and every day you’re trying to find like the new way to do that, instead of spending all your time and energy doing that, if I just spent my time and energy doing what Google ultimately wanted to begin with.

11:03
and didn’t worry about all the noise of the people that are around me that were doing certain things and complaining about how that wasn’t fair because they were getting away with it. If I just focused on producing really great content and running my site that way, mean, the same thing would have worked 20 years ago or 15 years ago as what works today. And so now we’re squeaky clean. And I look at the fact that we have 16 employees in the Philippines, one in the United States. You know, my life would kill me if our…

11:30
livelihood was turned upside down. So I think about these things and make sure that we’re doing things in the most white hat way possible. We have yet to request a link or get a link on tactical.com. been very, we probably have underdeveloped the site compared to what we could have done. And the same thing goes with Amazon because it’s binary. Like what you’re saying is like it works until it doesn’t. And then the day that it doesn’t, it’s not like, oh, business is down 25%, business down 50%. It’s like, you’re just out of business.

11:58
I and in the affiliate business that I was in before, as miserable as it was, it wasn’t like I had a million dollars of inventory that I’m now stuck with. And so the stakes are even higher in e-commerce because you have a warehouse full of inventory and it’s even more fun when you sell on Amazon because that warehouse full of inventory is an Amazon’s warehouse. And if you don’t get this rectified with the next amount of time, they’ll destroy your inventory and will hold onto your money. And so you just gotta keep these things in mind. Yeah, yeah.

12:26
So these days actually when I teach, both Mike and I, teach a class too. I actually advise everyone just to kind of validate on Amazon and then start creating content for their site. And this is the approach that you’ve started taking for Tactical, right? Yeah, and this is something we decided a little bit over two years ago to get really serious about. And it was easy for me to do that because we have a background in it. I was doing it since 2004 and I don’t know what happened. I wish I can go back again. It’d be fun to be able to go back and talk to your former self.

12:56
about all kinds of topics. But I’d like to sit down and be like, Mike, what were you thinking in terms of you got into e-commerce and just leave all these other skill sets behind as if one doesn’t work in harmony with the other. It was just like, oh, I’m in e-commerce now. I’m not gonna work on necessarily building content sites around my e-commerce sites. We had treadmill.com and we started selling treadmills online and didn’t really focus on content too much. And when we got ice wraps, the same thing kinda happened.

13:24
By the we were doing Colorate, I Colorate ranked really well for a lot of terms. We were focusing on content, but we didn’t have like a separate content site. And I think that’s important in some way. It’s more work. That was more a social media play, right? Colorate? Colorate had social media, but we also ranked for like adult coloring books and colored pencils and gel pens and why the benefits of color. We ranked for a bunch of stuff and the site still does. But as an e-commerce site, there’s a differentiation.

13:52
when it comes to content because it’s much more difficult to do link building. Google tends to trust the content slightly less. It looks like from e-commerce sites because they have an agenda, right? Or your competitors aren’t going to want to link to your e-commerce site. And so like how am going to get Crayola, for instance, to link to colorit.com? would never happen. How am I going to get a prominent like 511 Tactical type brand to link to tactical.com? Well, that’s probably easy, but to my…

14:20
or easier, it’s still a big brand, but I can get them to link to Tactical.com where I wouldn’t be able to get them to link to my e-commerce site. Wait, I thought Tactical was both a store and a… It’s not. We’ve actually made a freestanding content site. Oh, I didn’t know And we have our e-commerce brand and site separate from Tactical.com. Oh, you… What is the It’s called TacNiner. Tac… Oh, I see, I see. Okay, and you did that on purpose. We did it on purpose, yeah. Because I think that in…

14:47
mean, it was a unique situation. Tactical.com is kind of the category killer domain name, right? And Tactical is not a brand. Like I thought through this quite a bit. Like I can’t call my e-commerce brand or my physical product brand Tactical. I can never get a trademark for that. It doesn’t make any sense anyway. And so what made sense to me was, what could have also made sense was to make Tactical.com an e-commerce store that sells like a wide variety of tactical products.

15:17
But I didn’t want to get back in the drop ship game or I really didn’t want to get back into the game of selling other people’s products. And I didn’t want the conflict of interest of me selling my products alongside of theirs, kind of like Amazon does and some of these other things. And so after thinking through the whole thing, I thought that, know, tactical.com is a freestanding property that people that are into prepping and survivalism could come to and, you know, get on our email list and really kind of follow us from a social perspective and get the support of other e-commerce brands and.

15:46
in the niche and then have socially distanced e-commerce brand alongside of it kind of made the most sense for us. Interesting. So would you advise other people do that? Because if you put it on the same site, it’s building domain strength, right? Yeah. I mean, I think that there’s a lot of idiosyncrasies here, right? And it’s like hard to say that anybody should do A or B just carte blanche. I think it depends on like what type of domain you have. You know, for like color, right? We put it all together because

16:12
I didn’t want to necessarily go off and buy coloringbooks.com or something that, I like a lot of keyword domains or coloring.com or something like this. If I owned that domain name, my thought process might’ve been different. And so we were kind of, it was like a circumstance thing. We already owned a tactical.com. It wasn’t like I went out and bought it specifically for this. It was one of the domains that we had already purchased. And at some point, I like, I need to start using some of the assets that I have. And that’s how the whole thing kind of came together.

16:41
And then on color, was it blog.color? Was it on a subdomain? It was not on a subdomain. was on Shopify and it was, you know. Shopify’s blog. Shopify’s blog, which is not the best, but. I get this question asked all the time. I’m just curious what your opinion is. WordPress or Shopify blogging platform? Yeah, so I think that this is another one of these. I think that you want to look at, I a content site first or am I an e-commerce store first? And there’s a pretty big distinction. You know, it’s like if you’re.

17:09
If you’re a content site first, you’re gonna be focusing on this different type of content and it’s what people think of you first. They associate you with content first. And so in that case, I would have a WordPress blog at mycontentsite.com and then shop.contentsite.com as my Shopify store. I would actually separate them out. It would be the way that I would do it. your shop.contentsite.com

17:37
isn’t going to rank as well for the category pages and your product pages, but that’s okay because again, you’re a content site first and you probably aren’t looking to rank that category page as highly in Google. People are coming at you from a content perspective first. The best example that comes to mind, like I’m prepared and thinking about this, is someone like Alex, the girl we met. Yeah, travel fashion girl. Exactly. So she’s a content site first.

18:05
and she made some products. so people, like she makes packing cubes and things like that. She’s not necessarily looking for people that are searching for packing cubes that like land on her product page and buy that. know, it’s, if she’s going to rank for packing cubes, she would have a much better time ranking for packing cubes on her actual content site. And then sending people off to, you know, hey, buy them here. And then it goes to shop. And so like, and you could also do this with WooCommerce and have it all integrated, but I’m just personally a fan of Shopify. And so.

18:34
That’s just the way that I would set it up. And again, if you’re a product company first, then you have two options. For Color Right, we are a product company first, and then you could either, if you know you’re gonna be prolific with content, you could have blog.colorright.com and put your WordPress site over there. We just chose to keep everything integrated with Shopify, and that was more just.

19:02
It was 2016 when we made this decision. didn’t really think, we were really more just at the, mean, it’s hard to think back to that point. Four years seems like 40 years in e-commerce, it’s just because we buy so fast. But we were just like, is this even gonna work? And we were creating these products. We were like trying to do some market research. Are people gonna even feel like the things that we were doing with our products, were they good enough or better and differentiated in a way that people would wanna buy our product? And by the time we had that answer,

19:31
we had already ran some content and it was like, we’re not gonna now change over. And so we kind of were stuck with it at that point. So let’s talk about the content strategy for Tactical then. So how do you use that to drive traffic to Tech Niner? Yeah, so where we went wrong to begin with there, it’s another podcast for another day, but we launched Tactical without, I had thought through the fact that like, I own this domain name, I know I to make a content site.

20:00
This is like a bottomless pit of content. I’ll never run out of things to talk about. And we just started writing about tactical stuff and that can include like camping and fishing and hunting and survivalism and prepping and First of all, are you an expert in this subject at all? No. No. That’s another struggle, but no. And so what wrong is like we were just like all over the place for the first kind of like the first year that we were just throwing some content up there. We were a little bit all over the place and didn’t really think through like the branding and direction that we really wanted to go.

20:29
unfortunately. But I think it’s important to get started. We had started working on building a team of content writers and stuff in the Philippines. And think there’s something to be said about the fact that we just even got started, started writing content, started training them to write better content and how to rank. And at a certain point, we’re like, you know what? We need to focus on what the heck we’re doing here. We need to come up with a brand strategy and mission for what the site’s going to be. And the marine that we really came up with, where we wanted to go,

20:58
even as disjointed as what we started off was. Why did it matter that it was so disjointed actually? Because you can’t rank for everything on Google. Google won’t allow you to rank for everything under the sun. You’ve got to be concentrated in something. And we end up choosing to be concentrated in survivalism and prepping. That’s still a very deep, wide swath of content. I’ve never run out of stuff to talk about. But at least it’s focused on something that Google’s going to draw a circle around you and say, this is…

21:27
a survival site, it’s hard for them to draw a circle around you, because the circle’s so damn big around tactical. it’d be hard, there’s really probably no site out there that ranks for hiking and backpacking and fishing and survivalism and hunting. there might be something out there that’s massive that I’m not aware of, but very few things in Google these days are able to rank for everything under the sun. They’ve really penalized sites that try to do that.

21:54
Because typically they’re not writing really great content. They’re just writing content to write content. And it’s also hard to have a message and a direction and funnels and flows. So what kind of lead magnets and stuff are you gonna use on your site to get people to wanna sign up? And so because we’re focused on prepping and survival, all of our messaging is cohesive around those things. And so our lead magnets download our prepping and survivalism guide for a disaster.

22:22
be ready for earthquakes or be ready for a hurricane or be ready for the zombie apocalypse or whatever it might be. I’m like, can continuously have messaging around those things because people are most likely already coming, well, not most likely now, definitely coming to the site for subjects in that genre. You they’re looking at freeze dried food or how to like build a homemade mosquito trap or how to build an underground bunker or like what they should have in their bug out bag or how to build a fire on their own, like all these different types of topics that are surrounded or related to.

22:51
survivalism and prepping. And so it’s easier for us to convert more of these people into customers because we know where we’re going. And so they’re just kind of being all over the place. You’re not gonna sell a survivalist and prepper like an ultra light backpacking bag that’s for a five day backpacking trip that, you know, it’s just not, it doesn’t make sense. They want like an ultra rugged, you know, sack for three days of prepping and like having things organized in a way where it’s just, you know, it’s for things to survive.

23:20
and not just be lightweight. There’s some subtle differences that really make a difference. So when you’re writing about these topics, given that you’re not an expert in that subject matter, is it just something that you learn as you go along and become an expert over I haven’t written a word on Tactical.com. you haven’t? Okay. Let’s talk about that. That’s interesting. It isn’t necessarily me being a subject matter expert. It’s the people that we’ve hired to be the writers. And for us, I’ve chosen to do this all in-house. I like the control.

23:48
I like the fact that we’ve been able to incrementally train and improve our employees and build a team slowly but surely that’s gotten to where we’re at now, which is an amazing spot. I we’ve really, really hit our stride and we do this in a way like, and we’ve trained our team. like, first of all, like when I sit down with the team, we definitely know that we have to write at a level of expert to like, cause people that are searching for this stuff.

24:17
like they’re ex-military people or like they’re actually like really into prepping and survivalism. And these people are like really, really fanatical about like their craft or like their prepping and being ready for things. And so you can’t fool them. You can’t be S a BSer kind of is like the same, right? Actually that’ll ruin your credibility too, right? 100%. And so what I’ve talked to them about is first of all, like when someone searches for something, there’s gonna be a question that they’re asking. How to build a mosquito trap.

24:45
how to build an underground bunker, how do I do these things? We have to answer the question. If someone clicks back and goes to the next result, we have failed. And so that’s the bar that we’re writing to. And so if we’re going to write an article, there isn’t like a word count that we are aiming to get to. The word count is like, we’re going to exhaust every bit of information that we can on this page, or if it’s too big of a subject, we’ll break it up into separate pieces and make multiple.

25:13
We’ll make like a silo for it and kind of break it off and have like a header type article. We’ve done this like on ice wraps with shoulder pain, for instance. And so one article will be about the anatomy of a shoulder. The other will be like, how do you rest and recover for a shoulder injury? How do you like do PT for shoulder? And then it’ll be like one main article that’ll kind of like talk about all the different components of that. And so we’ve done that a couple of times on Tactical as well. And so again, the whole point is to not let someone hit back.

25:42
Now how do you get, and I’m not being sexist here, just the fact that all of our writers happen to be women, but how do you get these Filipino women that have never spent a day out in the woods to write about these subjects, that’s difficult. And so what we’ve done is, mean, first of all, we give them time to do research, which is really important. They aren’t expected to just start writing. We give them time to research and figure out how to write an article. We also look at ourselves more as curators in a lot of ways.

26:12
And so a lot of the content that we’ve done will reference other people’s YouTube channels and their videos and we’ll embed those in there, obviously give them credit, but a lot of it is just a roundup type stuff of the articles. So we can write, know, we have, watch those videos by the time they’re done watching a couple of hours of YouTube content that we’re going to embed in these articles, they now know enough that they can write an article in an intelligent enough way to keep them captivated, show on video, write some more.

26:39
And then we’ll go create our own infographic to embed in the article. And then we’ll show another video. Google loves this because our time on page is like 20 something minutes. And we’re also providing value for people. We’ve actually answered their question on how to build a mosquito trap or how to start a fire without gasoline in a match. And the contact Blowtorch works well. Blowtorch works well as well, which I brought with me on my West Coast Trail hike. so in my prepping, some of those skills end at I’ve done a few

27:09
multi-day hikes and so I’m kind of prepping and survivaling for those things. We do prep and a little bit of prepping in our own home, but I’m not off the scale in terms of being prepped for the end of the world.

27:24
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

27:52
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

28:22
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show. I think you might have had Jeff Oxford on your show too, right? Mm That’s the other guy. He told me when he came on that most blogs that he’s encountered do not generate any revenue for the store. And so.

28:46
Sure, you might be ranking for a lot of these survivalist terms, but how do you get them to actually buy stuff on your site? Yeah, so that’s an interesting question as well. So we have also, like all of this content is, know, right, serves a purpose of attracting backlinks, attracting people to get on our email list, just attracting influence and just building traffic. Eventually we will put on like Medivine type ads and that’ll probably generate mid four figures, maybe eventually get us to low five figures a month.

29:13
And which is not insignificant and that stuff adds up. It pays for the content team. I’m kind of, that’s what I’m kind of shooting for as a bar is like to be able to just be able to generate enough revenue off the blog specifically to just to pay for the content team. Cause it’s not set up. But the real secret sauce to all of this whole like medieval plan that I have or Dr. Evil plan maybe is also we write articles on products. And so we’ll.

29:40
reserve those to be like one out of 15-ish articles that we put up will be, what is the best tactical flashlight? What are the best tactical gloves? What is the best entrenching tool shovel? What is the best fire rod starter, et cetera, et cetera. And we’re ranking for a lot of this stuff now. As of recording this, we rank on the first page for tactical gloves. We rank number one, I believe, for entrenching tool, entrenching shovel, best entrenching shovel. Well, it just happens to be that we sell those products and ours are rated number one.

30:09
And so what we do is we will write these articles in anticipation of selling something. And so for instance, we anticipate selling a fire starter probably in 2021. But I didn’t know that we were going to want to sell that necessarily until I had the information to want to sell that. And so we’ve written these articles and the way that we do it, first of all,

30:34
We’re unique in the fact that we actually buy all the products. We don’t write BS reviews. We legitimately go out there and buy 10 to 15 of what seem to be the best selling fire starters. We’re making a leap of faith that the best selling ones also include some of the best actual product. That’s kind of hard to know. We do some research. try to look at, maybe we look at some rankings. Maybe it’s outside the top 15, but it’s a little bit higher price and we’ll buy one of those too.

31:03
We ship all that stuff to the Philippines and then back before COVID, every now and then we would send them out on a company paid, sponsored camping trip. And it was a lot of fun for these guys and they go out for the weekend, like the whole team, even people that aren’t on the tactical team, they’ll go camping and do like a little survivalism thing and they’ll test out the shovels and the fire starters and all the freeze dried food and like.

31:27
It becomes like a kind of a fun project for them and they bring a camera crew with them, there are employees, and they take pictures and film video and they do all this basically once a quarter. And so they’re actually, we’re getting original photography of all the products, we’re physically trying all the products and taking notes, we’re getting video content of all the products, and by time we go through all that, we actually know what the best fire starter is. Because we’ve actually tried them all and we know, and we’re taking notes along the way of like,

31:55
well this one broke at this point because like we put pressure on it and the thing was wood and it snapped and we’re taking notes about all this. Well meanwhile we rank for best Ferarad and best Firestarter now. believe both of those terms on the first page and we also have affiliate links for all those products and now I know that we’re selling X number of Firestarters every month and I can basically know with almost 100 % confidence that when I go launch a Firestarter we’re gonna do well.

32:23
Like it’s not like a guess any longer, right? Like we have flipped the whole script on this. And yes, this is like a very long- It’s a long-term plan. It’s long-term plan. was not, you know, I explained this in 20 minutes, whatever we’ve been talking, but this was years in the making, literally, to be able to pull this off. And now that we have a bunch of traction, it seems like we’re geniuses and it’s really easy, but it wasn’t and it isn’t, you know, it’s like it continues to be a lot of work. But now after investing this time and energy,

32:50
When we launch products, they just work. again, we are, as a recording this, the seventh best tactical glove on Amazon. It’s not an accident. We rank for tactical gloves on Google. People are reading this article. We made a good product because we looked at all the other stuff. We innovated the product and made it better, produced some decent packaging, and put out a good product. And we have traffic that’s constantly flowing through.

33:16
And Amazon loves outside traffic, like disproportionate. Like that seems to be one of the, and maybe they’ll change their algorithm in the future. That’s fine. But for right now, it’s working really well. And even if we just sold the number of products that are going through our links, it becomes significant at some point. And when you then add on to the fact that now the thing’s ranking on Amazon and all the people that are using Amazon as a search engine and buying our product. And it’s again, legitimately, it’s a four and a half star product. It’s a good product. And it’s working very well.

33:46
How much would you say it cost you to put out that piece of content, like best ferro rods, for example? Well, again, that’s like looking at it in a vacuum because it isn’t just that piece of content. As I said, we only really produce about 1 in 15 pieces of content that are these product review type things because we don’t want to become, in Google’s mind, a product review blog because I think that they penalize that and they kind of frown upon these product review sites.

34:14
they know the game that affiliates are playing out there and we don’t want to get grouped in that bucket. We also are using the other content, again, as a very long game thing where people are coming to our site, we’re pixeling them, we’re getting their email address that has some value. So the actual one post, depending on what it is, we have to go out and buy 10 or 15 Ferro Rods, we’re only gonna probably rank between five and seven of them as our top products, the ones that suck we’re not even gonna mention.

34:41
This is a relatively cheap $10 product, so it doesn’t really cost us that much for the product. The shipping to get it out to the Philippines probably cost more than the actual I’m just thinking, you can do this because you have this team in place, right? If you were to just hire one writer or something to do this, it sounds like it would be expensive. It is. We’re spending a couple thousand dollars a month on content writers and a team to do this. It adds up. But now we’re getting to the point.

35:10
where I think our revenue or benefit from it is more than the cost. For quite a while, we were just kind of spending money and I have to, again, have a leap of faith. It’s a long-term investment. Luckily, mean, this is what life’s all about. One of the disadvantages of being in my 40s is that when I get out of bed in the morning, I sound like a box of Rice Krispies. One of the advantages is that- I’ve heard you right when you get up. It’s not pretty.

35:38
Well, the advantages is that I’ve been doing SEO for 15 years and I know without a shadow of a doubt if I start writing content and never stop and put, my wife quit her job is like a really great example of this. I mean, when you first started writing, like no one was reading it, but maybe your wife and your mom, right? And you, mean, maybe- Not my mom. Not even your mom. Like they can’t even get that. you know, it’s just, it’s a lonely world. And you probably at some point were like, I don’t know if it’s worth it.

36:05
I’m not making really any money from this, I’m putting a lot of effort into it. Eventually, all of a sudden you start getting traction and it’s absolutely worth it. But to begin with, it’s hard to get over it. Most bloggers give up before they hit this inflection point of success. And for me, because I’ve been through it before and I know the formula of just keep doing it and keep your head to the grindstone. And luckily, again, we have other businesses that generate revenue and we can invest in this.

36:35
Yeah, I mean it’s just a matter of trusting that you can put out good content, that Google’s gonna wanna rank good content, and I don’t know that that form is gonna ever change. So I’m gonna ask you now the number one question I get at least once or twice a week. Oh gosh, okay. Content, how long would you expect to start getting traffic? Well, I mean you might get traffic in the first month or two, like right? It’s gonna be like a visitor. Right. Or two visitors. know, meaningful amounts of traffic, I think you have to suspect.

37:06
expect at an absolute minimum, like if you’re the best at your, like nine months, like that’s the absolute minimum. Realistically, it’s like 18 months, like to really start seeing a meaningful amount of traffic to where like you can upgrade from the shared hosting plan, know, to like something that like might make a little bit more sense. mean, it takes time, but it will be parabolic. Like you look at our traffic growth curve right now and we’re in the par, we’re like on the parabolic phase. I mean, it took a couple of years.

37:34
But now it’s just like every time I like log in a troughs, it’s just like, holy crap, it’s another another huge jump. Do you building or is it? We have not been doing any link building. Nice. We are starting. We’re actually about to hire a full time link builder. OK. And that will be very white hat. But, you know, eventually it becomes parabolic and we’ve hit that phase and it’s exciting. Let me ask you this. So you have all this traffic now. Are you driving them to Amazon or your site to Amazon?

38:02
To Amazon, Yeah, it’s 100 % to Amazon, yeah. So why is that? I just, value, again, I’m thinking big picture, right? I send them to my site, I sell one fire starter. I send them to Amazon, I actually sell maybe 10 fire starters or 20 or whatever the number is because Amazon’s like a flywheel platform. So by launching a product that immediately has traffic that’s going to get initial sales in traction during Amazon’s honeymoon period,

38:31
which will generate some reviews, which will generate some rankings, which will generate some more reviews and more sales. It helps like get that platform, that inertia going on the flywheel. And even afterwards, like just having that extra traffic and constantly pushing, I think it gives me just this ultimate unfair, again, white hat advantage over all the competitors. And as the traffic continues to grow and tactical, the more and more difficult,

39:01
products we’ll be able to go after, like the more and more competitive products. We’ve started with things that are a little bit less competitive, like tactical gloves are competitive but not to the level of a fire starters, for instance. And the gloves we launched, that’s kind of a long story of what we ended up doing. No, is the trenching shovel is a better example of where like it kind of fits the mold of what we’re looking for. It’s a niche product, not really all that competitive. We were able to launch and be competitive in that space because we rank for that term.

39:30
And so, sending the traffic off to Amazon, again, thinking big picture, it isn’t letting me just get that one sale. It’s letting me eventually get, lets me take advantage of what is 55 % of e-commerce search traffic. Amazon has surpassed Google as the number one e-commerce product search engine. These people are never going to go anywhere else. They type in entrenching tool or tactical gloves or best fire starter or whatever they’re typing in Amazon.

40:00
It isn’t like they’re gonna go, you know what, I’m not finding what I’m looking for here. Let me go search Google now and go find it on takniner.com. That’s not what’s ever going to happen. Of those 55 % of people that are searching on there, like 99.99 % of them are going to make a purchase on Amazon, like either that day or sometime in the future, because they’re already Amazon Prime members, they already have their credit card in there, they already trust Amazon, and they’re just going to buy there. They’re going to find what they want there. And whether it’s my Firestarter or, you

40:30
the other competitor’s firestarter, the person just looking for a darn firestarter, they’re going to buy the product and be done with it. And so I’m thinking about those searches. At the same time, I’m also thinking about how Amazon’s a really difficult platform and they treat us like crap and there’s a bunch of other negatives, but in the meantime, you can’t ignore the honeypot. And so it’s a very difficult, like the jekyll to hide on my shoulder, like…

40:54
know, pulling me into different directions. disagree with you there because if you sell something on your own site, you have that information and a lot of those people are, you can cross sell them other stuff that you sell. So how do you balance the two? Like, do you even send any traffic to Tech Natter? No, not right now. Okay. I think eventually, you know, the way that I look at it is again, I already kind of explained my thought process of, you know, if something really bad ever happened over at Amazon, the thing that I love about the strategy, which I mentioned earlier is I can always flip the switch or turn the dial.

41:23
So it’s such a point of time where like, know what, like now it makes more sense to send them to my store. I can do that. But right now, you know, we only have a few products. really just, this project’s still kind of getting off the ground. There really isn’t that many cross-sell opportunities. These are not consumable products. like, know, color it was a much more difficult decision as we were talking through this because here’s a brand where everything’s a cross-sell to everything else. You buy one book, like now you’re a customer. gel pens, a whole bunch of other books. Everything, and it’s all consumable.

41:51
Like every time you sit down and use one of our products, like you’re a fraction of the way towards becoming a customer of ours again. And that’s difficult to like give to Amazon because you can’t market to them in a way that you just talked about. You 52 % of our revenue for color rate was email marketing. Just repeat customer purchases for the most part. Tactical, we don’t really have that yet. And eventually we will, because I’ve been thinking a lot long and hard about this, we eventually will.

42:19
have consumable type products or things that we can’t cross market. As a recording this, we rank number two right now for survival food. Now there’s something that we can potentially develop at some point that is consumable or people do make repeat purchases of even though a lot of it goes in the garage and is there just for an emergency, a lot of people accumulate. They’ll buy a five day supply and then they’ll get like another five day supply. They’ll get a pallet of it. Then they’ll buy another pallet of it or whatever it is.

42:47
And ranking number two for survival food and emergency food and freeze-dry food, you’re for all this stuff now, makes me think long and hard about potentially making a product that sells those types of things. Let me ask you this. So is Tech Niner an affiliate site then? Meaning do the buy now buttons go to Amazon or do you still have check-in on Amazon? They do right now. They do right now. Eventually that will change. mean, again, the thought process is right now, the thing I’m really still focused on is just building traffic on Tactical.

43:17
And these products are there just as placeholders in a lot of ways, just to start checking metrics and seeing how much of this affiliate traffic that we’re sending from Tactile.com over to Amazon is converting. We’re doing some other things like kind in the background, we’re doing some free plus shipping offers and building our list and some other things and that’s why we have the Shopify store there. again, realistically, someone who buys a pair of tactical gloves isn’t necessarily gonna be in the market for a multi-tool shovel.

43:45
They’re not gonna necessarily buy a tactical flashlight. These are things that you typically buy in the moment that you need them. Like you don’t just see ads or just get an email and all this, and go, know what, I’m gonna go ahead and buy those. So we need to develop products that trigger those emotions and those buying habits. And those products exist in this space. It’s just a matter of like, we’re going to launch them at a time when it gives us the biggest chance of success. And so we just wanna bite off. It’s like, how do you eat an elephant one bite at a time?

44:14
What you’re saying is you’ll get there. We’ll get there. So let me ask you this. You’re driving all this traffic to Amazon and at the same time you’ve gotten attacked. We’ve shared some stories. How do you fight the bad players? This one’s tough, man. I I think the way that I’ve done this is to let someone else deal with it. That’s the only way that I can survive stuff like this. do you mean by that? I have someone else on my team deal with it. I don’t even want to know about it.

44:44
I tell them, unless it’s an emergency, just don’t even tell me. I don’t want to even know what’s happening because I take it so personally and I get so spun up. Nothing can ruin my day faster than hearing about how some bozo got our listing suspended because they checked you sold as new or whatever. I lose control. take it personally. But the thing is, when I’m talking about it right now, I can be very objective about it. I realize that Amazon’s like this 800 pound gorilla.

45:14
Like they don’t care about any individual seller because there’s plenty of other people online. If they don’t buy my tactical gloves today, they’re gonna sell another pair of tactical gloves, you know, under another brand. The customer’s gonna be happy. Amazon gets their 15%. They’re happy. They don’t really care about me. And I get that. I get that environment. I mean, I’m not happy about it. I wish they were better with this. I also get the fact that like their support’s awful, but like they’re not really incentivized to make it any better. And it’s just kind of like…

45:42
It is the way it is. It is what it is because it’s just the way that it is. can’t make it better because you want it to be better. if I don’t like it, then I should just stop selling on Amazon, which I don’t want to do because again, that doesn’t make sense. And so if you can’t deal with this stuff happening, then don’t sell on Amazon. And so I know this right now in this moment, but then as soon as I would get the email, your listing has been suspended.

46:12
Then I get like, really mad. I mean, it evokes these emotions. So, literally it doesn’t go into your inbox then? It does not go to my inbox. It goes to someone else’s inbox and they just deal with it. Like, our team’s really good. And they’ll get it reinstated just as quickly as I will. And they’re just as upset about it as I am. like, they’re not, they don’t get personally upset about it. You know, they just want to get their, they want to do a good job for us and for me and the team. But, you when I hear about this stuff, like I really lose it. Like I was telling, like there’s a couple of things that I do get notified about. And one of them was like,

46:41
Someone attacked our listing by adding keywords into it. Like they put cross-contamination in there, which got it suspended for being a pesticide. And they want us to go through a pesticide course now, like Amazon does. And the only reason I really even found out about this stuff, because you were asking me a question, anecdotally heard about this in some communication in the company. So I knew that we were fighting this listing, but again, just removed myself from it.

47:07
And then Stephen asked him the question and talk about it the other night. was like, gosh, darn it. Like, well, I didn’t even want to know about this because I’m sorry. You know, it’s just like, pisses me off to my core. know, again, I just, let someone else deal with it and then, and I’m just happy. Like I just, you know, like I know that, you know, certain percent of our business is going to be affected every year by this. And it just, it’s a cost of doing business on Amazon. That was my next question. Actually. Do you kind of factor this in? I do. Okay. Yeah. And I just expect that like our best selling listings going to like have this happen. And like a couple other listings, you know, throughout the year.

47:37
And it’s just kind of a cost of doing business. And as long as we respond to it and get it back up as quickly as we possibly can, you know, it’s just a matter of the way that it is. And I prefer to not have to be involved with it or know about it if I don’t have to. Because again, I’m lucky enough that I have a good, and we have 17 total team members. They can deal with this stuff. I don’t need to be involved with it. Me being involved with it isn’t gonna make it get done any quicker. Like I can send an email just as well as they can, get on the phone just as well as they can.

48:07
yell with them just as well as they can except that like I don’t sleep when it happens. And so like I’d rather get a good night’s sleep and just not even know about it. the exact same way. it’s tough. So we’ve been chatting for like 45 minutes. I’m just kind of curious for anyone who’s just kind of getting started in e-commerce, what would you say to these people? Well, I still think e-commerce is an incredibly exciting and fruitful and lucrative place to be. I love being on on Transitor.

48:37
almost certainly gonna continue to go up. You don’t wanna ever be in a business that’s a shrinking market. And I learned this lesson in the online poker days. Like when we were doing online poker affiliate marketing, it was great when we were on the uptrend, but as we were trying to continue to grow into ultimately what was a shrinking market, it’s just a very, very difficult place to be. Doesn’t matter how good you are, like if the pond around you is slowly losing water and drying up, it’s tough. Well, the e-commerce pond is continuing to fill up.

49:07
And none of us have a true crystal ball, otherwise we wouldn’t be sitting here recording this podcast. be on our yacht or Well, we have been eating quite extravagantly. We have, yeah. There’s been an adverse effect of that too. But look, mean, let’s be realistic. mean, people aren’t gonna all of sudden go, you know what? Like I really miss going to the mall. Like, going to Walmart and like standing in line or whatever. mean.

49:33
Obviously there are people that enjoy going shopping in a retail environment. I am not one of them. And there’s lots of people that I know that feel the same way. Now you couple this with the pandemic and it like kind of magnifies the fact that no one really wants to go out shopping if they don’t have to. And so, and e-commerce is still a very small portion of, it seems like it’s hard to imagine. Cause like in my life, like e-commerce is like 95 % of what I buy. I don’t understand how what’s only like.

49:59
15 % of the retail market. Well, it’s supposed to be like 18 or 19. Okay, so it’s up to 18%. Yeah. But still that means that like four out of five dollars that are spent in this country are spent at a retail establishment, which I still won’t even understand like how that’s even possible. And so like that has to continue to grow as you know, as the older generation dies out and they’re replaced by people who are already used to buying things online. It’s just going to continue to grow and

50:27
I think as delivery methods get even better, like we’re gonna probably have drones dropping things off same day. There’s already Prime Now. There’s like even Shopify’s getting into the local delivery game. I think a lot of things are gonna continue to get purchased online. It just makes sense. There’s very few things that I wanna go buy in person. And most of them are like clothes, like things that require like trying them on, like shoes, like are kinda awkward to buy online, because what do you buy like the nine and a half, 10 and 10 and a half and…

50:55
see which one fits. be fair, Mike, you don’t even like to get up to flip the switch. So Mike has his completely on Google Home. So he says, Google, turn up the volume. Or he doesn’t even move from his Google, turn off Steve. I’ve been trying that one for the last few days. That doesn’t work. I think e-commerce is exciting place to be. I completely agree. But there’s always a but, right? The days of, and this is what

51:23
frustrates me and I know this frustrates you too, like being in the guru space, clinical guru space as well, it’s perceived, a lot of people talk about like how easy it is, like how easy e-commerce is and like all you gotta do is like just find something on e-bob and throw it up on Amazon and you’re gonna start making millions of dollars. Well, those days are like long gone, right? And so like if you’re gonna be in e-commerce, you gotta differentiate in some way. You gotta have a product that’s better, substantially better in some way than everything else that’s out there. And so this is the things that we’re talking about.

51:52
like all the time, right? Like, and this is what we did with coloring. This formula is not that complicated. It isn’t like we invented coloring books. Like those have been around since I was a kid, which was about when dirt was invented. And so like, you know, we just made them better. We put a hardback cover on the book. And so it’s like easy to color in your lap and it protects your artwork. We put a spiral binding on the book. Like when you’re coloring, you don’t want to be fighting the book closing on you. You want it to lay flat and just be easy to color.

52:19
We know lots of people will rip out the pages of their color, the drawings that they did and frame them or give them the friends or family or just look at them or whatever. So we made perforated pages. We know that when you were like coloring on the book with markers that it bleeds through the back and ruins the other side. So we didn’t print double-sided, we printed single-sided. And then we also included a blotter that you could put in between the pages. I barely have a high school degree and I figured these things out. This is not that difficult. It was just like I looked at other coloring books. I looked at other reviews.

52:49
And I made a better product. I’m not an inventor. Again, I’m I mean, I’m street smart, but I’m not like, you know, a college of KAD, like, Rhodes Scholar kind of guy. I mean, like, you can just look and use some common sense. And we did the same type of thing with our gel pens. You know, people were buying gel pens that had no names on them. And they want to like, there’s 17 different colors of red in a pack of 100. Well, we have crimson red and like bright red and whatever reds, you know, and.

53:15
That way they can pick up the same color when they’re the next day and make sure that their rose petals like the right color red. People with color like care about this stuff and we’re the first ones to do it. We also included a carrying case and made it like a nice presentation. Included some refills so you don’t have to constantly throw the pens away and buy new pens. You just buy refills. It’s a lot cheaper. Made them the number one best selling gel pens on Amazon and they were twice as expensive as the next thing on there. So it isn’t price. It just and it isn’t again.

53:45
I’m not Thomas Edison. These are all basic things. If you just sit down and start doing some research and put some common sense to things and don’t just expect it to be easy that anyone can do. And if you do those things, I think you can be wildly successful in e-commerce. think that if you, everybody does something in their personal lives that they’ve already done the Mac and Gladwell outliers 10,000 hours thing, right? Like for me, it’s like, like playing tennis. I’m not very good at it, but I put my 10,000 hours in.

54:15
I like playing the guitar. I like scuba diving. I mean, I like traveling. These are things that I’ve done in my personal life. Those are great. I like playing poker. That was another really successful business that we started. These are things that you can take your personal experience, start a content site, start getting traffic, start doing what we’re talking about here, and then work on developing a product, and basically guarantee yourself success. As long as you want to put in the effort and the work, it’s actually easy. It’s just that a lot of people…

54:46
they want easy money and if it was that easy, wouldn’t do it. easy, quick money, actually. Easy, quick money. the thing that’s funny about it is it actually is easy money years down the road after you put the hard work into it. We’ve both been in this position where we’ve put a lot of hard work into stuff in years past and it seems like money just kind of falls out of the sky in our last. And it kind of does in some ways right now.

55:14
compared to the amount of hours of work to get that money now, but a lot of effort went into planting the seeds and tilling the garden and laying and watering it every day. Now it seems easy, but you have to put the work in. And no one can sidestep this. You can maybe for a short amount of time with black hack tactics, but over the long haul, that isn’t what wins. And so I still think, again, there’s basically unlimited opportunity in e-commerce if you’re willing to…

55:43
to do it the right way. I completely agree. Actually, we usually agree on stuff. That’s maybe why we’re It doesn’t make for a good podcast though. Well, Mike, thanks a lot for coming on, man. And thanks for letting me stay in your cast of Jack and Sludge. The Jack and Sludge.

56:11
which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base.

56:40
SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot I O slash Steve. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog. And if you were interested in starting an own e-commerce store, head on over to my wife, quitter job.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening. Thanks for listening to the my wife quitter job podcast.

57:07
where we’re giving the courage people need to start their own online business. more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitterjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

330: Jasmine Star On How To Build A Powerful Brand With Social Media

330: Jasmine Star On How To Build A Powerful Brand With Social Media

Today, I’m thrilled to have Jasmine Star on the show. Jasmine is the founder of SocialCurator.com and is a world renowned speaker and business strategist.

She specializes in social media and has taught thousands of people how grow their audience on Instagram and Facebook. In this episode, you’ll learn how to build a powerful ecommerce brand with Instagram.

What You’ll Learn

  • Jasmine’s origin story and why she decided to forgo a scholarship to UCLA law school to pursue her passion.
  • What led jasmine to become a speaker, world renounced strategist and Instagram expert.
  • How to leverage Instagram to create a powerful brand.

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I have Jasmine Starr on the show and Jasmine is the founder of socialcurator.com, which is a service that makes your social media marketing life so much easier. She is a master of social media and today we are going to learn how to build a following and leverage Instagram to create a personal or e-commerce brand. But before we begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode.

00:27
Now, if you’re behind on planning for Black Friday and Cyber Monday, Klaviyo is here to help. Klaviyo is the ultimate e-commerce marketing platform for online brands of all kinds and all sizes. With email automation, SMS marketing, list growth tools, and more, you’ll get everything you need to build strong relationships that keep your customers coming back. And with the holiday season right around the corner, there’s no time like the present. Get up and running quickly with Klaviyo’s lightning fast integrations, pre-built marketing automations, and beautiful email templates. So whether you’re a billion dollar business or just starting out,

00:57
Klaviyo is the ecommerce marketing platform for growth during the holidays and long after. So get a free trial over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. And I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now if you run an ecommerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my ecommerce store.

01:25
and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript.io, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too, and with the holiday season rolling around, SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to Postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free.

01:54
That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot IO slash Steve. Now on to the show.

02:17
Welcome to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast. Today I’m really happy to have Jasmine Starr on the show. Now Jasmine is someone who I met briefly at Social Media Marketing World, a conference where we both have spoken for the past several years. But the problem with this woman is that she’s always mobbed, so we’ve actually never had a real conversation until today. So if you don’t know who Jasmine is, she walked away from a scholarship to UCLA law school in order to pursue her passion, which incidentally is something that an Asian would never think about doing.

02:45
And since then she’s been voted as one of the top 10 wedding photographers in the world and has also become a world renowned speaker and business strategist. And in fact, I recently saw her take the big stage at social media marketing world, which was instantly probably the last time I traveled for the year. And she was fantastic and inspiring. Anyway, the reason I brought her on the podcast today is to talk about Instagram. You’ll learn how to build a following and leverage IG to create a powerful personal brand. And with that, welcome to show. How are you doing, Jasmine?

03:15
I’m so happy to be here, thank you. So Jasmine, for those people in my audience who don’t know who you are, please tell them how you got started, what led you to a speaker, business strategist, and Instagram expert.

03:31
Well, I think that the nutshell version is I believe that you could speak things into existence and not in like a really woo woo way, but in a tangible way, because when you begin to use words for your future, your actions map your aspirations. So when people ask me, how did you become a professional speaker? I was like, I don’t think you’re talking to me because I am not a professional speaker. I just happen to be a person who stands on a stage and shares everything I know. And that has opened doors for me.

03:58
And I think that that maps back to every origin story. I first started my professional careers as a photographer. And I kept on saying I was a photographer before I was a photographer. I actually made the declaration that I had a dream of becoming a photographer when I didn’t even own a camera. And I think to a lot of people that sounds really crazy and almost foolish, but in a way by opening my eyes and my ears and being receptive to…

04:24
what I needed to do to get the things I want, it really changed things. So different iterations of my career started off as a photographer, started sharing everything I knew, becoming a photographer and started teaching other people how to become a photographer. And when my business really took off in the creative world, I started getting awards and notoriety for what I was doing. There were other creatives outside of the photography world who said, well, can you show us how you’ve been able to build a brand and a business in our respective industry? And then I just started using

04:54
whatever platform I could to share everything I knew. Around 2007, that’s when blogging came around and I just started a blog and created a pretty significant following. And then as my career iterated, I started connecting with other creative people and then they started asking me like, hey, can you come speak to our group? The very first professional speaking event I had, there was three people in Get out of town, I would have died.

05:19
You know, but you know, didn’t know any better. was like, wait, there’s three people who want to hear what I have to say. Okay. And I kind of kicked it on that like three to five person speaking circuit. If that’s even the thing, like I just made that up, like as if it’s a circuit, it’s actually just a bunch of people with nothing better to do than to come and hear me talk about something. And then lo and behold, the groups got bigger. They started getting to 10 people and then 15 and then a hundred and then a thousand and then tens of thousands. And that really is like what I believe is

05:48
the framework for anybody wanting to become a professional and be skilled at what it is that they do is understanding the humility that it takes to sharpen your teeth, hone your message and hone your skill and get better every single time you have the ability and the honor to stand in front of another person who wants to listen to you. Back when you first got started, what were you blogging about exactly?

06:10
Okay, so you know, blogging was very new. And I think what I didn’t know then, which is what I can look back to is I know how to map human interaction. And I looked at blogging and quickly understood that it was going to transform the way that people were communicating online. So I was sharing me getting my first camera. was sharing the first lenses I got. I was sharing where I went on vacation. I was sharing how I celebrated my wedding anniversary with my new husband. And at the time, people in the creative world, specifically photographers,

06:40
who are coming from very nice cars and studios and portfolios were looking at what I was doing and then being like, that’s really unprofessional. Nobody cares about where you went on a date. Nobody cares about your dog. And people did. And I knew that people were going to care if you gave them a reason to care. And over a really short amount of time, considering that other people had spent 30, 40 years of their life building up their careers,

07:06
I was able to create a following and a demand and move into a luxury market and very competitive market space in about two or three years on the back of creating content and sharing things that people thought were silly, but actually people really cared about. this, this was like early, early, early online presence, which would later shape how I was able to translate that and move that into social media. became very good at understanding how to care about people.

07:34
how to create content and how to create a brand, which is basically people just paying more, waiting longer, driving farther to get the thing that you’re selling them. And that has really changed being able to leverage social media in regards to building a brand online. I believe everybody can do the same. completely agree. And it is counterintuitive, actually. If you think about it, we tend to buy from people that we like and get to know, right? And I’m sure you get this a lot more than I do, but

08:03
People, when they come up to you, they already know so much about you, much more than you know about them. So it ends up being a little bit awkward, but creating your personal brand and being very active and telling your story really amplifies all of that stuff. You know, it’s, I don’t, actually I’m certain I wouldn’t use the word awkward. I believe, okay, so during my junior year of college, my mom was diagnosed with brain cancer.

08:29
And it really had a profound effect on my life and the decisions, but specifically the way that I saw the world. And when you’re looking at somebody who’s looking at a finite amount of time in their life, you able, you’re able to look at a minute and measure it differently than a person who isn’t cognizant of the fragility of life. my mom battled brain cancer for about eight and a or nine years and eight and a half years. And I started to realize that the most valuable thing that any of us own

08:57
is not a private jet and it’s not the Maserati and it’s not the 90210 zip code. It is truly time. And so when I have the opportunity to meet people, say at an event and somebody comes up to me and they know a lot more about me than I know about them, I don’t look at it as awkward. I look at it as great. We just saved each other time. We don’t have to talk about me. How can I serve you? What do you need to tell me about you so that we can dive right in?

09:22
real quick instead of like, how did you get started? What do you do? Like, let’s avoid the small talk because time is the most valuable thing we own. Let’s get into how can I do something for you? That is a very interesting perspective. And maybe it’s perhaps because you are a better people person than I am, perhaps. You know, I would probably disagree with you there. I’m a Defcon code red level 12 out of 10 introvert. Get out of town. Are you serious? Oh, a hundred.

09:50
The reason I became a business owner was because I was just like, thrive in silence and on my own. Oh my goodness. very, very, very small group of friends, very large conferences exhaust me. I never ever, ever saw myself standing on a stage speaking. I am not the kind of person who will stand in a group of people and be like, I want to be the first to notice or I want to be the one to talk the most. It’s like completely the opposite of that.

10:19
But I also think that my skill set, and I do believe it’s a skill set, my skill set as an introvert has really empowered me to watch people from a distance, understand pressure points and speak directly to that. Because I believe that my purpose is to empower people to believe that impossibilities are possibilities. And if people come in and they say, oh, she could do that because she’s this. And I have to sit here and say, I actually have trained myself to do the thing that I need to do to stand in my purpose and get my ego out of the way and say, how can I serve people the best?

10:48
That is very interesting. I did not know that. how did this photography business, so you started out as a photographer, how did that kind of transition over? So you started documenting your journey and that sort of thing. Did that just naturally attract people who were interested in trying to do the same thing or? 100%, 100%. So what I didn’t know back in like 2009 and 2010 was like people were following me and there’s two types of followers that I was attracting.

11:14
to my blog and then around that time at like early like Facebook Twitter kind of years I was attracting both the photographer who’s trying to understand how did this girl who had never had a camera be able to build a really successful business and how is she able to travel the world and get these really good commissions and work with really great clients and then I also was attracting really great clients and so when I was putting out content teaching people what I know and what I did not know it really

11:43
This is predating the keyword of 2018 and 2019, is vulnerability. I didn’t know at the time that I was making myself vulnerable by calling out my inadequacies, by admitting that I was still going into photography shoots or shooting for clients and still feeling a level of nerves because I knew that I could be and should be better. But by doing that, it really opened the conversation to having real conversations with the photographers, but then also tempered the desire and expectation for my clients.

12:12
It was this really, really, really crazy experience, but it really benefited the business. So are you still taking on clients today for photography or? That has really changed dramatically. So pursued photography wholeheartedly. My husband came on into the business. He’s been my business partner. I was shooting exclusively for 12 years and he was with me exclusively for 10 of the 12 years. And when we started Social Curator,

12:39
I was able to still take my photography skills and shoot lifestyle photos for business owners. And then the business got big that we were able to bring in a photography team for social care. So I’m still shooting, but not in the capacity of one to one. I’m not working with art directors or editors anymore. I’m able to shoot in a way that says, how can I create content that business owners need? And it’s just been such a crazy, exciting, ride. Perfect. So I’m just kind of curious. outside of like the photography side of things, how do you generate revenue with your online business?

13:11
Through social curator. Social curator, okay. And through speaking events and occasionally I will be able to take on consulting and then also creating licensed content for larger organizations to resell the education that I present. Okay. And what are your primary acquisition channels? I know we’re going to talk about Instagram in this interview, but I’m just kind of curious where the bulk of your traffic comes from. I do a ton of organic content creation and I have really

13:40
focused in on the discipline of creating the content and then finding content pillars and being able to repurpose them on different platforms that are custom and speak to that end user. So if you were to go to LinkedIn, you would see a profile. If you go to Instagram, Facebook, YouTube, Twitter, Pinterest, these are all, I’m still blogging three to four times a week. I’m still growing my newsletter list. I think the bulk of our traffic is really coming from the platforms that

14:06
our dream customers are existing on and it’s in this particular order. It’s in Facebook, it’s LinkedIn, excuse me, in this particular order, Instagram, LinkedIn, Facebook, blogging, Pinterest. So let’s talk about this content strategy because I follow you and you put out a ton of content. Like I don’t know how you do it. You must have like some really good system and that’s kind of what I want to kind of dive into today. So first off, how are you able to put out endless content I want to say?

14:33
On Instagram, Facebook, you have a podcast, have blog posts. How do you manage all of this? Well, first and foremost, let’s have a slow cap for caffeine because that’s to be the show sponsor. So what really I believe that my content creation boot camp was blogging. Blogging is like a long form way to create content. And I was blogging seven days a week.

15:00
And crazy. Okay, no, I know. But what happened as a result of that is like we were getting somewhere around 20 to 25,000 unique views a day. I was just writing everything. I was writing things from a personal perspective, from a professional perspective, and then from an educational perspective. And that laid the framework for how I started showing up on social media. However, I should note that when I started social media, this was like Twitter and Facebook were my first foray. And I very much did the very typical like

15:30
I’m out for brunch, nom nom nom type content, right? And nobody was really like caring that I eat French toast or whatever the case may be. And so I slowly started learning that the content on the blog would be very good content in micro forms on Facebook. And so what we started doing unknowingly was creating these content pillars. Like, so now my three content pillars for 2020 would be branding, social media marketing,

15:59
and personal belief in self. And so you will see the vast majority of the content that I am putting out fall into one of those three pillars. So for instance, at the time of this recording during this past week, I will have put out two to three YouTube videos. Two will be educational. One will be like more of like a free form Q and A type video. Yesterday I put out an Instagram post that was a microcosm, micro piece of content from one of the longer form videos that I had created. So what we’re doing is we’re thinking about

16:28
What is the big long form piece of content? It could be a blog post that turns into a video, or it could be a video that turns into a blog post. Those are two anchors. Like that’s the longest piece of content. And then from there, we will break it down into smaller bite sized pieces, perhaps into a one to three part series on Instagram and or Facebook. Now those one to three part series on Instagram or Facebook, we will be posting them on our primary platform. At this time of this recording, my primary platform for acquisition would be Instagram.

16:57
I will be putting out that content say at 8 a.m. on a Monday. And then a week and four hours later, I will be putting it on our secondary platform, which would be Facebook. And then a longer form of the posts that I’m putting out on Instagram or Facebook is going to be what’s posted on LinkedIn. You’re going to see a lot of similarities in content and flow. But what we do is we stagger the content. We don’t want to put out the same piece of content on all of our social platforms at once because studies have shown that people platform hop.

17:25
So somebody’s on Instagram for like maybe 20, 30 minutes, they could pop over to LinkedIn or to Facebook. And we don’t want people to see the same content because there’s a less likelihood of them engaging on two platforms from the same piece of content. We want to make sure that we’re showing them different content at different times for a higher likelihood of engagement. Interesting. So do you stagger it out a week or what’s the time duration?

17:47
a week and four hours for the weekend for hours and then a and eight hours for the tertiary platform. what is your you mentioned you start out with like a primary piece of content like what is your medium? Is it blogging or is it video that you start out with? It’s intermixed but I can walk you through like I can walk you through a content creation piece that we’re working on right now. And so I had a conversation with my podcast manager and we’re brainstorming like different topics and so we’ve come up with this topic and the thing that people ask me the most

18:16
specifically on the inside of social care, is how do you find people to collaborate with, specifically in a downturn economy or things like where are a little unpredictable with all things coronavirus and COVID. So we started brainstorming what it would look like, what the conversation could look like. We started outlining what my podcast episode would be about. And she and I got really excited. were like, wow, we can make this an opt-in. Like we can create a checklist and we can create resources and we can create the 10 questions that you need to ask the other person for a collaboration.

18:43
In this particular piece, we normally will start off with a video or start off with a blog post, but it started off with a podcast. So what we’re going to do with the podcast is we’re going to framework with the outline and script could be. And then we’re going to do is we’re going to add on another PDF, which is long form. And then we’re going to take that PDF and we’re going to break it into about a third and make that into a blog post. And then we’re going to use that same third and we’re going to make it into a script for a video. Both of them are going to be pointing to the opt-in and then I’ll probably likely go on.

19:12
Instagram live and talk about the opt-in and from an Instagram live we’re going to turn that into an ing tv and that will set their own perpetuity as a driver for the opt-in and then from there we’re going to make a blog post still using that same third of like catchy great crunchy content and then make a pinterest graphic for the blog pin that onto our boards on pinterest so we’re going to all things pointing to a new opt-in and we try to come up with two to three options a month that sounded very overwhelming jasmine i want to be honest with you

19:41
So when it comes to this content creation, are you reusing the content or, because you mentioned you start out with a podcast, but then you have videos that need to go out. So that implies that you have to film those videos, right, from scratch. So how much of it is reused versus like, because it seems overwhelming, like to create a podcast and then have to write a blog post and then have to film videos, you know, all the time for all of your pieces of content. So I love this conversation. I thank you for being so candid about it.

20:09
But I also want to take a step back and say like everything that we first start feels overwhelming and feels very hard. Everything. So when you first started using words, that was hard. When you first got on a bike, that was hard. When you first decided to learn a second language, perhaps in high school, that was hard. But the more you did it, the more acquainted you became. I believe that running a business very similar to creating your marketing content, it’s a discipline.

20:37
And so obviously I’m coming out and it’s like drinking from a fire of hose, like in a hot New York City day, right? Like I totally get it, but the content in and of itself is wildly similar. Your anchor piece of content. When I had said we use about a third of that, the third of it is the same that we use for the blog post is the same that we would use for a video script. Now, albeit there are slight tweaks, like obviously in a blog post, you’re like, you could write click here.

21:06
to download. Well, that would have to be changed for a video script that’s saying, like, swipe up to get your opt-in. But the vast majority of the content is the same. Now, the reason why we’re keeping it singular is because we’ve honed in the message. And we also understand that our dream customer for Social Curator exists on different platforms. So we need to speak to them where they are and not expect them to find us where we want to be. That makes sense. The reason why I was asking that question is because for me, I start

21:35
My core is always a blog post and then I turn that into a video as well as a podcast, but it is largely the same content. And that’s kind of what I wanted to just clarify here. It sounds like you take it a little bit a step further and your team probably breaks up the content, right? For smaller chunks for like IG and other platforms. I do the writing for the captions. As far as video editing, yes, we work with the videographer. As far as like producing the podcast, yes, I have a podcast manager. Yes. Okay. Okay.

22:04
What, okay, so let’s talk about Instagram here, because I follow you and it’s just mesmerizing. I think you have a talent for just grabbing me and just feeling like you’re talking to me directly. What is your Instagram strategy specifically? How often do you post? The type of content? What’s important about it? What are some tips that you can give the audience? Well, let’s start off with tip number one. I totally take the compliment to heart when you say that I know how to grab you, but that’s not happenstance.

22:34
It’s after a series of me not being able to get the views that I would want. I started looking at other IGTV and YouTube content creators and really dissecting how are they able to keep people past like that very coveted three second mark and then on Instagram that coveted 58 second mark. Now you can put a long form video up to 10 minutes on IGTV, but in order for somebody to click away from their feed as they watch it, that happens around the

23:03
59 second mark. So I was listening to an interview from content creators on YouTube and Instagram. And what we need to do in the first three seconds is hook that has to immediately capture why somebody would want to stay on and watch. And it could be slapstick comedy. It could be shocking, jarring. It could be just a very strong title, what the benefit is to watch it. And then you’re to want to quickly come in with two to three, like what I call it crunchy, like sexy, tactable.

23:30
things that somebody can do immediately. And then you have the cliffhanger and that usually happens around second 58 or 59. Because you want somebody to do is to click on the view more you want them to click away from their feed and go into IGTV and watch your video because that metric really is beneficial for getting organic reach on Instagram. So you structure your video to put a cliffhanger at second 58 or 59. We try our dang best. Yeah, amazing. Okay. Yeah. So that’s why I end up

23:58
clicking over. Yes, I just never even realized. So as far as like the posting strategy, that’s where we had said, but I just, I also, I always just always want to back it up and being like, Hey, look, I am not a special snowflake. I don’t understand things differently than anybody else, but I definitely take the time to understand what is the gaps and how can I get to where I want to go? And I love sharing this stuff with other people. Like whatever I learn, I’m going to pass on because I hope that whatever other people learn, they pass on as well. As far as structuring go, I post six to seven times.

24:28
a week on Instagram that’s basically every day. There was a time where I was testing to see if more content led to more engaged followers. And I have seen other people on Instagram post three times a day and their audience responds equally as well on all of their posts. That’s a very strong indication that that’s a great cadence for somebody to keep up and that is maximizing their growth. When I tried posting

24:55
three times a day on Instagram, what I was noticing was that my engagement kind of just totally dipped. And that was my audience telling me that that was just too much content from me. And so if they engaged in the morning and they saw another post and then that evening, they’re just like, it’s just too much of it. And so my audience was telling me to reassess. And what we’ve kind of definitely fallen into is a really great cadence of once a day for myself and then mixing it up. So you have short form video, that’s anything less.

25:23
than 59 seconds and that exists on your feed and somebody can watch that entire video right there in the feed. You have IGTV that is anything over 59 seconds and that could sit on your feed, but then also sit on a separate IGTV TV channel. I also go live once or twice a week and I turn those live conversations into an IGTV. I’m also now testing reels. I’m trying to put out, I mean it is pretty lofty, but I’m trying to put out three reels a week.

25:51
on Instagram in addition to static photo posts that are a little bit long form and educational.

25:59
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

26:28
Now, first and foremost, protecting your IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

26:57
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show. I mean, I see you on stories like all the like multiple stories sometimes per day. Is your story strategy different? Like, do you try to put out X number of stories per day? I try to put out at least two stories a day. There are sometimes in my life and business that things are a lot more exciting and creative and I get post out more. But for me, the cadence is

27:26
everything on Instagram is interrelated. The algorithm is watching everybody’s behavior. And so I need to make sure that even within Instagram, there are some people like studies have shown that only 25 % of people are actually watching stories. And so I do know that there is an interconnected relationship that when somebody is watching stories and engaging with them, like not swiping past them and using it, when I use like engagement driving tools, like

27:53
the poll or like the slider or like the quiz. When people are actually taking actions on those stories, it’s indicating to the algorithm that that person is highly engaged in my account and there’s a higher likelihood for them to see my other content that is existing in the feed itself. They are like kissing cousins. I want to make sure that I’m giving people the maximum opportunity to engage. So there’s a higher likelihood of them seeing my stories earlier in the, in the layout and or seeing my stuff in the feed. How do you decide what to post as part of your feed versus like a story, for example?

28:23
So stories disappear in 24 hours, unless tethered to the idea that the story needs to be perfect or beautiful or curated. I believe that stories are such a great real time, like sneak peek into your daily behaviors or things that you happen to find funny or repurposing content. love, like I am a big fan of memes. My husband does not get memes. He doesn’t think they’re funny, but I like repurposing them in stories because number one, it’s sharing another really great content creator.

28:50
Two, it doesn’t have to sit on my feed. I didn’t create the meme. I don’t necessarily think that the meme is reflective of the thing that I do, but also just drives conversation so that people can find similarities. I am only trying to do one of two things when it comes with content on any social platform. I am trying to attract or I am trying to repel. I don’t want people who are lukewarm and they’re like, kind of will sort of watch what this person’s doing and not engage. I have no desires to put out a viral video. I have no desire to get a million followers for the sake of getting a million followers.

29:19
I really want to attract people who are going to engage and want to go deep with my account. And I believe that the quickest way we do this is by attracting people who are like-minded or see the world that way that you do, or repel people, people who can’t stand my voice, the memes that I choose or the content I create. Great. Thank you so much. You know where the digital door is. Hmm. All right. So Jasmine, let’s say I’m brand new. I’ve got an Instagram account with zero followers. Do you have a lot of people get discouraged in the beginning. So do you have any tips for people just starting out on how to just

29:48
maybe get their first thousand followers? Yeah, and the first tip would be like, give yourself grace. This is a platform and we don’t, we’re not entitled to anything and we don’t deserve anything. Like sure, you could waste time and be bummed out that like you don’t have followers or you could use that exact same time and energy to go out and just create content. I believe that a blank slate is nothing.

30:14
but a passport to get you to where you want to go. You have no rules. You have no expectations. Nobody even knows who you are. So all I’m going to encourage people to do is to create as much content however they can, when they can with as much frequency as possible. Now, some people can say, I can put out a post every day. And some people say like, I can post twice a week. Whatever your number is, the key is going to be that you have to be consistent. 100 % you have to, especially when you’re just joining the platform.

30:43
People have to know what you are, who you are and why you do it. Now, the minute you find into your cadence and you’ve made the declaration, I’m going to be posting four times a week on Instagram. I’m going to be posting six days a week on stories. This is what I’m going to do. I have my plan and my action. Great. But just because you create the content doesn’t mean people will number one care or number two, find it. next job on Instagram is to make people care and then make people find it. And the way that you do that is if you want people to care about you, you must first care about them.

31:11
And how do you show that you care about them? You go and you’re giving the type of engagement that you want to get on your account. So no, just because you have an Instagram account, nobody knows it exists. So your objective is to create roads and pathways to your tiny little compound that exists in the middle of nowhere. And the way that you create those pathways are going and leaving comments and DMing people and responding on polls. You’re out there caring for people, leaving thoughtful comments so they were like,

31:40
Hey, who is this person? And then they find a pathway back to your account. But if your account is stagnant and you’re posting once every two weeks, there’s not giving people a way to contextualize the value and benefits that your account is for them because people are only following other Instagram accounts for what it means for them. You might have an incredible business product or service and it’s amazing.

32:06
And if people just knew how amazing it was, they would buy. But that’s not the way it works in social media land. Social media land is all me, me, me, me, me. What does your business do for me? And if you aren’t showing what your business does for them on Instagram, you’re gonna have a very hard time getting them to follow you and a much harder time getting them to invest in the thing that you’re selling. That’s interesting that you say that. So you actually go out on a daily basis and post comments and DM with the people who follow you on Instagram?

32:34
to the best of my ability. And I practice what I preach. I do as much as I can when I can. I follow specific hashtags that I believe my dream customers are on. And when you follow a hashtag on Instagram, somebody adds a post using that hashtag, Instagram will filter it your way. So it makes it so easy to give engagement to people who are like-minded. Sometimes I’ll just randomly open up the app, and if I see notifications and I see like, I got a few new followers.

33:02
why not just reach out to them and sometimes I’ll just send them a video message or sometimes I’ll send them a DM or if people are like voting on a poll. Like oftentimes I will put out a poll that’s like pretty polarizing, right? It’s like, or choose between who’s right in the situation. And then I’ll put a poll like Jasmine or JD and JD is my husband and business partner and anybody who dares to vote for JD, I might just hop in for like two minutes and talk trash to the people who voted for my husband. You know, it’s just like, cause it’s just creating a personal relationship. try.

33:30
practice what I preach and I really try to get personal with as many people as possible. But realistically though, this isn’t scalable, right? So how many can you get through in a day really? It’s 100 % not scalable. But I would rather do this, I do zero automation, I do zero bots, I do not believe in that. I think it’s total trash and it’s going to ruin your account in the long run. By me reaching out to a person one on one and doing something unscalable, I have not

34:00
turned that that person isn’t a follower anymore. That person is, I wouldn’t say a friend, but they want to go deep with you. Right. You show up for somebody, they show up for you tenfold. And that to me is that’s the scalable part is reaching out to one person isn’t scalable. But when I reach out to one person, there’s a high likelihood that that person will tell five or six people that I DM them. Or a lot of times, oh, this is a crazy thing is if I send a video response to somebody or a voice message or maybe just take a picture and then write something on it.

34:30
they’ll post it to their stories. And the average person on Instagram has three to 400 followers. That message was scalable in a way that I didn’t anticipate. That makes sense. So you’re essentially creating super fans and they’ll talk about you and it might start off slow, but it kind of snowballs over time is what you’re saying. 100%. And you’re looking at somebody who has been using social media, know, goodness gracious, like eight, 10 years. So what people now see are the after effects of the snowball. They’re like, I want the snowball. I was like, okay.

35:00
spend five minutes and start where you are right now. And in terms of getting traffic from Instagram, it’s just that link in the bio that you rely on. Yes. Amazing. All right. So what about hashtags? Is that a part of your strategy as well? Or is there anything like that’s a little bit more scalable and how to get followers? The most scalable thing, truly the most scalable thing is leaving comments on other people’s accounts. Really? Okay. Yeah. It’s so effective because

35:30
Not only is the person who is the account owner gets to see the comment, other people get to see that you left a comment. And if you leave a thoughtful, engaging, funny, educational, helpful comment, other people are like, oh wow, what happened here? Like there was, goodness gracious, back in like 2011, there was a photographer who started with zero. And in less than a year, had over 10, 12,000 followers and everyone was like, how did you do it? And he just said,

35:59
I just spent a couple hours every day leaving comments. that’s what his whole strategy was just be thoughtful to others. And it’s just like, is like the perfect example. Like it truly, truly works because I think that hashtags are sexy. They’re so amazing to talk about. And everyone thinks it’s like the silver bullet or like the thing, right? Like people often say, Jasmine, I can’t find the right hashtags. I’m like, the right hashtag doesn’t exist. It just doesn’t.

36:28
The key defining factor in making a hashtag quote unquote work is how good your content is. The algorithm is democratic. People look at content and they judge it immediately just because you have a hashtag. Like let’s just say that you and I are having conversations around NFL football and you use the hashtag NFL football. And what you post is just like a three year analytics of, you know, van viewership and the impact that it’s having because of COVID.

36:56
and I happen to be wearing a jersey with Seattle Seahawks and then I use the hashtag NFL football. Your content for a specific person will be so much more robust and valuable that you could say, wow, the hashtag NFL football hashtag really works. And I would be like, this hashtag sucks. No, it doesn’t. It’s the content that rules all. The hashtag is just like you and I getting onto a crowded bus.

37:24
and you are wearing a big neon sign that says, hashtag NFL football. People will look at that hashtag and if they too like NFL football, they might like nod at you, which is proverbial like a photo or something. Then they might want to strike up a conversation and the conversation in this analogy is reading the caption. And if my caption says, go Seahawks, hashtag NFL football, hashtag Seattle, hashtag football lover, hashtag football mom. Okay, all those things. Someone’s probably just being…

37:54
I don’t want to engage. And somebody looking at this and then reads your comment gets to know you, they might give you the engagement that you want, but hashtags work for discoverability. They do not guarantee engagement. What gets engagement? A compelling photo, a compelling caption, and taking the time to create content. Hey, Jasmine, I just want to thank you for being a little bit patient. As you can tell, social is actually not one of the channels that I focus on for my business.

38:21
Oh my gosh, hold on, hold Listen, listen, listen, listen. If it sounds like I have an attitude, I just was born this way. I came out of the womb telling my mom, I’m like, let me tell you, can go through labor a little bit better. I think that I come across as having an attitude. Like, thanks for being patient. And I’m like, oh my God, I love this stuff. If I sound like I’m impatient, it’s totally not the case. This is just how I talk. I love this stuff. Oh no, I wasn’t implying any of that stuff. It’s just like, this is all.

38:49
Because you know what’s funny is our backgrounds are completely different. Like I’m an electrical engineer. I come from like this machine. like I focus on SEO. I’m guessing that you probably don’t spend a huge amount of time on SEO and keyword research and that sort of thing, right? Just a guess. a ton. know that back in my blogging days, I was very, very focused on SEO. Like that was how I was getting discovered. think that like it became highly saturated and then people started paying to play and they started going deeper with that. I still think that content is queen.

39:19
I really do, which is why I still blog three to four times a week. think that the Google juice that I have from like a decade has been built up. I don’t focus on SEO as much as I did, but I do definitely know it’s valuable. Yeah, it’s I mean, this I know for my business, I know going social would probably help blow things up even more. It’s just that for me, and maybe you can maybe this is like a mental block you can help me work through is that I feel like if I don’t want to have to post

39:48
like on a regular basis, I’d rather just do one thing and then milk the fruits of the labor, right? And I, because I’m an engineer, I actually prefer to be huddled behind my computer screen and actually not be as social, you know what saying? So what advice would you have for me in that respect? Is to own it. It’s to completely, like you just need to say like, I’m okay not growing as fast as I would like and I’m okay.

40:18
not using free resources and I’m okay passing this unique time in human history to grow my brand and business. Say that, like say that like completely own that you’re making a cognizant decision to bypass an opportunity that’s on the table because then it keeps you not in a place of victimhood, but a place of ownership of just saying I choose to stay here and I choose to focus on SEO and doing that one piece of content. Great. I clapped that up.

40:46
I come, I’m the daughter of an immigrant, of immigrants. am the first generation Latina. I’m the first generation in my family to go to college. I’m the first generation in my family to go to law school. And I think that what law school really empowered me to do is see like a specific set of rules, AKA an industry and the way that things are done. And the most clever and savviest of lawyers are able to find gray areas and move in and develop and change the law.

41:10
What I am being able to do now as an entrepreneur is to say, there’s a very distinct canon of the way that you are to build a business and what they teach you as you get an MBA. And then all of a sudden there’s these free tools on the internet and I am a girl from the hood. You take a try and make a dollar out of 15 cents. And when somebody says, Hey, here is a free way to market your business and it don’t cost you a dime. just takes time. Well, I have more time than I had money. And then I realized how valuable it was. And during my first year,

41:39
with no photography education, no network. I didn’t at the time in my life know a single person who had ever started a business. And then all of a sudden I was able to create this free thing called a blog. And within the first 12 months of my business create a six figure revenue stream. Like for a girl from the hood, I just said, Oh my God, there’s this thing called money. And there’s this thing called internet money. And ever since then, I just kept on finding the ways to iterate in creating more and more for the internet money. And I just,

42:08
in here creating content because I know that works and it doesn’t cost me a dime. does YouTube fall into your strategy? You mentioned posting on IGTV. Do you post the same content on YouTube? Yes, but it’s formatted. So it’s formatted 16 by 9 vertical for IGTV because people are watching on mobile devices and then 9 by 16, which is horizontal for YouTube. And I have to say, like, man, if there are things like just something in my business, can go back and just kick myself is

42:36
I started a YouTube channel, goodness gracious, maybe like in 2009. So very, very early YouTube and it was terrible, Steve. Oh, it was, it wasn’t terrible. was like horrific. I just turned on a camera. I had no lights. I stood in front of a, like a magazine collaged wall that I had made from like Home Depot. And I just would talk for like 12 minutes on photography. It was boring and it was awful, but I was sharing what I was, what I was doing and goodness gracious. In a matter of like two years, I think there was like,

43:06
50,000 subscribers on YouTube. And then it just stopped because I just felt like it wasn’t going anywhere. And what I didn’t realize was that YouTube at the time was becoming the second biggest search engine in the world. So it’s creating content, getting a couple hundred views on a video. like, ah. And then I kind of just, I let it go off to the wayside. And then two years later, when all of a sudden, like the whole YouTube culture comes out and content creators are existing on YouTube,

43:35
I am looking at videos that I had posted like two years before and they had like 30 or 40,000 views on these really wonky me talking about photography and posing videos. And I was like, a massive opportunity lost. So now started creating for YouTube again about two years ago. And I get a lot, I get a lot of heat, like people will leave like negative comments or people would say like, why are you even wasting your time? Like your videos are only getting like a, you know, like 500 or a thousand views. And I was like, watch.

44:05
just you wait and watch. So the content strategy is yes, we’re still creating video, but we’re making sure that when we’re capturing the video, the camera is pulled back far enough so that we can edit it in vertical and then later edit it in horizontal. That’s great advice, actually. So actually, I’ve been working on my YouTube channel for like the past seven months. That’s going to be another one of my channels. I wanted to just I think we have a little bit different points of view here like

44:32
For me, like a blog post, I want to rank it for SEO because once I get a post to rank, the traffic comes on forever. The same is for YouTube, right? You mentioned it was the second largest search engine. How do you feel about YouTube and SEO, which is something you have to do once and you focus and you do a really good job and the traffic just comes, versus social where you have to kind of like post on a regular basis in order to kind of maintain that fan base? Well, Steve, I believe in them both.

45:00
There is a difference in my marketing approach. It’s searchable marketing and stumble upon marketing. Searchable marketing is when somebody is going to YouTube and they want to know how to use Instagram to grow their business. That content we’re creating on the regular. When somebody goes to Google and they’re looking like how to use Pinterest to grow their business, like we’re creating that content on the regular and we are using keywords that are searchable within the blog posts themselves, but we’re not doing any of like the backend tweaking optimization and

45:29
figuring out like, how are we going to get this particular blog post ranked at the top? I believe again, I said it before, Continent is Queen. So we don’t have one Pinterest blog post that we put out. We have multiple Pinterest blog posts that we put out and then we have multiple pins pointing back to the blog post that did the best. Now that is for searchable. That is intent based marketing. When somebody knows exactly what they’re looking for. A lot of times, specifically on social, people don’t know what they’re looking for until they see it. And that’s where it’s unparalleled.

45:58
And that’s where again, volume wins the game. So we’re super excited and hopeful for how much we can grow our search space marketing, but our stumble upon marketing that’s unparalleled. like I put out a reel, it was 15 second reel and it was, it was silly. It’s the juxtaposition between what people think online business owners do. And then the reality of what business owners do is 15 seconds has over 200,000 views in less than a week.

46:25
And we saw a massive uptick in our opt-in as a result. But people didn’t know that they needed to see that funny video until they saw the funny video. And that is where I believe a two-prong approach for stumble upon and searchable really have to be intersected in the 21st century. obviously it works because you’re huge. I mean, can’t argue with that. I was just kind of getting your point of view. I’m just kind of curious now, how does the podcast kind of fit into the overall strategy?

46:51
Well, we just, hey, we just celebrated the one year anniversary of the podcast. Congratulations. Thank you. Thank you. I, you know, I have been thinking about this a lot. Episode, episode one of the podcast really broke down this idea of like fear and doubt when you start something new. And I said that and I, like anybody else have fear and doubt. That’s something that like as entrepreneurs, like we always struggle and grapple with.

47:16
But when it came to the podcast, I said that and I believed it. like, but there’s something else that’s missing. There’s something else in this equation. And I didn’t know. And it isn’t until now a year later, I realized that my trepidation for starting the podcast wasn’t just fear that whatever I would do it wrong, whatever wrong is or doubt, because like, of course people are going to say something about you if you do something or if you don’t. And some people are like, and then some people are not like, I am pleasantly understood that.

47:44
But one of the things that I didn’t equate as part of the reason that I felt so much resistance to the podcast was because when I commit to something, Steve, I’m committed. I am committed. And the level of consistency that I knew I needed to execute on the vision for the podcast was a hell of a lot of work. And I, the minute I said, okay, I’m cutting other things out of my life and business to work.

48:14
and do the podcast. The minute I said that, then all of a sudden it was like the floodgates burst open. And the goal for the podcast was to, again, meet people where they are. And I started looking at my behaviors and I consume the most content by way of podcast. And I wasn’t giving that as an option for a lot of my followers and as a way to get discovered. Now, the goal of the podcast is to take the content we are already creating

48:42
and putting it in audio form and finding a different avenue to repurpose content that I’ve created. Like we always are like, how many ways can we use this singular piece of content? The podcast works flawlessly into that and has been such a great driver in our opt-ins and conversions. Yeah, I mean, personally, I found that the podcast tends to create like lifelong fans. YouTube and SEO is a good discovery engine, but you really firm up those relationships or my version of relationships, I guess, on the podcast, because they’re listening to you for such a long period of time.

49:12
And you’re a natural on the podcast, I must say. So I imagine it’s going very well for you. Thank you. It’s been really, really, really, it’s my most favorite thing. I’m a blogger at heart. And I think that I have become disciplined when it comes to social media. But I often say, I’ll be very honest, if I did not have a business, I wouldn’t be on social media. Like, it’s not a skill set that comes natural to me. It’s not like, oh, this is so much fun. Like, I get life doing it. It’s is a means to an end. Like, I have big

49:42
visions and aspirations and this is a tool to help me get there. But if all things went away and I could choose one thing that I wanted to do, it would be the podcast. It truly would be the podcast. It’s just been such a gift of creativity for me. So last question for you, Jasmine. Actually, a lot of the listeners out there are women with children and I was just kind of curious, how has a child impacted your life and your business? Oh Lord have mercy. It has been. The spectrum of emotions that you feel

50:09
but I’m going to keep it super practical and just focus on how it has changed me as a business owner. And the biggest effect it has had on me is there were things that I used to care about or things that would affect me in a certain way. And very similar situations pop up now having a daughter who’s eight and a half months old. And if I pick her up, it’s as if everything that really I thought mattered pales in comparison.

50:35
She’s become such a tethering, anchoring force to the things that truly matter energetically. She’s infused a different drive and passion. And every time we’re faced with a very difficult decision or a very difficult moment in business, or even if I’m writing my stationary bike and the instructor is like, choose your vision, choose who you’re doing this for. It’s right in the forefront. I’m doing it for my daughter. I’m doing it so that my ceiling becomes her floor.

51:02
I’m doing it so that she can stand on my shoulders and believe that the history that her mother experienced and her grandmother experienced are no longer her story. And that like she could do the most, she could do the least with what I considered the most. And so having a child has really transformed the way I want to show up. And I want to leave every stone unturned so that she could say, I now know the path that I need to pursue. So having a daughter has just transformed the way that I show up in the world. That’s exactly what happened to me.

51:30
The reason why we have our businesses together, my wife and I, is because of our kids so we could actually be more present and hang out with them. That’s what sparked everything. I feel you, Steve. I feel you. So with that, Jasmine, where can people find you online? At jasminestar on all social platforms and jasminestar.com. Well, Jasmine, thanks a lot for coming on the show. I really appreciate your time. I appreciate you. You’re brilliant and you’re so well spoken. You missed a podcaster. I love it.

51:58
Well, we introverts have to stick together. We do, we do. Alright, take care.

52:06
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now what I really like about Jasmine is that she exudes energy and passion into everything that she does. And she calls herself an introvert, but I still don’t believe it. But don’t take it from me, follow her on Instagram and see the magic for yourself. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 330. And once again, I want to thank Postscript.io, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base.

52:34
SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postcook.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.

53:00
Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

53:21
where we’re giving the courage people need to start their own online business. more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitterjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

329: Sam Oh On How To Do YouTube SEO And Rank In Search

329: Sam Oh On How To Do YouTube SEO And Rank In Search

Today, I’m thrilled to have Sam Oh on the show. Sam is the director of product education at Ahrefs and if you’ve ever checked out the Ahrefs YouTube channel, you’ve probably seen Sam dropping knowledge bombs on SEO.

I love his style and he’s turned the Ahrefs YouTube channel into a powerhouse with over 150K subscribers in a relatively short time.

Today, Sam and I are going to discuss how to rank an eCommerce store in search and YouTube SEO.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Sam got started with ecommerce and the history behind his SEO journey
  • How does Ahrefs rank its own blog in the search engines
  • Sam’s main strategy when it comes to ranking a site in search
  • How to rank your videos on YouTube

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today I have Sam Oh from Ahrefs on the show and you probably recognize the name because Sam is the face of the Ahrefs YouTube channel and the man in charge of SEO education for the best SEO and keyword research tool on the market. Now in this episode, we’ll discuss both e-commerce and YouTube SEO. But before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode.

00:28
Now if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS, or text message marketing, is already a top five revenue source from my e-commerce store, and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript.io, which is my text message provider. Now why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores, and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data,

00:56
and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too, and with the holiday season rolling around, SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, who’s also a sponsor of the show. Now, if you’re behind on planning for Black Friday and Cyber Monday, Klaviyo is here to help.

01:22
Klaviyo is the ultimate ecommerce marketing platform for online brands of all kinds and all sizes. With email automation, SMS marketing, list growth tools, and more, you’ll get everything you need to build strong relationships that keep your customers coming back. And with the holiday season right around the corner, there is no time like the present. Get up and running quickly with Klaviyo’s lightning fast integrations, pre-built marketing automations, and beautiful email templates. So whether you’re building a billion dollar business or just starting out, Klaviyo is the ecommerce marketing platform

01:50
for growth during the holidays and long after. Now get a free trial over at klaviyo.com slash my wife. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. Now onto the show.

02:19
Welcome to the My Wife, Quota, Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Sam Oh on the show. Now Sam is a director of product education over at Ahrefs and he’s one of the public faces of the company. And if you’ve ever checked out Ahrefs, the YouTube channel, you’ll find Sam dropping knowledge bombs on SEO in an easy digestible manner. And I love his style and he’s turned the Ahrefs YouTube channel into a powerhouse with over 150,000 subscribers in a relatively short period of time.

02:46
Now I’ve never met Sam in person, but I kind of feel like I know the guy from all the YouTube videos I’ve watched and it’s nice to see another fellow Asian on video. Anyway, today Sam and I are gonna discuss how to rank a YouTube channel, do keyword research for YouTube, as well as we’ll touch on e-commerce stores and ranking e-commerce stores in search as well. And with that, welcome. So Sam, how are you doing today? I’m good, I’m excited to be here. Thanks for having me. Hey Sam, so I’m not sure if a bunch of my listeners have actually seen your YouTube channel.

03:15
And for those people who don’t know you already, if you wouldn’t mind giving a very brief intro, but how you got started online and kind of like the history behind your SEO journey. Yep. So I started in 2009 with an e-commerce store, basically fresh out of college, didn’t have any experience. I studied health science, but I basically saw an opportunity and I figured if I was going to screw up, then I’ll screw up while I’m young. It turns out that actually worked out pretty well. So I started

03:42
Learning marketing, basically I got, it’s a typical story where you hire an agency with all the money that you have in the bank and it doesn’t work out. And for me, that kind of just fueled me to do it myself. So that site got acquired in 2012. I worked on other projects. So I continued with e-commerce with third party marketplaces, eBay, Amazon, and did decently in those. And eventually I started in agency life because kind of started to figure out this thing with SEO and.

04:10
and just digital marketing in general. And from there I had two kids, felt like agency life wasn’t working out for me just in terms of the amount of time I had to invest in it. And so, yeah, I decided to join Ahrefs and yeah, that’s where I am today. I’m just kind of curious, you sold your e-commerce business and then you went to an agency. I was just kind of curious why you shifted away from e-comm.

04:36
I actually got really bored, which is the reason why I sold the site. So it’s not a typical e-commerce site where I would sell physical products. I was actually selling cell phone unlock codes at that time. And this is before like unlocking was like a popular thing where stores would, you know, sell you unlocked phones. was mostly like you’d have to go through your carrier or whatever and be locked to that device or to that network. And so, yeah, I just.

05:02
wanted to try something new. And so I tried things like AdSense. I stayed in the third party marketplace side, just because that’s when people were hyping up eBay and Amazon. And I was like, all right, well, let’s see if there’s anything in this. And so I started doing that and just kind of wanted to know what it was all about. And then when I got to the agency side, it was my own agency with my partner and it basically happened by accident. Like we were just taking, we were both taking on side projects.

05:28
He had an expertise more in local SEO and I was more on the content link building side and in the actual strategy. So we started consulting together and yeah, that’s basically what it was and we did quite well. He’s still actually running it. So yeah, that’s basically that was basically agency life. then actually, Ahrefs started off as an experiment. I was trying to convert them into a lead, then converted me into a into an employee. So

05:58
Nice. Yeah, that’s a story for another day, I guess. Yeah, it’s funny how things happen by accident. we started, I started both of my things kind of by accident. I mean, I never had the intention. I was an electrical engineer for many years and it was a very nice job. Actually. I never thought I’d be doing, you know, blogging or podcasting or YouTube channel or anything like that. So just happens. Yeah, definitely. So I’m just kind of curious before we start with kind of the guts of the interview.

06:23
I know Ahrefs is one of the best SEO tools out there, but I’m curious, how does Ahrefs rank its own blog in the search engines? I notice it ranks for a lot of really difficult terms. Does the company actually do active link building and what is kind of like the content strategy for the company? Yeah, so I joined Ahrefs in, I think it was 2018. And at that time they were still doing link building. They were doing guest posting and outreach and whatever.

06:53
But yeah, in 2018 is when both Josh and I joined. And by this time, like they had already done a lot of that initial run to work. And then from there, it’s just been, we’ve focused a lot of energy on content. even our editorial process is quite strict. And so we stopped accepting guest posts even, but yeah, we basically run a tight ship in-house and we focus on actually creating content that is better than anything else that’s out there. And naturally that attracts more links, but we also have

07:22
quite a large audience. so the thing is that the majority of our audience are SEOs. And so they have blogs and when they see content from us, they will often link to our content. So it’s just about getting exposure. And so we don’t do so much link building now, but we do still make tweaks with the technical side, the on-page side. And I guess we update our posts quite frequently, which helps rank certain pages. But yeah, we’re not doing like so much link building now.

07:50
Is most of the user acquisition through some of the free articles through SEO? Yeah, definitely. Our content contributes quite a bit to customer acquisition and I would assume customer retention. yeah, we’re basically teaching like in our content, we basically take a general topic like keyword research, for example, and we use, we always integrate our products as much as we can. So basically like there are different ways to do it, but this is the way that we do it and

08:21
most of us, if not all of us, are practitioners. So we actually use the tools in our everyday SEO things. And so it’s really easy to just organically share how we would do it in Keywords Explorer, for example. Yeah, no, that totally makes sense. Can we kind of talk a little bit about what’s working and not working in terms of search engine optimization? Like in June, I know John Mueller said that guest posting for links results in unnatural links and Google devalues them. Have you seen a decline in just like guest posting effectiveness? I wouldn’t say so. OK.

08:50
Like I don’t think I would really. It’s a tactic, right? I think he’s trying to get more at like, uh, like excessive guest posting where it’s literally just spammy content with links back to your site. Okay. Yeah. It’s like a lot of people do those like quote unquote guest posting at scale, but they try and publish bad content on other websites. I don’t think like beyond SEO, I just don’t think that’s a good way to do things. Like if you’re going to guess post for someone, then you should probably do a good job.

09:20
build a relationship through that and actually pitch sites that you want to build relationships with or to actually reach their audience as opposed to just like pumping numbers on links. I just don’t think that’s effective. Yeah, I was just I always have to second guess what I hear because I feel like they talk about what they want to happen. And I’ve been doing a lot of guest posting on pretty strong sites. And I always put out really comprehensive content. And then I saw that video a couple months ago. I was like, you know, I wonder if

09:48
they’re just gonna devalue all those links. Cause I do spend a lot of time on those posts. So. Yeah, like in the SEO community, people generally, well, people don’t really think it’s valid what he’s saying at the same time. Like I haven’t done guest posting in a little while in about a year and a half maybe. So it’s tough for me to give you a definitive answer on that. But from what I’ve seen and from what I’ve heard, I don’t think much has changed. Okay. Okay.

10:14
So let’s switch gears a little bit and talk about YouTube, because I know you pump out lots of YouTube videos, and I kind of want to know your process for getting those videos to actually rank in search, in Google search and YouTube search, I guess. Do you start by using Ahrefs, the keyword tool for that? Yeah, like we’re kind of in a different stage now because we have an audience, so we don’t necessarily need to go for search terms. So in the beginning,

10:44
When I started, think the site or the, channel had around 12,000 subscribers. And at that time we could only reach our existing audience. So we would cap out at like between the thousand to 3000 views per video. But so we decided to take a little bit of a different approach and that’s when we started targeting search. So usually I start off with keywords, explore, and I’ll start off with a seed keyword. So for example, SEO link building keyword research, basically broad keywords that are related to, to our product.

11:13
And then I’ll look through different things like volume, and then I’ll take it over to YouTube and I’ll search for those and I’ll look at how many views those the top videos are getting. I’ll look at some other analytics like social blade, where you can kind of get an idea of whether this is because of audience, like they have a huge audience. So therefore they have a lot of views or is it actually coming from search? And then based on the keywords that we’re actually ranking for, which I would get from YouTube analytics.

11:43
You can throw that into trends because now you have a benchmark estimate of how many views you get ranking in position one for X keyword and then put that other keyword against it. If that makes sense, then you kind of have an idea as to the relative percentage of how much traffic you get by ranking for that keyword. So let’s back up a little bit. Just even to just the keyword research part. I’ve noticed that when I type in certain terms, it’s a lot different than the Ahrefs Google keyword explorer.

12:12
A lot of things I type in have to be like extremely broad just to even get any numbers period. Is that what you find too or? Yeah, for the most part, like I’m guessing you’re doing things with e-commerce. We’re doing things with SEO and these topics like while they might be huge in Google and I guess just industry money, it’s it’s not necessarily big on YouTube because that’s not what people are searching for. It’s just.

12:37
The search volumes will vary between Google and YouTube just because of platform intent. Like if you think about why you go to YouTube, either I’m guessing and correct me if I’m wrong is you have a very specific need that you want. So you either want to be entertained in which case you may just click on the things from the homepage, your subscription feed, or even just search for a brand name of someone that you follow in YouTube. If you want to learn something, then you’ll search for something like how to tie a tie.

13:07
And it’s just easier to digest because you get the visuals through video that you can’t really get through blogs. And so, you know, people coming to YouTube to search for like how to do SEO. Sure, there’s going to be a decent number of people, but it’s not going to compare to something like, I don’t know, like Minecraft hacks or something like that. I don’t know about hacks, but it’s just in terms of the reason why people are coming on, they’re not necessarily going to YouTube to

13:36
learn about e-commerce, but they may be looking for other things related to e-commerce. And that’s why you see a lot of these channels that are selling things like how to make $1,000 with an online store do well because people are clicking through to that. And YouTube is very much a momentum channel as opposed to a search channel. Search is involved, but yeah, it’s more of a momentum channel than anything else. So if you can think back to back when the channel only had 12,000 views, like what type of search volumes were you going for? Well,

14:03
We created a video called SEO for beginners and that started ranking for SEO. And that was slightly by accident that we ended up ranking for that. And I think there was something, something to that, that kind of shifted our strategy from just creating videos about like random topics to learning how to rank our videos on YouTube, learning how to rank our videos in Google. And from there it’s like SEO traffic is passive, right? It’s passive and consistent. And so that

14:33
started to build up our subscriber base quite well. So because we’re getting consistent views to the channel, it just continually grows. So if you look at our YouTube search traffic in analytics, it’s literally just like a steady graph, kind of like a mountain. just kind of keeps climbing. Whereas something like browse features, which is mostly like homepage clicks or whatever, it’s like spiky here and there and that’s based on the momentum and same was suggested. Right. Yeah, it’s funny. I’ve had a couple of YouTube

15:02
people on that have gigantic channels and they told me like, they don’t even think about SEO at all. They just put out videos with attractive click baity kind of title, not click baity, but you know, attractive titles and thumbnails and it just kind of grows on its own. would say that’s true. And it’s not it really depends on what you’re like, I’m guessing they’re in like if you’re in a B2C market, like for ecommerce, for example, like if you’re in weddings, then

15:30
you know, a lot of people are searching for things related to that, like how to plan a wedding or whatever it might be. know, you can create, like, let’s just call them clickbait. They’re not even clickbait, but like, you can do a lot of creative things with weddings. And people will click it and view it and subscribe and blah, blah, blah, blah. But yeah, it’s a little bit different, like depending on the niche that you’re in.

15:55
I guess like if you sell cardboard boxes and you’re just making videos on cardboard boxes, it’s going to be tough to actually get people to click it because people, I would guess, maybe I’m wrong, but I would guess that most people don’t really care about that. But if you turn that cardboard box, I guess business into a DIY with cardboard boxes, then you might be able to get traction because people are into DIY. Okay. That makes sense. Yeah, yeah, yeah, definitely. And then back to that first question on just when you’re doing the keyword research,

16:24
How do know what volumes to go for and how can you judge the competition? Yeah. So there’s, there’s something called channel authority. I don’t know if it’s an official thing or not, but basically. Like when you’re starting a channel, it’s best to start off very niche. So you start to build, like, for example, for us, because we’re in SEO keyword research link building, like we have so many videos on that. As soon as I hit publish for any video that has that as the main topic and the keyword and the title and the description.

16:53
then literally we rank in the top like three, four, five, like within seconds. And then eventually it’s kind of like the Google dance, but it’s the YouTube dance. And we kind of just move up and down, move up and down. And based on how well you can actually engage the audience. So if you’re doing clickbait and no one’s actually watching your videos, it won’t settle in a top position. But you know, if for us, like we try not to click baits or our titles are actually kind of boring, but they’re very straight to the point. I wouldn’t say they’re boring. mean, they’re clickable.

17:22
You know, okay. Yeah. Well, that’s good to hear. Yeah, I feel like they’re boring, but at the same time, like we don’t want to mislead people who watch our videos or read our content anyway. But as we, as we kind of settle, like we, get decent engagement times and percentages. And so yeah, we ended up settling at a decent point. But when you don’t have that authority, and I guess maybe back when you only had 12,000 subscribers, you didn’t have that authority.

17:50
I’m trying, what I’m trying to get at is when you’re first starting out, you probably have to go for keywords that are easier to rank for, but it’s, but how do you even determine what that is? Yeah. So usually with the top ranking pages, like you’ll need to look at the channels. So if you’re competing against, like if you try to rank for YouTube SEO right now, you’re going to be competing with like, with us, with Brian Dean, with channels called Think Media. think it is basically a lot of YouTube channels that have

18:17
lots of subscribers where those subscribers are actually engaged. Like you can kind of test that by going to the channel and actually looking at their growth. So on social blade, you can see whether their subscriber rates are growing, whether their view counts are growing or declining. And sometimes they’ll see like huge channels with millions of subscribers, but when they publish new videos, they get like 300 views. In those cases, they’ve usually spread themselves too thin. And I don’t think that they’re much of a threat. If you see small channels,

18:47
that are similar to, I guess, your size, then it’s more likely that you can rank for that. And then also just looking at the types of videos that those channels publish. Like, Think Media basically publishes everything related to cameras and video marketing and everything. so trying to outrank them for a lot of things would be challenging if you’re a new channel. I don’t know if it’s impossible or not, but yeah, it would be extremely challenging unless you had…

19:15
like an incredible video. You mentioned the words spreading yourself too thin. Does that mean that anything that you make a video on should be within the same topic? Relatively, like if you kind of think of it as like a mind map of some sort, like SEO, like we can still write about digital marketing and still rank. I think we rank number one for digital marketing, online marketing and internet marketing with that same video. But if we started creating something on, let’s say, let’s say e-commerce, I mean, that would

19:45
still fall in the same bucket? It would. And I think like we rank number one for e-commerce SEO as well, but that’s related to SEO. Uh, as we create more e-commerce content, I’m sure we will like how to start a Shopify store. We might actually end up ranking for that over time. But at the end of the day, it comes down to engagement. Like a good example of this is with blogging. We create a lot of videos. We don’t create a lot of videos on specifically just blogging, like how to start a blog.

20:15
best web hosting companies. Like we don’t do stuff like that, but we can still rank for like how to write a blog post. Cause we talk a lot about content marketing. So it’s like, there is still like channel relevance to the things that we’re talking about. But if we created a video on like how to create or how to make the best cup of coffee, I don’t think we’d ever rank because our channel has nothing to do with coffee.

20:39
And that would probably just be reflected in the engagement numbers, right? That’s the main reason why it would fail. But if you, if all your followers or subscribers watch that video and gave it a thumbs up, maybe it would do well or no. think so. It’s tough to say because we haven’t actually tried anything. So like random like that, but I think that’s, I think what you’re saying is, is right. Because naturally, like if you build an audience around SEO, it doesn’t mean that they’re going to be interested in like in coffee.

21:08
And so naturally when they get those notifications, they’re not going to click and CTR does play a decent role, I think, in terms of rankings and momentum, whether YouTube is going to continue to promote your video to through the browse features, like on the homepage or through suggested views. Okay. So if I can kind of summarize, you probably want to start out niche and you want to focus on a different, on a specific category until you get followers who are really engaged with that specific category. then

21:35
After that, maybe you can branch out tangentially to other topics that are related. Yeah, that’s exactly it. So I’ll just give one more example. Like, let’s say you have a channel where you want to share recipes. You might start off with, let’s just say vegan recipes, and then you might eventually go off into, I don’t know, desserts or whatever it might be. And then you can kind of branch out and as you create videos, as you create content and you kind of want to create videos that are are as similar as possible. So.

22:02
A better example would be to go from vegan to vegetarian, and then I guess to continually branch out if you want to expand further. So for us, like we might go from SEO to general digital marketing, we might hit social media, we might hit et cetera, et cetera, et cetera. If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens.

22:31
Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself. Now, first and foremost, protecting your IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copywriting their designs,

23:01
policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to emergcouncil.com and get a free consult. And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s EMERGECOUNSCL.com. Now back to the show. Okay, and then can we talk a little bit about

23:29
structuring the video itself. Like I like how you guys have been trying to emulate the structure that you guys have actually. You start out with an intro that explains what I’m gonna get out of it and then you go into the guts. And can you kind of talk about, you know, how deliberate you are in the structure of the actual video? Pretty deliberate. Like it’s, I don’t think about structure so much, like in terms of like, oh, my intro needs to be less than 10 seconds. Okay. But yeah, we’ll try and hook them in somehow, tell them why they should continue to watch the video and then just

23:59
have the little intro branding thing and then get straight into the video. But yeah, it’s usually more in the editorial process when I’m actually writing the scripts where we’ll be a little bit more strict, where we’ll cut out things where if 1 % of the audience will care but 99 % won’t, then we’ll cut certain parts out. So we’re trying to keep our video as packed with information as possible, but as short as possible.

24:25
So we’re just trying to be as concise as possible. Interesting. Is there a certain length that you guys shoot for for your specific category? I should say. No, there’s not. I don’t. We usually won’t publish a video that’s under five minutes, but like we don’t have a max length. It’s just if it’s too wordy or if it’s just unnecessary, then it’s probably not a good fit for video. At least with our current style. So we just try to pack in as much detail as we can without

24:54
like overdoing it and boring people because that’ll kill your engagement metrics. So you mentioned script. Do you guys use a teleprompter or is it just kind of bullet points and ad lib? No, I have to use a teleprompter. I’m I would feel miserably and people really. OK, I you seem so smooth up there, seriously. So, OK, it doesn’t look like you’re reading. You learn to read from a teleprompter like even from if you look at news channels and stuff, you can’t tell that they’re always reading from a teleprompter. Like there’s some people that are really good at it.

25:24
I think that I’m still horrible. Maybe it’s just because I know that I am reading from a teleprompter. Yeah, it helps a lot. And that really comes down to script writing in terms of like how natural you can write. Like I literally talk out loud as I’m writing because I want it to sound like I’m talking normally. And in terms of, cause I know what you guys do is you embed your YouTube videos within the blog posts. Would there be any harm in?

25:50
like using the same dialogue in your blog post within your video? Like does Google actually create a transcript and compare against what’s already out there in the blogging world, I guess, or the content world? They do create auto translations. I don’t know if they like cross check between Google and YouTube. But we never actually like, I won’t take a blog post and then just read it because it doesn’t come off naturally. It’s just the writing styles are different.

26:20
And the delivery will be different too. So yeah, it’s really about like choose your best format. So do you want to watch video or a blog post? We don’t repurpose everything. So for example, like I think we have something on keyword cannibalization on, on our blog, but I won’t turn that into YouTube because it’s going to be super boring. And so, uh, like it’s a very specific topic that a very small subset of people will be interested in. YouTube is not necessarily the place for that. I think YouTube is more.

26:49
more of a beginner’s channel in that sense, where people will click on things like how to rank number one in Google. Right, right. Yeah, a lot more broad, higher level information than what you can actually specify in a blog is what I found. I mean, I’m still new at this. So how do you get people to continue watching your videos? Is there anything special that you do? Oh, yeah, there’s there’s a lot you can do, actually. But it’s like so situational and depending on the topic. like, we do tutorials mainly. And so

27:18
like for the most part, do you edit your own videos? No, I have someone the Philippines edit for me. Okay, so usually when we look at a timeline, if there’s too much of just the talking head, then we change, we add in B-roll. So B-roll is something that I think works with any YouTube channel, just nobody wants to look at the same thing the whole time without any kind of dynamics or movement, like our attention spans are so short that we need to be entertained in another way. We also use custom animations, which often explain a concept better.

27:48
So if I’m explaining like the process of how Google crawls the web, then creating some kind of animation will actually help you to understand it as I speak. And then also tech screens work really well. And then from there, it’s basically just a matter of looking at your YouTube analytics. So you can look at the audience retention graphs and both the absolute and the relative, guess, but mostly the absolute. And you can kind of get an idea of places where people engage or where most people watch. So if you start to see a little

28:17
bumps in your graph, then look at why that bump might have occurred. So like an example that I have is in our keyword research tutorial, there’s a moment where I share a list of keyword modifiers and which are basically just add ons to a base keyword. So for example, instead of like gardening tools, a modifier might be best. So best gardening tools or best gardening tools, 2020. And I asked the viewers, I say, take a screenshot and let’s move on. So.

28:47
When I say that the keywords kind of pop out a little bit and I’m actually giving them a call to action. I’m saying to take a screenshot because these are going to help you and let’s move on. And then if you look at the audience retention graph, there’s like a big bump in that part. And the reason why is because people are rewinding back to that part to actually go and take a screenshot. And so you start to notice these small kinds of things that how people are behaving with your tutorials and things that people are interested in. And then you can kind of recycle and reuse those things.

29:16
in different videos going forward, or at least the concept and experiment with it. And then actually put your experiment to the test. Are people rewinding to watch that part again? Actually, how do you tell? And what does it look like when someone rewinds in terms of your retention graph? So from what I understand, the audit, the absolute audience retention graph is it basically shows you on a graph, the number of people that watched specific parts of the video. So like the time, so it’s always going to be declining overall as an, a trend.

29:46
But then when you see those bumps is people going back because now they’ve just watched that part again So that increases that number there and so those are like I don’t know if this is an official term, but they’re called true bumps of engagement and so if you can kind of create those throughout your videos then It works out well, or if you’re if your video like has a sharp decline right in the beginning of the video

30:12
from like 100 % down to like 30%, then your intro’s probably too long, it’s too boring, people aren’t really engaging, they’re like, I’m in the wrong place, or maybe your title doesn’t describe what you plan to show them very well, in which case, it’s just gonna kill your engagement, you’re not gonna rank, you’re not gonna get suggested, and it’s just not gonna work well for you. What are some good metrics for, I guess, engagement?

30:36
that you guys shoot for. So overall watch time is one. Another is audience retention. So like the actual percentage. And then there’s one that’s actually unmeasurable, which is called session watch time. And this is basically, I guess, the total time that people watch videos on your channel before they actually kill the session on YouTube. before they close YouTube, that is not exactly measurable per se, but it’s interesting because

31:03
You can kind of gauge it by looking at the cards that are clicked on videos and then measuring the audience retention on those videos and kind of summing everything up. But at the end of the day, you can’t really measure it fully. So it’s just about creating a good user experience for people on YouTube and trying to keep them on the YouTube platform, as opposed to telling them to go sign up for email lists on your website, because that kills the session. Yeah. I was just going to ask you, do you have calls to action outside of YouTube on your videos ever? Nope. We never tried to lead people off of YouTube.

31:33
So we figure that if people are interested in actually buying our tools or taking it for a trial or whatever, then they will go ahead and search for Ahrefs in Google or whatever, and they’ll eventually find us there. And it works for us. And it’s just people are there to watch videos, not to be sold something. And so we never try to sell anyone on anything. And then in terms of audience retention, is there a specific percentage that you go for? And if it’s less than that, do you take off the video? Like what’s the process that you guys have there for?

32:02
figure out what’s working. I wouldn’t say that there’s like a specific percentage because audience retention will, will vary based on how long the video is. like if you have a 60 minute video and you know, somebody watches one or six minutes of it, then the audience retention is going to be very low. Whereas if you have a video that’s one minute and people watch 50 seconds of it, then the audience retention will be very high. So it can be a little bit misleading. And so

32:30
Generally speaking, it’s just, they watching enough of the video? Like, I don’t know how to put it into, I can’t really put it into a scientific or analytical way because it’s just YouTube is an attention platform. So if we can get your attention, it kind of sticks with you. And if we happen to, if they happen to get exposure to our tools through the video, then, you know, we don’t expect people to sign up within seven days or within three days. It’s just sign up whenever you’re ready and we’ll still be there. So.

32:59
Naturally, we see people saying that they discovered us through YouTube and so something is working there and that’s continually going up So I was just gonna ask you how do you track conversions from YouTube? It sounds like there’s no real easy way to do it Yeah, like CRO just gets it gets really complicated if you’re Tracking things at a higher level. So if you’re doing things with like first touch, we can’t really measure it with like complete accuracy So we just don’t

33:28
What we do though is that whenever anyone signs up for a new trial, we ask, where did you first hear about Ahrefs? And a lot of people say YouTube now it’s, yeah. Okay. The growth rate on YouTube is actually quite high. And I think for SaaS companies, um, or even for, uh, for e-commerce stores that are selling products. Like YouTube is just such a great platform because people are actually seeing what they’re thinking about buying in action. Right. And if you can see it working, you’re like, Oh man, like I got to try that myself or.

33:58
Like that product is exactly what I want as you know, someone shares the features of that product. And so they’ll go and they’ll find that product, whether you tell them to go find it or not, or where to find it. So does that imply then that you don’t even put links to your product in the description? Well, we have one link to hrefs.com in the description. That’s just like, know, how they have like default descriptions that you can add at the end. It’s kind of like a signature, but yeah, we rarely to never include external links.

34:28
in the descriptions because we don’t really need to like usually if it’s the external link, it’ll be to like a Google Sheet that where we’re where we’re sharing a template. So yeah, we actually don’t do that. I think it’s fine to have external links in there. A lot of vloggers do that with affiliate links, because that’s how they make their money. Right. But for us, yeah, we don’t like we don’t really link to things. let’s say you sell like a very specific e commerce product like a purple

34:56
pansy, handkerchief or whatever that, I mean, would you not put that link in the description and just depend on someone typing that into Google and finding it? No, I think if it’s a very specific product like that, like I wouldn’t, I wouldn’t obsess over not including links in there. Okay. But at the same time, like I wouldn’t link to like all your like to the category page, to the homepage, to the purple one, to the red one, to the green one, like, you know, it doesn’t have to be crazy like that. Just do whatever’s natural.

35:25
And honestly, like people will find it or they’ll click on it. Or if you just tell them like the one that I was reviewing today, link is in the description, whatever. And then it’s fine. It just doesn’t need to be oversold in my opinion. Okay. And then do you guys do anything special with the video description? Is it important to write a lot of verbiage there that focuses on certain keywords that you might be targeting? I think so. I think to a certain extent, I think it helps with ranking in Google also. It’s just basically

35:54
Like video is still, it’s still very hard for search engines to understand what the video is about. Like, yes, they can understand it because they extract text from the actual speech, but usually we’ll include like our primary keyword in the description and we’ll give a brief overview of what the video is about and the things that you’ll learn. So things like that. Yeah. Again, I wouldn’t obsess over it, but if you’re going for YouTube SEO, Google SEO, then I would, I would definitely include context.

36:23
to help YouTube and Google understand more deeply what the video is about. So I know you guys, as I mentioned before, you embed video within your blog posts. Would it be okay to like just literally cut and paste a paragraph, like the intro paragraph of your blog post as a description, or would you suggest rewriting it completely from scratch in different language? I would just rewrite it. I don’t know if there’s any kind of duplicate content penalties. I don’t think there are, but at the same time, like I wouldn’t do that. If anything, I would take it from your script if you’re going to be scripting it.

36:53
and just paste that in there if you wanted to. But it really doesn’t take long. Like usually, like when I first started, I would literally just free write it and I didn’t really care whether it sounded perfect or not. It was more just like, is it concise to the point descriptive? And we always, for the description, we actually always include links to other videos on our channel in there that are related and relevant to the video that they’re watching because that can help increase session watch time.

37:23
And when you were talking about just when you’re editing the video and adding all these extras, like the animations and that sort of thing, is that something that you do or you have your editor do manually or is there a more automated way of doing that’s less time consuming? Everything is super custom for us. So we use Adobe products for the most part. So Premiere Pro as well as After Effects and Adobe Audition and then the Photoshop and Illustrator stuff.

37:54
specific needs for that. But usually, like in terms of our process, I’ll usually record the video and then I’ll make notes in my Google Doc for like the person who handles production and he’ll go and in Adobe Premiere, you can add markers at specific time codes. So if we want a specific part to pop out, then he’ll add a marker. And we’ve color coded it based on basically the common ones that we do. like,

38:21
like spotlights, for example, are green and then custom animations will be pink. And then our editor who doesn’t have experience in SEO can just go through the markers and he literally just does this thing. And so it just works in a much more efficient way where everyone’s just focusing on what they do best. And I’m just kind of curious, like I know this is best practice to try to keep someone on your blog post as long as possible. And you guys do that by embedding videos and other clips in there.

38:50
Is that true though? Like, do you guys have data? On which embedding videos, improving the rankings of a blog post? No, we don’t. We don’t actually even use Google analytics anymore. So, is that right? Okay. We’ve literally stopped tracking more or less everything. is that? Well, I think part of it is privacy. So like our, founder and CEO, Demetri, like he, don’t think that he wants to necessarily share all that information with.

39:21
with other companies in terms of, of everything that’s happening around the web from data that we should technically own, which we don’t. And so, and also like at the end of the day, our revenue is, is continually growing. so like tracking is not necessarily like obsessing over these tiny little metrics is more or less a waste of time if we’re not really going to do anything with it and see notable changes. so, yeah, we don’t really, I guess it makes sense for your company in particular, right? Because.

39:50
I’m not sure if Google likes you guys, right? Because they’re hiding all this data and I don’t know if that’s the case. Like we do use Google search console, but that’s basically Google’s data that they’re sharing with us, which is different. But yeah, like I don’t think it’s for that reason at all that Google doesn’t like us or anything like that. It’s just, I think it’s more like personal and moral reasons that he would choose not to do. So I think I read somewhere that you guys are creating a search engine. Is that accurate or yeah, it’s like our.

40:20
Dmitri has mentioned that, I think he mentioned it on Twitter and then some publications picked it up. But yeah, that’s something that we’ve been working on. Ah, interesting. Okay. Okay, so let’s switch gears once again and kind of apply what we’ve just been talking about for the last half hour. You got an e-commerce store brand new, you want to promote it on YouTube. What are your first steps and how do you lay out the plan? I would first try to find competitors. So like people who are actually creating videos on

40:48
similar topics that you would want to be visible for. And then I would use keyword research tools like Keywords Explorer, for example, and I would actually research that industry. if we’re selling.

41:03
here. Let’s we’re selling coffee. Okay, coffee. Like fun. Yeah. So let’s say we’re like we’re a roaster and we’re selling coffee and coffee accessories. Then I would probably take all the different topics like you know, how to roast beans, or I would probably type in things like coffee and put it into keywords, explore and then look at the keyword ideas reports and then see where there’s volume. And then I’d actually cross reference that with YouTube and search and start ranking for things or start targeting topics where I feel like we have potential to rank.

41:32
And that would kind of build the baseline of our traffic or of our views, because again, SEO traffic is passive and consistent. And then I would start to expand out from just looking at coffee things to look to different keywords like French press, which may not include the words coffee or aero press and different topics that people will be interested in. And I would continue to build that search traffic of a very tightly knit audience. And then once that audience is built.

42:01
then I would start to actually create things that might be a little bit more out of the box and interesting to that audience. And then this whole time, you’re not gonna link out if you can, or if you do in the description, but not within the video content itself, because you wanna keep people on the platform, right? To a certain extent, there are definitely exceptions where I would link to, like if I’m reviewing, I don’t know, specific, Colombian coffee beans and giving…

42:30
like showing people how to roast them, I don’t know if it’s different, but let’s just say it’s a different roasting process and we sell the actual green beans that you roast, then I would share a link to that because it’s the one that I’m using. Okay. And then in terms of that initial keyword research, I think we touched upon this earlier in the interview, you’re looking for keywords where the channel might not necessarily be that strong.

42:53
Or if there is a strong channel, you look at the views for the particular category of the video that you’re trying to create and you’re looking for a disparate ratio of users or subscribers. Is that kind of accurate? For the most part, yeah, it’s a pretty top level view of things. Like we have a blog post and a video on YouTube SEO, which digs more into the competitive analysis. Okay. One other thing that I often do is I look at the ratio of engagement to views. So engagement being

43:22
I guess, physical engagement, which would be likes, dislikes, and comments. So I’ll sum those up and then I’ll divide that by the number of views. And generally speaking, for videos that are getting views through organic, you’re probably looking at a 1 to 10 % ratio. Whereas if you see something less than 1%, then something’s fishy. So people might be buying views. Or if you see something much higher than that for a video that probably doesn’t deserve it, then in that case, then people are likely buying views.

43:51
And the case is much lower. People are likely getting traffic from either video embeds where you don’t really have the opportunity to like, dislike, or comment unless you click through or they’re paying for ads. In which case it may not be a good video for you to actually engage. If someone’s paying for views, can you just pay for thumbs up also? You can, but it doesn’t, from what I’ve seen, it doesn’t really work. Like I’ve never tried it myself, but yeah, like I see people.

44:20
talking about it. see some people on Twitter bragging about what they did and how they rank for some like super long tail keyword. But like I don’t see much value in it. And then you see those same people from Twitter disappear off YouTube. So it’s it’s kind of interesting to see. But I think it’s just better to just build honest engagement metrics and just improve your actual video skills and how you engage your audience. Like there’s a lot that you learn as you create videos like your first, you know, 10, 20 videos will likely be pretty poor.

44:48
in comparison to the videos that you’ll create after. So I feel like those are the people that end up winning in the long haul. Does getting thumbs up on a video even matter though? don’t know, like honestly, like I think it contributes in some way, shape or form, but I don’t think it’s like, oh, this video has a hundred likes and this video has 10. So therefore the hundred one is better. I don’t think it’s that elementary in terms of like the algorithm, but it’s mostly just on the actual engagement time. Like who’s watching, how long are they watching for?

45:17
then they’ll promote it to people who have similar interests to your viewers, and then are they engaging? it’s very much momentum channel, like how much momentum can you create with your videos? Okay. Sam, since I have you on, I do often solicit reader questions, and these don’t have anything to do YouTube per se. But what is your view on hiring an SEO agency? On hiring an SEO agency? think you just need to do your research.

45:44
see what their results are. And in that case, you kind of need to have an idea of like what good SEO looks like. So yeah, like our tools, a lot of them can actually help understand that to see if they’re, for example, if you’re hiring an SEO agency to build links, then are they actually building quality links? Or are they just buying low quality links and saying that they’ve done, you know, they built, you know, a hundred referring domains. So I think hiring SEO, an SEO agency is a great route to take if,

46:13
your time would be spent elsewhere. But at the same time, you need to do your research into work that they’ve actually done as opposed to just whatever their sales pitch might be. Okay. And then what about your views on the disavow tool? Do you guys ever use it? We don’t. I feel like Google is smart enough to know that certain negative SEO attacks, like I guess the old ones where people would use inappropriate words to, sorry, inappropriate anchors.

46:40
to link back to your site from a bunch of spammy sites. feel like Google just knows that these are negative SEO attacks because it’s pretty easy to spot. And I don’t think they will put much weight to that, but like we don’t really use it. And I probably, like if I was working on my own site and I saw, I probably wouldn’t touch the disavow tool unless I had a manual penalty or some kind of manual action against me. In which case that would, it wouldn’t even be my first line of defense.

47:09
Okay. Yeah. I sometimes when I publish a post, like I have like 10 or 20 sites, literally copy it word for word and publish and then link. You just leave that alone probably, right? Yeah, those are just scraper sites. So they’re basically just taking your RSS feed. And as soon as a new item comes up in the RSS feed, then it automatically gets published to your post. Yeah, I wouldn’t worry about that at all. And when you are a guest posting on a bunch of different blogs or getting links, how careful are you about just anchor text?

47:39
Pretty careful. Like I basically wouldn’t stuff an exact match anchor for the purpose of getting an exact match anchor. Just, I would just write naturally and link wherever it’s relevant, usually with enough context around it. So partial match anchors usually work well because just simply because they, they sound more natural, I guess, in the context. So I’ll usually write it and then link wherever is appropriate. And then what about internal backlinks?

48:08
Yeah, definitely add them. That’s something that we do for every post that we create. Two simple things you can do is go to Google and type in site colon your domain, uh, dog TLD. So.com and then the keyword that you’re trying to rank for. So if we had a new post on keyword research, we would type in site colon hfs.com and then keyword research after it. And then it’s going to show you all the pages on your domain that mentioned that specific word or phrase and wherever it’s relevant, link back to the new post.

48:37
Now, if you want to actually get a little bit more technical, then I would look in Ahrefs Best By Links report, and you can actually start to see the link authority of those pages. So basically, if pages have more quality links and they’re linking out to other internal links, then it can essentially pass page rank to those pages as well. But again, relevance is key. Okay. There’s no harm in internally backlinking in general, right? Like if you have a really strong page. Okay. Okay. Yeah. Cool.

49:07
Well, Sam, we’ve been chatting for quite a while and I just really appreciate your time coming on the show today. If anyone wants to get ahold of you or check out your YouTube channel, where can they find you? Yeah, you can go to YouTube and just search for Ahrefs and you should see our channel there or you can tweet me Sam S G O spelled O H. Awesome. Well, Sam, really appreciate your time, man. Thanks for coming on. Thanks for having me. All right. Take care.

49:36
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now as many of you know, I’m currently actively trying to grow my YouTube channel right at this moment, and Sam’s tips have been extremely helpful in growing my subscriber base via YouTube SEO. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 329. And once again, I want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post-purchase flow, a win-back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot.

50:04
So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-C-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

50:33
Now, I talk about how I use these tools on my blog. And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening. Thanks for listening to the My Wife, Quitter Job podcast, where we’re giving the courage people need to start their own online business. For more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitterjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

328: Chalene Johnson On How To Build A Loyal Audience On Instagram

328: Chalene Johnson On How To Build A Loyal Audience On Instagram

Today I’m thrilled to have Chalene Johnson on the show. Chalene is a New York Times bestselling author, lifestyle expert and top health podcaster with over 20 million downloads.

She also holds the Guinness book of world records for having starred in the most fitness videos ever. Chalene is truly an inspiration to us all and in this interview, we’re going to learn how she achieved her success.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Chalene drives traffic to build up her website
  • Chalene’s content strategy for repurposing content
  • Chalene’s Instagram tips to get your first 10k followers
  • How to get your entire family involved in entrepreneurship

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I have Shailene Johnson on the show. If you’ve never heard of Shailene before, she is the queen of fitness videos and she’s built several multi-million dollar lifestyle companies over the years. And in this episode, we’re going to learn how she achieved her success. But before we begin, I want to thank Clevio for sponsoring this episode. Now it’s safe to say that most of us have been doing more online shopping lately.

00:28
And if you’re an ecommerce brand, that means you might be seeing more first-time customers. But once they’ve made that first purchase, how do keep them coming back? That is what Klaviyo is for. Klaviyo is the ultimate email and SMS marketing platform for ecommerce brands, and they give you the tools to build your contact list, send memorable emails, automate key messages, and more. A lot more. And that’s why over 50,000 ecommerce brands like Chubbies, Brooklinen, and Living Proof use Klaviyo to build a loyal following.

00:53
Strong customer relationships mean more repeat sales, enthusiastic word of mouth, and less depending on third party ads. So whether you’re launching a new business or taking your brand to the next level, Klaviyo can help you get growing faster. And it’s free to get started, so visit klaviyo.com slash my wife to create a free account. That’s klaviyo.com slash my wife. I also want to thank Post Group for sponsoring this episode. If you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list.

01:21
And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store. And I couldn’t have done it without postscript.io, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button.

01:50
Not only that, but it’s price well too. And with the holiday season rolling around, SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot IO slash Steve. Now onto the show. Welcome to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, where we’ll teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love.

02:18
Here’s your host, Steve To.

02:23
Welcome to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Shailene Johnson on the show. Now Shailene is someone who I met at Social Media Marking World, where we were both speakers. She’s a New York Times bestselling author, lifestyle expert, and top health podcaster with over 20 million downloads. She also holds the Guinness Book of World Records for having starred in the most fitness videos ever. And together with her husband, Brett, they have built and sold several multi-million dollar lifestyle companies and help others do the same.

02:51
So accolades aside, I actually didn’t know about Shailene until Pat Flynn mentioned her to me a while back. And I still remember the first time I heard her speak at Social Media Marketing World. And I was thinking to myself, man, this woman has got a ton of energy. Now the room was packed and I was actually very uncomfortable standing there. So I was actually about to leave her talk when she cracked a random joke and did one of her patented one-legged kicks in the air. And for some reason, that one power move convinced me to stay and I’m so happy that I did.

03:20
Shailene is truly an inspiration to us all. And in this interview, we’re gonna learn how she achieved her success. And with that, welcome to the show Shailene. How are doing today? I’m awesome. Thank you so much. I appreciate that intro. It’s pretty funny. My signature. I love that one. Like, I don’t know. I crack up every time you do it now. So that’s so funny. And the last talk I saw you at social media marketing world, you did this funny thing where you tried to hop around the mic on the stage. And for some reason, I lost it there too. What did I do?

03:49
What you did, like, there was this mic podium, and then there was like this half a foot space between the podium and the stage, and then what you did is you tiptoed around it just randomly. You don’t remember that, do you, Well, you know, I just posted to my Instagram stories today a few random things that have happened when I speak from stage, and I said in the clip that my absolute favorite thing to have happen is something that I’m not expecting.

04:16
because it gives me an opportunity to break character, to be funny, to roll with it. And so I’m always praying that something really unexpected will happen. And you were wearing heels too. I was actually worried that you were gonna fall. You’re heels, I sleep in heels. So, Shailene, for those listening who have never heard of you before, please give us your back story on how you got into fitness and then later decide to teach entrepreneurship and health and wellness. Sure. Well, I started off in entrepreneurship, went to school at Michigan State, put myself

04:46
through college, having started a private auction for private owners and sellers of vehicles. It was called the All Michigan Auto Swap Meet. That was my first successful business. And after that, probably like most serial entrepreneurs, did like 90 different things, usually all at once, waiting for something to pop. I just love entrepreneurship. love going like, oh, okay, this is a problem. I bet other people have this problem. I should solve this problem.

05:15
And I worked like a fiend, like I defined the word hustle in those early years, but I never really could find success. kept seeing sparkly things and trying new businesses. And it wasn’t until listening to a mentor that I realized my biggest Achilles heel, the thing that was my greatest obstacle or challenge was that I couldn’t focus on one thing for fear that I would pick the wrong thing.

05:44
But that if I didn’t do that, I was never going to experience the kind of success that I longed for and that I really deserved. So I made a decision to kind of put everything that I was excited and passionate about aside and just focus exclusively on fitness and try to make my mark in fitness. Cause I saw this opportunity at that moment. And so I really became, as they say, I broke through she hands wall and became known if you will, for

06:14
fitness, but I often will, you know, very transparently explain to people it’s not because I’m the best at fitness or I know the most or I’m an expert at fitness. It’s because I really study marketing. And it was once and only after I became really known for fitness that I began to slowly put those other passions back on my plate and create additional streams of income from those other interests. And now I pretty much would say I spend the majority of my day teaching

06:44
entrepreneurship and online marketing. Did you start the fitness business while you were working? You were paralegal from what I understand, right? Yeah, I wouldn’t say it was a, had a couple of different businesses at that time. And I was a, an employee for 24 hour fitness teaching a fitness class at the time, and also trying to do my own seminars and, trying to, you know, write eBooks. was doing all these things, but I was teaching this fitness class and I realized that

07:12
there were so many really talented fitness professionals who were making less than minimum wage because they spent so much time creating great playlists and then choreography that went with the playlist. was, you know, it was, you were working for pennies. And I thought, I’m good at that. I know how to match music to movement. What I’m going to do is market these pre-choreographed routines that coincide with the music. And I’m going to market those to fitness instructors so that they can just

07:41
do what they do, which is bring their personality to class. And I saw that opportunity. saw group fitness exploding at that time. And so that was the business I decided to focus on exclusively and stopped working as a paralegal and put aside my plans to go to law school and just focused on that exclusively. can we talk about prison real quick? And just for the audience, Shailene never went to prison, but she talks about prison. The first business, fitness business that you created.

08:10
Yeah, compare it to a prison. Can you kind of talk about how that happened and why you ultimately decided to sell that business? Yeah, it was a mindset that I had. The prison was really when I created in my own mind where I believed that nothing was ever good enough that there always had to be something more. And in order for it to be done well and done right, I need to do all of it. So I

08:35
learned the hard way what it meant to be overworked and exhausted and making a lot of money, but not enjoying any part of my life. I mean, I didn’t sleep. I was never satisfied with what I accomplished or what we accomplished, I should say, because my husband and I were working together at that time. It was never enough. I always felt behind the gun. I always felt like I had to do more. This is going to go away. I never celebrated any win and

09:04
It just got to a point where I couldn’t breathe and it was affecting our marriage tremendously. And I couldn’t get out from underneath it because even to sell the business in the moment when I had the realization, I was the business. I was the face of it. I was the person who was doing all of the pieces. I was in the videos. I was marketing the videos. was writing the copy. was writing emails. So once we decided like, okay, we have to get out from underneath this, it took a transition of about

09:34
I’d say four to five years to brick by brick kind of take apart the prison I had built for myself and allow other people to take the business to the next level. And eventually we were able to sell it. Yeah, I was just about to ask like today, it seems like you have lots of free time to spend with family. Could you have replicated what you have now back with your other fitness business before you sold it? Yeah, I absolutely had I learned

10:00
the lessons that I learned in those four years of transitioning. But by then, you know, that was part of the process was realizing that fitness wasn’t ultimately what I wanted to help the world with. I think it’s a gateway drug. think like once people realize like, hey, you know, if I get disciplined, if I could change my body, if I could change my health, I could probably change my income. I could probably change my family’s legacy. I could change

10:29
a lot of things. And so I think a lot of people realize from fitness that that’s a gateway to personal development, which I believe is a gateway to business development. I could do those things. I could have a much better experience today because I had to learn the hard way how much of my ego put us in that position. But I think the business is very different today. You know, it’s like I wouldn’t I wouldn’t sell VHS cassettes anymore. You know what mean? Like different and

10:58
And even group fitness in since the pandemic has like, has completely changed. I have so many students who really have to change who it is they’re marketing to because a particular industry has like dried up or there’s so much uncertainty that it’s really a call to expand and look at other things that you’re passionate about. Absolutely. You know what’s funny about fitness?

11:21
is I feel like I became a lot more productive business-wise once I got into shape myself. So they are definitely intertwined. You can’t like avoid, you can’t just do one and not the other. It’s interesting. And I know you’ve interviewed so many successful people on your podcast. I’m a subscriber, by the way. Thank you for all the great content you provide. you so much. That means a lot. Yeah, great guess. And I love your solo shows, but you know, one thing you do find successful people have in common, you know, of course, depending on how you define success, but for me,

11:50
I want to look at someone who’s well-rounded, who’s a happy person, who enjoys life, who helps others, who has a lot of options, a lot of choices. And those people tend to have a lot of balance. in order to have a healthy, I think to be a healthy leader, to be a healthy individual, to have a healthy business, you’ve got to be healthy. Absolutely. You know, what’s funny is for a while, I think I fell into your trap.

12:16
as well, where I was just focusing on growing, growing, growing, but my wife wasn’t happy with it. And then we just kept fighting. And it was only after we remembered why we started our businesses in the first place, that things kind of got under control. Took me a lot longer to figure that out than you did. Does she still keep you in check? Like who keeps who in check? She always keeps me in check. I have no power in this relationship. I mean, do you have more of the tendencies to to work? Yeah.

12:44
Yeah, I have more of that tendency and the way we kind of, we kind of created this pack where we’re just trying to grow the business that we run together at a gradual rate. Because we deal with physical products. So anytime there’s a huge influx of orders, it’s actually physically painful. It’s not like that with digital products. anything that I work with her, we kind of, you know, take the pedal off a little bit and anything that I work on by myself. So my wife, quitterjob.com is kind of like my business. I’m free to.

13:10
put the pedal down in the middle on that one because it’s digital products. I’m curious in one of your episodes, and now I’m interviewing you. I heard you say, I will never start a business that I don’t want to run forever. Yes. And I went, was interesting to me because I have almost the opposite perspective now, which is I’ll never start a business that I don’t have some kind of an exit strategy.

13:40
and thinking about that as I build it so that should I decide I don’t want to do this anymore, I don’t have to spend four or five years restructuring. Yeah, I mean, that’s not to say that that I wouldn’t ever want to sell it. But going in, so I’m mainly talking to people who haven’t gotten started yet. You should go in with a long term plan, because everyone’s looking for that quick buck, you know, at least at least a lot of my audiences are the emails that I get. And so that’s why I say what I say. That that makes total sense. Yeah.

14:09
Alright, back to you, Shane. This is about you. It’s not about me. So one thing that I admire about you is that you are awesome at building a large and loyal audience of followers. And part of that is definitely your personality. But I know like behind the scenes, are you’re like a you have all these strategies in place. And one thing I did want to ask you is, by the time you started selling your online training, you kind of already had a large audience with

14:37
with the fitness stuff, right? So what I was hoping that you could do is take us back to the old days of Shailene. I mean, now what? You’re in your 30s and I want to hear about the 20s Shailene. How did you get traffic early on and how did you build up your name? You’re hysterical in my 20s and 30s. Yeah. So I am 51. I prefer that people act shocked when I tell them that. That’s my pet peeve is when I tell people I’m 51, if they don’t act shocked, I’m like, come on. Rude. But so here’s the answer to that question.

15:07
I learned the hard way when I devoted myself to fitness and we sold our fitness business. I didn’t maintain any of the email lists or customer lists. went on to do consumer exercise videos with the company that we sold to, which was Beachbody. And I did three number one fitness infomercials, had sold tens of millions of exercise DVDs, but I did not have one email address.

15:35
And I didn’t have much of a social media following. The people who were following me were interested in fitness, not in business or personal development. So I hired a coach and he basically said, here’s what you’re going to do. You need to, said, you know, I’m, true. I am an entrepreneur who became successful in fitness, but I’ve always wanted to teach entrepreneurship. I’ve always been someone who loves marketing and the behavior, psychologies of the consumer.

16:04
And that’s what I want to do.” he said, but you can’t, nobody knows you for that. You have to be known for that. And so I had a proposal to write a book about personal development. And he said, I won’t even allow you to shop the book around until you have at least a hundred thousand people on an email list. And I was like, oh, okay. So I took every course that I could find every weekend seminar. did, worked with everyone I could think of to figure out how do I build an email list? And I did it.

16:34
Over the course of a year, I built it to a hundred thousand word. How did you do that? a lot of was timing so I The cornerstone to my success was I created a 30-day challenge now today that wouldn’t work because no one has the attention span of 30 days You need the 32nd challenge, right? But so this is in 2010 I started a 30-day challenge that taught people how to be more productive and how to create

17:01
a very carefully crafted to-do list that only had three things and a very specific way of doing it. And I taught them one little thing each day for 30 days. And I did that on video. So each day you woke up and got a new video to your inbox. It just a couple of minutes long. And this is like before everybody was doing that. I had a hundred over, gosh, I don’t know how many people, but within probably about six months, we had over a hundred thousand people who had signed up for that. And what was really powerful about that, Steve, is I was,

17:31
I was the first thing people saw every day. This is like in 2010 when people weren’t doing a lot of video yet. And so they really felt like they knew me and I filmed everything very raw on my laptop, like horrible, you know, camera work, but in my home. And it was very personal and they spent 30 days with me and they, they got a lot accomplished. And so it created a really loyal group of people who really knew me well. And that

17:59
helped me to, I mean that is what launched my personal development and then business development career. So I had to do it very slowly, very, very slowly and always kind of balancing what it is people want from you and what it is you want to give to people. And sometimes those things don’t match up. were those people? How are they finding your email list? Were you running ads or? No, not at that time. It was word of mouth. So when one person would sign up,

18:28
I would encourage them to immediately find an accountability partner. That was like lesson number one, first assignment. So it just quickly started doubling. Um, I launched it in December. So it was a lot about good timing. And again, at that point, everyone’s doing a challenge now and they still, they still work. I’m in the middle of doing a challenge right now for Instagram, but it’s different. Like now I’m doing a five day challenge. There are so many challenges that if

18:54
I still believe that they work. think they’re a wonderful way to serve an audience and build an email list and build rapport and build reciprocity. But I think you have to factor in how much time people have. And I also think another really important lesson in how we’ve changed is that that first 30 day, it was called 30 day push. That first 30 day challenge was free. Today, I’m a bigger fan of a paid challenge. Can we comment on that? Because I run challenges myself and they’re always free.

19:24
I’ve always been, know you run, what do you charge like 20 bucks or something? I’ve always been a little hesitant to do that because I feel like some of the free people I might be able to convert over. Can you kind of comment why you change it over? Well, we still do a lot of free, right? Like, so we still do it. I think my social media, my podcast very much like yours is hours and hours and hours of free content. We still use freemiums, lead magnets, et cetera. But when I’m doing a challenge, I have just found that

19:53
because lead magnets and freemiums, the things that we sign up for for free, they have a much lower open rate. So if I can’t even start the relationship with you because you’ve just given me your quote, you know, spam email to receive this free challenge and you haven’t paid for it, you don’t care. But if you paid 20 bucks, it’s crazy how people will be like, it’s 501, why have I…

20:22
And it’s and we will we just blow them away and over deliver. We get a higher conversion rate. So the people who because we are always looking at like, OK, we’ve got this group of people who converted and they came in on a free offering. And then we have this group that came in on a paid offer. And that that group rates so much higher. I mean, it’s it’s it’s astronomical. It blows my mind because it’s a it’s a different.

20:49
Qualified customer someone who’s very serious about it. It’s someone who’s already taken out their credit card and said, okay I’m gonna give you a shot So you already have a pain paying customer and you’re just taking them to the next step and I just I just I really like the Adherence I like the people get a lot more out of a paid challenge. I think There’s something about putting some amount of money down that makes you take things more seriously as well So that’s why I’ve been kind of debating to myself

21:19
Just curious though, do you know like what the numbers difference was going from free to paid? Off the top of my head, I don’t. And I’m happy to report back to you because I’ll maybe include that in the show notes. I’ll check with our campaign manager. Yeah, I was just kind of curious because there’s for some reason it still affects me like just the numbers, know, like the vanity numbers always affect me also. the vanity and by vanity numbers, what are you referring to? The sheer number of signups for like the The signups are always smaller for sure.

21:49
for a paid challenge, right? So for a paid challenge, might get, if we’re promoting it for this last paid challenge, we promoted it for four days and we had 2200 people sign up. If I were doing a free challenge, we’d probably have in the neighborhood of 12,000 sign up, I would guess. Right, right. No, but it’s just a far more qualified lead, especially when what it is ultimately, they will be put into a funnel for my marketing academy, which is a $2,000.

22:18
So it also has to do with the entry level, like what is the price that we’re going to offer them eventually to get a different type of customer. And we will do both, right? So before our next launch for the Marketing Impact Academy, we’re doing a paid challenge and we’ll also do a free challenge. Interesting. And how are those two challenges different? Is it the same content more or less? No, different content. The first one is obviously for

22:45
people are trying to grow their Instagram for business. And then the second challenge is for people who are trying to figure out, and you did an episode on this recently, how do I make money if I don’t have any money and I really am not sure what it is I have that I could sell? So I call them the no idea, no business people, right? But they know they want to be in business, so they know at least they want to make extra income, and we’ll do a free challenge for those folks.

23:14
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

23:42
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

24:12
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s EMERGECONSCL.com. Now back to the show. You know, it’s funny, I just listened to your last episode on the upsells and downsells and it just kind of made me think like I have this one big monolithic product and I should be breaking it down to downsells and some upsells as well. Yeah, we’ve learned that the hard way. So Shailene, you seem to put out endless content.

24:40
Like every time I’m opening Instagram, you have more stories, posts, videos. I’d like to talk about your content strategy and how you were able to do this. Because it seems like you’re posting all the time and clearly you have some sort of machine that allows you to do this on all platforms. So I’d like you to talk about your strategy there. That’s great. Well, I do have a great social media team that works with me full time, but they don’t do my personal.

25:05
Social media, I do have someone who helps me on my Facebook page. Instagram, my personal Instagram is all me and I do stories throughout the day and try to do at least one post a day to my feed. Aside from that, I have 10 other Instagram accounts that I call feature accounts. And by feature account, mean it’s not me that the account is about, but it features a particular type of content. It’s a niche content aimed at targeting a very specific type of customer.

25:34
And so I have 10 of those accounts and I have a team that manages those niche accounts are a wonderful way. They grow much quicker, especially in today’s culture and environment. And they’re really easy to manage. So I know you have multiple podcasts and you’re putting out videos all the time. And I know you repurpose a lot of that content. So I guess the question is, what do you start with and then how do you repurpose all that stuff on down? Like what’s the process? Yeah. Okay.

26:04
Sure. my podcasts are the intention is that they’re every single episode is fresh. If however, because I’ve been doing it now for I think five years, if there’s a week where I’m just like, oh my, just can’t, there’s just too much going on and to spend another three hours in the podcasting booth I meant to, but now I’m tired and I just need to take a nap. My team will be like, oh, no problem. We have this episode. They always have like a backup episode just in case.

26:30
And it’ll usually be something that is no longer showing up on Apple iTunes, but it was a great timeless interview or a great timeless topic and that will get repurposed, but that’s pretty rare. So the podcasts are, we do four a week. We do two for the Shalene show, which is a lifestyle program. And then I do two for build your tribe. One that’s a quick topic. And then the other is either my son Brock, who’s the cohost with me or we’re interviewing someone.

26:59
Those are, you know, I just have an endless amount of things I want to talk about. So I find that to be the most enjoyable thing ever is doing podcasts. I love teaching when it comes to content for Instagram. I have a monthly, what do you call it? A monthly calendar that I look at for inspiration, but I always say to myself, is that what I feel like posting today?

27:28
And so my calendar is kind of like a backup. And I use it in the event that nothing has inspired me. But I would say 80 % of the time I go off the calendar because I’m like, oh no, I know what I want to talk about today. Like this is on my heart. And I find that an easier, it’s easier copy to write for me. And it’s easier to find that content. And I love doing IGTVs. IGTVs are a great piece of content for people to.

27:57
to repurpose. if I can share this with your listeners, now that Instagram has offered or the feature is that when you go live on Instagram, the moment you finish, Instagram will say, hey, would you like this to be an IGTV? And you want to say, yes, turn that live into an IGTV. Now you’ve gone live, which is going to get you some traction with the algorithm. And then you create that IGTV. Instagram is really favoring anything related to IGTV right now because they’re coming for YouTube.

28:27
So use those IGTVs to your advantage. Create a great thumbnail just before you go live so you can update your thumbnail. The second Instagram gives you that option too, because you can’t change it at the moment that we’re recording this. Also use hashtags in the first comment, not in your description or caption. And again, that’s based on case studies of the students that we’ve had test us both ways and we’re just seeing amazing traction on hashtags.

28:53
for IGTV better than any other type of post on your feed. And then I remember when I heard you talk, I think you did a leg kick when you did this, you said you could actually include a link, right? On your IGTV? That’s right. Yeah, everyone can. You don’t have to have 10,000 followers. You can put a clickable link in the description of your IGTV. The only way that I should mention, it’s a little tricky because if you’re watching my IGTV on the feed, meaning the first one minute

29:24
preview that Instagram shows you. That link isn’t clickable until you tap on the IGTV and you’re watching it full screen as an IGTV. And I’m not sure if that makes sense, but then and only then is the link clickable. So I will sometimes mention that in my IGTV. Do you purposely leave a cliffhanger? What is that? 10 seconds or something? Because I always find myself clicking on them. Is that intentional?

29:52
Whenever I can so, you know, I love to tell you I’m always that in time so many things I tell people to do I’m like, you know, this is what this is best practices but the bottom line is you want to get content up, right and and so when I when I can remember to do that when I’m that strategic sure But I’m not often that well thought out a lot of it and I’m just like, oh this is funny I’ve got to post this and there is no cliffhanger. I’m just hoping that it’s captivating enough that people will continue to watch

30:20
I notice you do a lot of Instagram. Are you doing the same thing on Facebook as well with the lives? To be very honest, I haven’t. I use my Facebook groups a lot. haven’t grown my actual Facebook page, I’d say in the last like four months, maybe even longer than that. I think I’m stuck at like a million, which is great. I’m not like knocking it at all. I just have so much more success on Instagram. even though have a smaller following there, it’s a very engaged.

30:50
It’s my target audience hangs out on Instagram. My target audience wants to learn more about Instagram and So I would say I spend a lot of time on Instagram and inside my Facebook group So in fact the current challenge that we’re doing right now is you know, we’re we’re serving them that content inside of a Facebook group Hmm interesting And then for for Instagram

31:12
I know a lot of people want to hit that first 10K followers. Like if you were starting from scratch, what would be some of the things that you would do like best practices on posting and tagging and that sort of thing? Okay. So if I were starting from scratch today, I wouldn’t start as a personal brand. I would start a themed account. So in other words, if I am someone who offers interior design, virtual interior design services, I wouldn’t start

31:42
a personal account with me as a brand or even my company as a brand, rather, I would start an account that just features beautiful interiors and get a ton of people following where, and it’s the type of customer who’s looking for this particular type of designer design style that I specialize in. I think it’s easier to find that content. You’ll grow it much faster. The content will be much more shareable. When we’re posting content, there’s only two things that make you grow.

32:12
Only two things, shareable content and hashtags. Right. That’s it. So if you’re not posting stuff that people are like, Oh man, I should share this to my stories. It’s, it’s a slow agonizing process and it’s getting harder and harder and harder because there’s so much great content out there and everyone has not just one is their account, but maybe 10. So I really,

32:40
highly recommend people consider starting a feature type account. Let me give you a few more examples. I have an account that all that we feature is workouts that you can do at home, but they’re not me. They’re any other fitness professional who’s using that tag and then we feature their content. And because they’re great ideas, people share those to their stories. And that account has grown to over a half a million followers in a very short period of time. It’s called Home Workouts For You.

33:10
And that helps me target someone who’s really interested in fitness. Now I can use the bio. can use anytime we’re doing a sale. So for example, when I was promoting this most recent challenge, then I can go on the stories there. So I don’t take over the feed, but I’ll take over the stories and say like, Hey guys, thanks for following this. You’re obviously very interested in fitness. As you know, the fitness industry has, has really changed. And so many of you use Instagram to promote your business and what it is you do if you want.

33:38
to join me on a five day challenge to grow your fitness business on Instagram, click below. So that’s where I’ll promote is inside my stories. I’ll never use the feed of those feature accounts. Another example is an account that we have that’s called push me daily. And all that that is our daily, again, content that we found that’s already viral, it’s already proven. It’s already the kind of stuff you want to share, but the content all relates to people who are looking for that.

34:04
you know, super motivational, inspirational, get you pumped up, work hard kind of content, because we’re trying to attract entrepreneurs. And that account has also grown very quickly. I think that’s at 50,000 followers. So you’re posting other people’s content as opposed to your own. Like what is the ratio? 100 % 100 % sharing other people’s Okay, maybe 99. Okay. Yeah, so maybe if you looked at those accounts,

34:32
You might once a month see something that’s me, but I’m not even posting that content to drive traffic to my account per se. I’m growing those big accounts because we’re attracting the right kind of target audience. And for the person who wants to go deeper, they’re looking at the stories and they know who owns the account. And then we can speak to them in the stories. I don’t think that we should ever be very rarely. mean, there’s always an exception. I don’t think we should sell in the feed.

35:01
I think our feed is where we can attract people. The stories are where we go deep and the stories are also where we have permission to tell people about what it is we have that could help them. So it’s through the stories that you gather email addresses as well. That’s where we’ll offer freemiums for sure. Yep. Okay. And would you say that most of your traffic is from Instagram? I would say, boy, that’s, I should know the answer to that off top of my head. I would say the majority is.

35:30
probably from Instagram podcasts, maybe pretty close to equal. We do advertising, but the advertising usually is just based around when we’re doing a launch, and we’re usually launching like once, maybe twice a year. So the rest of the time, I’m just building that reciprocity and just serving the audience and trying to give them things that I think are really useful for them and then segmenting our list, because we’ve got a bunch of different types of businesses.

36:00
Oh yeah, yeah. And they all go to the same account and you just segment them out based on where they came from? what challenge or group? Yep. And then in terms of content frequency, you mentioned on Instagram, you’re posting at least once per day and then… Yes. So of those 10 accounts that we have, the rule is that we always want to ring around the circle. So we always want there to be an active story that tells people when they look at your profile that this person is active.

36:27
And then on top of that, the rule is that we post at least once to each of those accounts. And currently we’re experimenting with some of our feature accounts with twice a day, posting twice a day to see how that impacts followers. And so far, thus far, it seems to prove to be beneficial. You know, anytime you post, you’re to get some people that you’re going to get a certain number of unfollows and a certain number of new follows. Sure. Right. But you’re losing people every day if you’re not posting.

36:54
Just because people, go to their list of the people they’re following and go, do I know this person? You know, they just try to clean house. Some of them are spam accounts or bot accounts. See, all of us are always losing a certain number of followers. The way that we gain followers, again, is by using carefully selected hashtags and engagement, obviously, and increasing our reach. And the way that you increase your reach is when people are like, this is amazing.

37:22
And it’s going to make me look good if I share this. Right? So if I, if I, know that if I post a photo of my husband and I, and just talk about how wonderful our vacation was, mean, see, there’s no reason for you to share that. You know what I mean? Right. It’s interesting to my followers. It’s a great way for me to connect with them and let them know who I am a little deeper, but it’s not the kind of content people are going to share. And so if you’re really in a stage where you want to grow your account,

37:51
which most people when they’re starting out, I mean, if you have an account under 10,000, I think we’re all trying to grow a certain percentage of your content. That should be the litmus test. You ask yourself, are other people gonna see this and think to themselves, this is gonna be a positive reflection on me if I share this to my story? We do this with memes, we do this with text cards, we do this with really meaningful messages where we wanna share it because we’re like, this is what

38:20
What this person just said is what I also stand for. Do you do any share for shares or co-labs with other Instagram folks? I don’t anymore. I did though when I first got on like in 2010, 11, did a lot of that, a ton of that. I haven’t done it probably in the last eight years, but I, you know, I, a lot of people pay for things on Instagram, which I’m not really a fan of. I’m not a fan of paid pods.

38:49
People should be very careful of any third party API that could land you in a heap of trouble. Be careful those DMs you get from people. They’re like, I can help your account grow to, they’re like, I can help your account grow to a hundred thousand. I’m like, well, but it’s at 500,000. So how does that work? They’re so copy and paste. But the hardest, but the most factual thing I can say about growing on any social media platform

39:19
It is just like it takes the same effort it takes to grow your business, which is persistence. You just, you got to stick to it every single day. And there are days you’re not going to feel like doing it. We can’t always rely on our motivation. We have to set up habits so that we don’t have to rely on motivation and we don’t have to rely on discipline that we have these habits in place. And that’s what makes the difference between entrepreneurs who burn out pretty quickly and those.

39:46
who can start to enjoy their life is really focusing on like, what systems can I establish so that these things become habits? Hence you have to be willing to do it forever. Yeah. So it’s funny is I’ve had a number of Instagram folks on the podcast before and I know a number of them say like, you should be posting like six or seven times a day to reach, you know, as much of your audience as possible. It seems like you don’t share that philosophy. Whenever you have something interesting to say, you just,

40:15
at least post once a day, but that sounds like it’s much more manageable the way you do it. Yeah, and I really can’t speak with authority to testing six times a day. We have not tested that. Also have heard people say that to be true. You when I think about the logic behind it, it might make sense if you’re especially if you’re not posting you like I just there are certain people like I don’t need to see why would I need to see your face six times a day? I’m going to unfollow, right?

40:44
But if you’re posting, again, content where you’ve asked yourself, does this serve my audience? Then if every piece of content serves them in that way, then yeah, I would say go for it. I can think of one personal or a couple of different personal brands right now that have, it looks to me like they’re experimenting with this. And they’re not posting multiple times a day their picture or their video, but they’re posting content that’s

41:14
related to their brand message. If that makes sense. I haven’t seen someone who’s like posting, okay, here’s, know, other than maybe the Kardashians, here’s six images of me today. Like that feels like it’s more about me and we want to make our posts about them or when they are about us. It’s like, like, so for example, my post today is about me, but it’s about me for you. In other words, I’m saying here’s what I’ve figured out. Now tell me what this looks like for you.

41:45
And in terms of your video content, you seem to always do lives. Does that just generally work a lot better as opposed to just uploading a video for IGTV? For my lifestyle, does. extemporaneous. So I tend to do better in a live setting. I also tend to if I record something with the intention of editing it later, that goes from being, you know, a 30 minute live into a

42:14
30 minute, no, then the video itself is gonna take twice as long. And then instead of sending it out to get edited, I’ll decide that I only, I can edit it the way I want, you know? And so it just eats up more time than is necessary and it doesn’t feel as authentic. I really love video that doesn’t feel produced. The infomercial that I have on TV right now, I just finished filming it four weeks ago. The reason why

42:44
it works is because you can tell it’s not scripted. You can tell it’s not produced. And I think we as consumers have become very leery and suspicious of things that look overproduced. You know, I try to teach my students to move away from the overly curated, perfect Instagram with all the same presets and everything is kind of the soft cloudy pink with a splash of orange.

43:13
You know what mean? And that’s an idea photo and there’s that orange cup and there’s that orange pillow like I just don’t feel like that’s real life and I I want people to know that we relate and I don’t find those types of accounts relatable I’m like, oh man, I gotta go on a vacation and get a big floppy hat now, you know what I mean? They just don’t feel authentic to me and and I think that the consumer I look I was just doing a study last night I was taking a look at

43:43
the growth rate of accounts where they’ve really, really locked themselves into that preset, where the colors are all coordinating and the branding and the theme that you just look at the page and it’s a beautiful page. There’s no doubt about it, but it just all kind of feels the same. So I started looking at a bunch of very popular accounts that sell those presets and have been really well known for doing that Instagram preset look. And they haven’t grown in the last three years.

44:13
You know, so that’s, they look beautiful, but the question is how are you connecting with people? And we want real. We want real. I mean, that’s definitely one of your strengths. I always feel like when I’m watching one of your videos that you’re actually talking to me. Wow. Yeah. One thing I want to touch on is I actually love how you and your family work together. And I was kind of curious. So my wife and I, we actually do not work that well together. So that’s why we keep everything separate. Like we mentioned earlier.

44:42
Just curious, like what the dynamic is like with you and Brett, because you are kind of like the face, right? Yeah, I would say so. It didn’t work well at first. Okay, that’s for sure. Yeah. He’s, you know, an alpha male. He’s quarterback, head football coach, you know, all those stereotypes, you could picture them. And when we first started working together, it was, it was really awkward. It was really hard because I was treating him like

45:11
an assistant because I didn’t know what to have him do because I knew he didn’t know any of the things I knew yet. So rather than like teaching him those things or even recognizing the skills he already had, which were really financial and strategy and operations, I would whatever I didn’t have time to do, I’d be like, okay, okay, do this. Oh, give that back to me. I’ll know that’s not right. I’ll do it. You know, like really very passive aggressive. And it did a number on our

45:41
Marriage for a while. They’re like we didn’t it was not fun. So we went to marriage counseling I guess you’d call marriage counseling, but we really focused on how to talk to each other in that environment and It was there where he was most comfortable telling me like you make me feel inadequate. You make me feel like I’m Irrelevant unimportant. I want to be the provider. I don’t want to feel insignificant and

46:06
when you say this and he would give me specific examples, like when you would say, I need you to go do this for me or in, my business, you know, it was a language that I was using and, um, and you’re not recognizing the strengths that I have. And, and so that once we kind of realized like, Oh, we just need to be in very separate lanes and he needs to work in the lane. Like he is strong where I am weak. And so it was just honoring those areas where he’s really, really strong. And

46:35
And then eventually he started learning all of the everything that I know about marketing. now knows, and you know, we really do run the company together in that way. I think I am the face of the business more so, but we do our events together. He does a lot of the teaching. He teaches in a lot of our coursework. I just tend to be more extemporaneous and more, you know, about content and social, but it wasn’t, it wasn’t comfortable at first.

47:05
But now it’s just from learning to really communicate and remembering every single morning, the business is irrelevant. The only things that matter is our relationship and our family. So what can I do every single day when I wake up that he knows none of this matters, only you matter. Like you are my everything. And that shift has made us so much closer and it’s so much more fun and we have the same perspective.

47:34
You know, people just want to feel honored and important and significant and no one wants to feel bad about themselves and not every couple can work together. I’ll say that I know that not every couple can work together, but I do believe all of us, if we learn to communicate, it’s easier. I think everything that you mentioned there are mistakes that I’ve made. I think working with my spouse, I think it was also a matter of figuring out what the love languages were like hers is actually appreciation.

48:04
Mine is, it’s a good question. It’s physical and it is probably acts of service. Like I don’t need appreciation at all actually. Yeah. Yeah. Funny. Interesting. I also want to ask you how you got your kids into your business. Like Brock and you do a podcast. That’s awesome. Yeah. Yeah. Both of them are entrepreneurs.

48:28
In the truest sense now, when they, when I was young, I’ll start there because this is really something I learned from my own father, who’s a serial entrepreneur. When we were growing up, I didn’t know that we were poor. I didn’t know that we were broke. We, my dad had a million different businesses. And so I grew up watching him do everything from having a motorcycle shop to an antique shop, to selling tools, to doing large scale events and flea markets and.

48:56
I mean, you name it liquidations. So I learned very young that you just experiment. Also, when we were very broke, my parents were really great about the language they use. They would never say things like, uh, money doesn’t grow on trees or you, can’t afford that. Or what do you think we’re made out of money? You know, they would say to whatever request I had, that’s a great idea. Let’s figure out a way that you can make the money and then decide if you want to buy that.

49:24
So was also like, okay, you’re gonna make the money. And then once you have the money, you’re gonna have to ask yourself, do you really wanna spend your money on that? And so I had a great childhood learning how to make, how to hustle, how to make money. And that’s what I did. I paid my own way through college, obviously, and paid for everything. And I was so proud of the fact that I bought my first car when I was 15, that…

49:50
And I knew what that did for my confidence. And I told that story to everyone. Like it made me feel so invincible that I had the money to pay for college, that I had the money. Like my friends, all their parents bought them beaters. And I was, I kept upgrading cars and upgrading cars and upgrading cars because I knew how to buy and sell cars. And I bought them with my own money. And I wanted to tell everybody, I just felt invincible. I felt so great about myself, that confidence.

50:20
affected every area of my life and I thought if I can give that to my kids then I’m gonna win and I need to do that because We’ve got money my kids are not gonna think we’re broke, but I need them to know that’s my money That’s not your money, honey But I’m gonna teach you how to make money. And so from the time they were very young We told them as soon as they were able to understand like all this gonna be so exciting. Guess what? We’re not gonna pick out a car for you. You’re gonna be able to pick out

50:49
car you want because you’re gonna buy it yourself and we’re gonna help you got all this time to raise as much money as you can to do that and so they from the time they’re really young would have I I shouldn’t call them businesses because they really weren’t businesses but they would have money making ideas that would keep their interest for a couple of weeks they’d make some money and then they’d be done with it for a little while and then they come up with another idea and then another idea and we just kept accumulating their savings

51:18
I love it. Like we tried to start a t-shirt business with my kids and we actually made close to $1,000 with it. But like over time, they’ve kind of lost interest and I find myself like, I don’t want to have to push them to do stuff. Yes. Yes. That’s a great point. I don’t think that we should teach our kids to be adults. I think that we should teach them that they have the power to be resourceful, to solve a problem, to find something they’re interested in, make a little bit of money and then be done with it. I think it’s

51:50
unrealistic and probably detrimental to ask your child to run a business or to keep have that be their interest, you know, for more than a couple of months, really. I mean, nothing that my kids did were they interested in for more than a couple of months, but they were, but they loved the idea that they’re like, I’ve got an idea. And, know, then we would put up together a balance sheet and figure out how much money they had to start it and what it was going to cost them and what they could make. And so because of that, they realized

52:18
My interests are going to change all the time. And if an idea strikes me, I can sit down with a pen, a piece of paper, can crunch the numbers and see if this is a good idea and I can make some money and then I can be done with it. And that’s exactly what they did all through high school. Both bought their own vehicles and by my son’s sophomore year in college, he was he just graduated from UC Davis, but he was a scholarship athlete.

52:47
which means you’re going to be very, very busy. So he’s a scholarship athlete. That’s a full-time job. And on top of that, running his own private business online, he made over a hundred thousand dollars by his sophomore year. Wow. Which is great. Then he upgraded, know, he’s here. He’s a sophomore in college, um, buying his own Range Rover. Mom and dad are not paying for insurance. I’m not paying for car payments. I’m not paying for his travel and paying for nothing. And, and he loves to tell people.

53:16
That that’s his doing because it gives him such confidence Not that his parents are taking care of him, but that he knows how to take care of himself and my daughter the same thing I’m trying to do the same thing, but I also got grandma giving them like these large checks for Christmas. It’s hard. Okay, that’s okay My kids got that too from you know family and but that’s okay it what you really what we’re teaching them is you have the ability to solve problems

53:45
and create income and everybody does. So many people today, the thought of starting a business is intimidating. And I always tell people, don’t worry about starting a business, but you need an additional stream of income. One stream of income, whether that’s from a job or even one business right now, especially in this pandemic, we’re realizing more than ever is about the riskiest thing that you could do. So what would you say, Shailene, you got no money, where would you start?

54:14
I would market my skills. think there’s no cost of investment. You can do so today for nothing. mean, you know, you can start a MailChimp email list for free. can use social media to find customers for free. Almost every service that you and I originally had to pay tens of thousands of dollars for to offer people our services, they’re free now.

54:42
You can literally start today and it’s free. And no matter what it is, I guarantee there’s someone who is like, man, I’m in the middle of this. if I would just pay someone who would give me the shortcuts and tell me how to get through this divorce, I would pay someone who would tell me how to get my child through or organize their day so that they could really excel.

55:08
learning online. I would pay someone to help me figure out how to organize or redecorate my living room with the things that I already have in here, but I just need to stage it differently. Like anything that you’re thinking to yourself, oh yeah, but there’s a YouTube video that teaches that. It doesn’t matter. People want to learn it the way you offer it. Expertise is an intimidating word, but we all have knowledge and experience that other people can benefit from. And that’s where I would start. Absolutely.

55:38
For myself, when I started the e-commerce store, I wasn’t an expert. just literally just documented what I was doing and people read it. And then they treated me like an expert just because I was documenting myself. So that just kind of naturally happens. Yeah. And I don’t know why it is, but we’re so reluctant to charge for things if we feel like, but there’s somebody out there who knows more, right?

56:03
But we really shouldn’t because you know, you’re you’re just trying to help that person who maybe you’re just a couple of steps ahead of them. You don’t have to be the ultimate expert. I mean, I even today I think to myself, everyone knows more about fitness than me. I just know more than someone who’s just starting and I know how to have fun. And you don’t have to be the best. You just have to be a few steps ahead of somebody who needs your help.

56:32
No one else does a leg kick though. Pretty sure. Shailene, I don’t want to take up too much of your time. Where can people find you? Yeah, yeah. My website is shaleene.com. C-H-A-L-E-N-E.com. And I’d love for you to take a screenshot of this podcast and tag us. I love resharing that and finding out where people, that people listen to.

56:59
to podcast, that’s like a different type of individual. And those are my favorite people. So be sure to tag me on Instagram. I’m at Shalene Johnson. My mom was always like, how is your podcast successful? Like, why would people listen to you for an hour? And what was funny is I actually had my mom on the podcast. She actually is really impressive. She discovered a cure for a very rare disease. She came on and she got so many emails, like they emailed me and I forwarded them on to her that she was just so happy.

57:29
be recognized because before she didn’t think that what she was working on was that important because it really only affects like 10,000 people every year. Oh worldwide. So yeah, I gave it a little taste. Your mom and my mom must hang out because that’s my parents who are like, wait, you doing a what? I cast what? Yeah, but I was destined to be an engineer. So so funny. All right, Chailene, I really appreciate your time. Thanks a lot. Absolutely. It’s been my pleasure. Thanks, Steve.

57:59
Alright, take care.

58:02
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now Shailene is one of my favorite influencers in the world and she’s incredibly down to earth, motivational, and she knows her stuff. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 328. And once again, I want to thank Postscript.io, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

58:31
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T.I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store,

59:01
Head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and it’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

327: What It Takes To Make 6 Figures Of Profit In Ecommerce With Steve Chou

327: What It Takes To Make 6 Figures Of Profit In Ecommerce With Steve Chou

As a new entrepreneur, making 6 figures per year with an ecommerce store may seem insurmountable at first. So in this episode, I discuss how to overcome self-doubt and what it takes to make 6 figures of profit in ecommerce.

What You’ll Learn

  • Breaking down 6 figures in profit
  • Necessary skills to run a 6 figure business
  • How to overcome the doubters in your life
  • How much work does it take to make 6 figure income

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I’m going solo to address a specific segment of my podcast audience who are either running stagnant businesses that aren’t growing as fast as they would like, or for listeners who have yet to pull the trigger on entrepreneurship. I’m going to talk about the challenges that my wife and I faced early on and breaking down what it really takes to make six figures in profit.

00:26
which is what most people need to make in order to feel comfortable quitting their day job. But before I begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS, or text message marketing, is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store, and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript.io, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript?

00:53
It’s because they specialize in ecommerce stores and ecommerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too and with the holiday season rolling around, SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot I O slash Steve. I also want to thank Claviyo who’s also a sponsor of the show.

01:23
Now it’s safe to say that most of us have been doing more online shopping lately. And if you’re an ecommerce brand, that means you might be seeing more first-time customers. But once they’ve made that first purchase, how do you keep them coming back? That is what Klaviyo is for. Klaviyo is the ultimate email and SMS marketing platform for ecommerce brands, and they give you the tools to build your contact list, send memorable emails, automate key messages, and more. A lot more. And that’s why over 50,000 ecommerce brands like Chubby’s, Brooklinen, and Living Proof used Klaviyo to build a loyal following.

01:52
Strong customer relationships mean more repeat sales, enthusiastic word of mouth, and less depending on third party ads. So whether you’re launching a new business or taking your brand to the next level, Klaviyo can help you get growing faster and it is free to get started. So visit klaviyo.com slash my wife to create your free account. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. Now onto the show. Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter Job podcast, where we’ll teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle.

02:20
so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host, Steve Chu.

02:30
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. In this episode, I’m going to be talking about overcoming self-doubt in business and what it really takes to make six figures of profit in e-commerce. Now looking back, one of the biggest challenges of starting our e-commerce store was the lack of support. So for example, when we got started in 2007, we had no one to talk to, we had no one to share our experiences with, and we had no one to compare strategies with. And to make things worse, most people doubted that we would ever be able to replace my wife’s six figure income selling handkerchiefs online.

03:01
Now, if most of your friends work full-time day jobs, then most of them will be skeptical of your chances for success. And there will always be a small part of their mind that secretly hopes that you will fail. Now, your friends aren’t bad people for thinking this way. It’s just that human nature causes people to doubt any path that they have not chosen for themselves. Even though I run two seven-figure businesses, I still consistently get three to five emails per week from people who simply do not believe that money can be made in e-commerce

03:28
let alone six figures in profit in a single year. So for example, here’s an email that I received just the other day. Steve, your figures do not add up. There is no way that your wife made a hundred thousand dollars in profit in her first year doing most of the packing by herself. So first of all, making six figures within a year is not uncommon. In fact, it’s not even that impressive anymore. And I have over a hundred podcast guests that have well exceeded this number. Ryan Moran made seven figures in revenue with a profit margin of about 30 % in his first year.

03:56
Nemo Chu did something similar and one of the students in my class, Toni Anderson made 190 K in her first seven months selling jewelry online. Now making six figures per year with an e-commerce store may sound insurmountable at first, but let’s break down this number and take a look at it from a different perspective. A typical online store that sells other people’s products makes roughly a 50 % margin. So in order to make a hundred K you have to generate 200 K in revenue.

04:23
Now a typical Amazon seller makes a 33 % margin after all the Amazon fees and product costs. So in order to make a hundred K in profit on Amazon, you need to generate 300 K in revenue. But for our online store back in 2007, we imported all of our stuff from Asia and our margins were anywhere from 75 to 95%. So for us to make a hundred K in profit, we needed to generate between 105,000 and 133,000. But for the sake of simplicity, let’s just assume 125 K in revenue.

04:52
was required for us to make 100K in profit. Now note, back in the day, we ran everything from our garage and pretty much had zero overhead. We charged really high shipping rates as well, so we actually made money on shipping. Now, if you do the math, 125K divided by 365 days per year equals $342 per day. Now our average order size was around $50, so that meant we only needed seven orders per day to make $125,000 for the year. Just seven orders per day.

05:22
It doesn’t sound like a whole lot when you think about it that way, does it? Now, according to that reader’s email above, it is physically impossible to pack seven orders per day while working a full-time day job. But what do you think? Now, is it grueling work to have to pack orders for several hours after you’re already tired from working a long day of work? Absolutely. But is it impossible? Hardly. So first off, my wife was not alone. We packed orders together and we were a team. I got off work at around 6 PM.

05:50
ate dinner and then helped her pack until late at night. And here’s another little known fact about our business. I was actually in charge of doing all the sewing and embroidery for the first year. Now, why was this my job? It’s because even though sewing was one of my wife’s favorite hobbies, she actually hated doing it for the money. So rather than give up a potential cash cow that generated 95 % margins, I took the helm and operated the machines. Now I would come home from my 50 to 55 hour work week designing microprocessors

06:20
and then I would sew for several hours until all of our personalized orders were fulfilled. But realistically speaking, packing and shipping seven orders per day was not a big deal at all. And if you are determined, you can do it. Now here’s the thing. Back when my wife and I first started, there was no Amazon. There were very few, any, 3PLs and 3PL is a third party logistics firm, which is basically a fulfillment house for your goods. Now for more information, you can actually check out my post in the show notes on why you need a fulfillment center and my top 3PL picks.

06:49
In any case, as a result, my wife and I were forced to pack and ship all of our orders by ourselves. We had to carry inventory, which meant that we needed to dedicate space in our house to store our goods. Now today, that is obviously not the case. Thanks to Amazon FBA, you can actually ship all of your goods directly to Amazon’s warehouse and have them do the shipping and fulfillment for you. They will also handle all of your customer service. So you don’t need to pick up the phone. You don’t need a physical address for your company and you don’t need to handle returns.

07:18
And thanks to the rising popularity of e-commerce, there are also many 3PL companies that will handle all of your shipping and handling needs if you decide not to go the Amazon route. Also back in 2007, I only had a couple of choices from my website. I could either download an open source shopping cart and run my own server, or I could develop my own homegrown solution. There weren’t any good fully hosted shopping cart platforms at the time. And you actually had to invest a significant sum of money to get your website designed if you didn’t have any design skills.

07:47
but today you can sign up for a service like Shopify or big commerce and have a website up within a day. If you want a little bit more control, there are a plethora of open source options like open card, WooCommerce and press the shop. Putting up your own website has never been easier and it’s very affordable too. Now, once you have a product to sell, the next logical step is to drive traffic to your listings and complete the sale. However, most people struggle with this step and it’s true.

08:14
driving traffic to your own branded website is difficult and requires some amount of skill.

08:21
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

08:49
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

09:19
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now back to the show. Now that is why I actually recommend all beginners dip their toes in the e-commerce waters by selling on Amazon. Amazon has such an enormous built-in marketplace that any well-researched product you throw up will probably sell, especially during the holidays. Now, when I personally launched my first couple of products on Amazon, I literally made $3,000 in that first month.

09:48
doing absolutely nothing. My products had zero reviews. I didn’t do any giveaways. The products just sort organically all by themselves. And our sales have continued to increase month after month to the point now where Amazon is actually generating meaningful revenue. Anyway, here’s my recommended flow. If you want to get started in e-commerce, so start off by selling on Amazon and take advantage of Amazon’s vast marketplace to test the demand and viability of your products. And then only after you start making some decent money on Amazon,

10:17
put up your own branded website after you are generating consistent sales. And then continue to sell your products on as many different marketplaces as possible while focusing most of your efforts on your own website. Remember, if six figures is your end goal, then it helps to break down your problem into smaller pieces. Now, for my wife and I, we knew that we only needed six or seven orders per day to reach our goal. But if we thought about it in terms of making $100,000 in profit, we might’ve gotten discouraged early on when business was very slow.

10:47
So bottom line, when it comes to selling online, you don’t have to swing for the fences and start the next Google, Target or Walmart online. If all you want to do is replace your day job income, your goal is well within your reach. Now, hopefully I’ve shown you that replacing your day job income is not a huge undertaking when you break things down. And the key to success is not paying attention to the skeptics and the doubters. So bottom line, people who cannot relate with what you are doing will not necessarily support you.

11:14
and people who do not understand what you are trying to do are not good sources for advice. The best way to get real advice and support is from other like-minded entrepreneurs. So instead of relying on your friends and your family, join an entrepreneurship community or attend a conference and start meeting new people. So if you’ve made it this far, I want to let you know that I actually offer a free six-day mini course on e-commerce. You can go over to mywifequitterjob.com slash free to check it out and it is completely free. And I also run an annual e-commerce event called the Seller Summit.

11:44
which can be located over at seller summit.com.

11:49
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now because I’m much further along in my business today, sometimes I forget about how hard it was in the very beginning. So I hope that you got a glimpse of what it was like when I got started and that you have the motivation to press through the obstacles ahead. For more information about this episode, go to mywebquitterjob.com slash episode 327. And once again, I want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign.

12:18
Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

12:45
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog and if you were interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

13:14
My wife quit her job.com

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

326: How To Make 7 Figures Affiliate Marketing With Deacon Hayes

326: How To Make 7 Figures Affiliate Marketing With Deacon Hayes

Today I’m thrilled to have my friend Deacon Hayes on the show. Deacon is someone who I have known for a very long time and I have watched this guy go from making very little money to running a very successful blog within the span of several years.

Today he runs WellKeptWallet.com, which is a personal finance site that makes over 7 figures from affiliate marketing alone. And in this episode, we’ll learn how he did it.

What You’ll Learn

  • Why Deacon started Well Kept Wallet
  • How Deacon got out of $50K in debt in just 8 months
  • Where to find affiliate offers
  • How to drive traffic to affiliate posts
  • How to rank in search

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quarter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today I have my friend Deacon Hayes on the show and in this episode, we’re going to talk about how super affiliates make seven figures with their blogs. But before we begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Now it’s safe to say that most of us have been doing more online shopping lately. And if you’re an e-commerce brand, that means you might be seeing more first-time customers. But once they’ve made that first purchase, how do you keep them coming back?

00:29
That is what Klaviyo is for. Klaviyo is the ultimate email and SMS marketing platform for ecommerce brands, and they give you the tools to build your contact list, send memorable emails, automate key messages, and more. A lot more. And that’s why over 50,000 ecommerce brands like Chubby’s, Brooklyn and Living Proof, and myself, use Klaviyo to build a loyal following. Strong customer relationships mean more repeat sales, enthusiastic word of mouth, and less depending on third-party ads. So whether you’re launching a new business or taking your brand to the next level,

00:57
Klaviyo can help you get growing faster. And it’s free to get started. So visit klaviyo.com slash my wife to create your free account. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O.com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript.io for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store.

01:25
and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript.io, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price-well too, and with the holiday season rolling around, SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash steve and try it for free.

01:54
That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot IO slash div. Now on to the show. Welcome to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, where we’ll teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host, Steve Chu.

02:17
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have my friend Deacon Hayes on the show. And Deacon is someone who I met a while back at FinCon, or maybe it was Digital CoLab, I can’t remember exactly. But I’ve watched this guy go from making very little money to running a very successful blog within the span of just several years. Now what I like about Deacon is that he’s one of the nicest guys I know, always willing to help, and he’s got an interesting backstory as well. Once upon a time, he and his wife were drowning in debt.

02:45
and he ended up spending a lot of time learning how successful people handle their money. And 18 months later, he and his wife paid off over $50,000 in debt. And today he runs wellkeptwallet.com to help others make money and get out of debt as well. And this man also wraps children’s books for fun. What up Deacon, how are doing today, Good, How are you doing? Good. Are you still wrapping those children’s books? I don’t think I’ve seen one in a while. You know, I started in quarantine, but I’ve kind of paused it for now.

03:14
but I enjoy doing it. So Deacon, first off, sorry for taking so long to have you on the show. I mean, I’ve known you for many years. So in case the audience does not know who you are, give us a quick background on how you got the idea for Well Kit Wallet and how you got started. Sure. So when my wife and I first got married, I was selling wood floors. My wife was a new teacher, school teacher, and we had $52,000 debt. And like, oh my gosh, like we’re starting off in life and we’re in the negative. And on top of that, I had to

03:43
two different properties that were underwater, because it was the Great Recession, essentially. It’s more like, OK, we’ve got to figure out this money stuff. And so I started doing some research. I’ve watched Clark Howard in the past. And then I heard of Dave Ramsey. it’s kind of, what are people doing that are successful with money? Started applying some of those principles, one of those being the debt snowball by Dave Ramsey, where we paid off our debt smallest to largest and just tackled it. And after one was gone, we took the extra money, rolled into the next one.

04:09
And so I was like, man, this is really fun. Like this personal finance stuff is a lot more fun than selling wood floors. I, you know, I was kind like, how could I, how could I help other people with it? And so, you know, while we were paying off our debt, I created this site called wellkeptwallet.com and it was kind of, Hey, here’s how we bought a car for cash on Craigslist. And you know, here’s how we cut our grocery bills and how we use the envelope system, all this stuff. So we were able to pay off our debt, like you said, in 18 months. And it was just this great feeling. And I was like, man, I would love to figure out a way to do this for a living.

04:39
And so that’s kind of what started the journey of a block of wallet and figured out how do I turn this into a business? So was your blog your side hustle? I mean, did you have this blog before or after you got out of debt? Slightly before we got out of debt, started it. And it wasn’t a side hustle. No, it was literally just a blog, right? It was just my thoughts. Okay, so the blog didn’t help you get out of debt at all? It didn’t. No, I was delivering pizzas at night. I was selling stuff on eBay.

05:07
I was doing all sorts of stuff, but the blog at that point wasn’t making any money. So before we talk about your blog and actually how you make money with it, there’s actually a number of people listening to this podcast who are probably in a little bit of debt. And I often get email from these folks about wanting to start an online business. And the first thing I always tell them is you have to have a nest egg saved and be financially stable before you start a business. given that you are someone who got out of $52,000 in debt,

05:35
what is actually the best way to get out of it? And how did you do it? Like, what was your process? Really, what we started with was I had a forum that I called the financial game plan forum, where I put my budget and my network on one piece of paper. It was an Excel spreadsheet. And the reason why that was important to me was I wanted to be able to look at one sheet of paper and know where I am financially. And so it was really, what was really interesting about that was I had a car loan. And I’m looking at this one sheet of paper and I’m thinking,

06:04
wow, that car loans like 17 grand of the $52,000 of debt. Like how could I get out of that? And then I was like, oh, my wife, because I had the network statement on there, her car was worth $5,000. So I’m like, why don’t we sell my wife’s car for $5,000 and then buy two used cars with that money and then sell my car. And so it was really like putting everything on paper was the first step, right? And then looking at all the puzzle pieces and saying like, hey, what could I do to

06:33
get out of that faster, right? And so part of it was canceling our cable bill. Part of it was canceling my gym membership, because I never went to it. Now I wish I could go to a gym, or we’re in lockdown. So, but back then I wanted to cancel it. So we just went through line by line and said, hey, how can I make this smaller? So that was the next step. And then the third step was that debt snowball. So listing our debts smallest to largest and saying, hey, okay, I’ve got seven different debts to get rid of, let’s say.

07:03
you know, smallest debt goes on the top, biggest debt, which is student loans goes on bottom. And then we just tackled it, you know, first one, second one. And every time we paid off a debt, we just rolled the money that we’re paying on the first debt into the next step. So it seems a little counterintuitive. And I guess this gets into the psychological aspects. I don’t want to talk about Ramsey too much, but shouldn’t you pay off your highest interest debt first? you were robot, Steve, yes. And I think that’s where a lot of people get stuck is like, we’re not, we’re emotional beings. And because of that, that’s where the psychology kicks in and says,

07:33
Well, we need, we need success. We need wins that will motivate us and encourage us to keep going. If your, if your highest interest debt, you know, is a bigger debt, it’s going to take you a longer time and you’re going to feel like you’re getting nowhere and you’re not going be motivated to keep going. But if you can pay off a $200 debt, you’re like, wow, I just went from seven debts to six debts like that. Like, what could I do to pay off this next one? Right. You just start to get this motivation. so yeah, mathematically it makes sense to pay off the highest interest rate first, but

08:01
what I found from my personal experience and from the experience of other people that I’ve worked with, doing the best snowball is the most effective. Okay. And then when you started your blog, like how much you did it, you said when you were in debt, how much did it cost you to get that started? It was free, free 99. So I literally had whatever the, is it wordpress.com or whatever it was. was deaconhays.wordpress.com or something.

08:28
So it was completely free. didn’t have hosting. just started, you know, typing words essentially. Okay. And then when did you transition that over to well-kept wallet? Sometime I think in the first year. it was around, oh, it was 2010. So 2010, January 2010. Okay. So walk me through the chronology here. So 2010 is when you switch over. Was it making money at that point or no? No, no, I didn’t even know it. I didn’t even know it can make money. Once again, it was just a, this is something I’m interested in. Ah, okay.

08:57
All right, so it’s 2010, you switch over to Wellkip Wallet. Why did you actually move it over there in the first place? You had the plan at that point probably to make money, right? I didn’t. I think I was like, I don’t like using my name for brand stuff. And so it was more of like, how could I brand the website and start creating something that people would want to use versus like, who’s this Deacon Hayes guy, right?

09:26
So yeah, it was more of like, I should have a name for my blog and then, well then how do I do that to where I have a domain and all that kind of stuff. I think I did dabble in some other sites that I did want to make money with before WellCut Wallet. One was a layouts website for MySpace. It was called Layouts for Life. I don’t know if you remember MySpace, but. I do, but I don’t remember Layouts for Life or Layouts, yeah. Well, no, so you could customize your MySpace page.

09:52
And so you could get these layouts where you just copy and paste whatever the code was into your MySpace page. And it would, it would have that layout essentially, but it didn’t make any money. was a flop. But so I had some experience like making websites and dabbling in that stuff. And so I was just like, Hey, what can I do with this blog to make it better? Essentially. Interesting. Okay. So when did the money start coming in? Was that a long time later or. Yeah. So what’s interesting is, so I started getting some local news.

10:22
exposure about our story. And I want to say it’s like back in 2013, something like that. So it was a few years later and I had put AdSense on my site and AdSense doesn’t really make a lot of money. If you’re listening to this, it was one of those things where it’s like, you I might make pennies a month, you know, or maybe five bucks or something. But I got this, this, uh, it was like a local Fox station that syndicated it around the United States. And I made like,

10:50
a thousand dollars a day for like three days. And I was, I was just, I was floored. I was like, how is this possible? But it was because what happened, the news segment, the reporter said, Hey, do you mind if I film your budget on your website? And so they came up to my computer and they’re like filming it. And then they said that you could download it on my website. So all of a sudden, like all these people are going to my website to download my financial game plan form or whatever.

11:18
and I’m getting all this traffic and I’m making decent money. mean, a thousand bucks a day at that time, I was like, man, that’s probably more than I made in a month, you know, for those three days. So I was really excited about it. I’m like, oh, bastard’s potential here. How did you get that press mention?

11:35
That’s a really good question. think. Was it intentional or or was it just accidental? It was. So what happened was I had someone from the US News of World Report reach out to me and they had asked if I would share my story and I’m not really sure how they found it. But you know in the blogging community they could have been reading somebody else’s blog. I was sharing it on other sites or whatever. So anyways I shared it with them and then I just thought hey how could I get more exposure right? Like it’s great to get the national exposure is a way I do it locally.

12:05
So I think I just started contacting reporters and sharing our story and saying, hey, we’d love to kind of help more people. Would you be interested in, I think my phrase was newlyweds pay off $52,000 in debt in 18 months. And they were like, yes. Nice. And so is that the post or mention that kicked off your blog? And is that when you realized that you could actually make a living doing this? Yeah, well, that’s when I realized it was possible. here’s the challenge with press.

12:35
appearances is they’re very short lived, right? Yeah, that money that money dried up really fast, you know, so it’s like, it’s exciting in the moment, but then you’re like, gosh, I have to do this again. Like, how do I replicate what I just did? And so it wasn’t I didn’t really think, hey, I can make a full time living with it. But I’m like, hey, I know I can make money with it. But how can I make more consistent money? And so that kind of led a different pursuit. Okay, so it sounds like you were just kind of blogging leisurely just for the sake of documentation for three years.

13:02
this press mention hits, and then that’s when you realize that you can start taking this seriously. So how did you start generating that consistent traffic? Well, that’s when I discovered SEO, search engine optimization, and I realized that hey, Google, the biggest search engine, wants to send people to sites like WellCappedWallet, but they’ll only do it if the content on the site is quality content, and if it fits some certain guidelines.

13:28
Google has like, I don’t know, it’s a PDF that they have that they offer, you know, their 200 different metrics that are important to them. And I’m like, well, what are the top like 10 or 15? Cause I, I don’t really care about 200. I go crazy trying to figure that out, but I was like, okay, I’m just going to figure out what are the top 10 to 15 things that Google cares about and start writing my content that way. So then I started getting more consistent traffic, which made me think, oh my gosh, like this is something that I could quit my job over, right?

13:57
It was something that, if I could build this up, I can see that this could be a full-time living or maybe even better than what I was making in a nine to five job. I’ve seen the term quality thrown out a lot in terms of post content. What is considered a quality post? Without getting too technical, it’s an article that answers what the person is searching for. And so if you’re searching for something on Google, let’s say, and you’re like, I want to…

14:25
track my net worth, right? And you talk about, you know, celebrity net worth, well, that’s not really going to help them, right? They want to know like, no, how do I do it? And so you got to create a post that says, well, here are the steps. First, you need to list your assets. Second, you need to list your liabilities. Then you need to subtract your liabilities from your assets to get your net worth. Here’s the spreadsheet that I created, you know, so, and then here’s a, here’s a tool that if you don’t want to use a spreadsheet, that would do it automatically for you, you know? And so really just kind of being in depth.

14:55
and answering the user’s search query is kind of the basics of it. And then there’s a lot of technical sides of it, like what does the header say? What does the SEO title say? What’s the meta description say? All this kind of stuff. But at the end of the day, it’s like, does your content really answer what the person’s searching for? So given that content doesn’t really have a barrier to entry, and I guess you’re going for certain search terms when you write one of your posts.

15:20
Oftentimes when you type in one of these search terms, you’ll see a number of posts on the front page that all say similar things. What is something that you do to make it stand out? Your posts. Yeah, so I’ll play around with the title. I’ll usually look at what the top 10 results are and I’ll just say, hey, like what are they missing or use power words, right? Like easy, amazing, surprising, know, things that kind of get people to click because that’s kind of, that’s a huge thing is the click through ratio for Google. Like how often are they going to click on yours versus other results?

15:50
And so that’s one of the things that I do as far as the search goes. Another thing that I started doing is FAQs. So Yoast has an FAQs box where you can actually show in the Google search results, those questions. so, and I just learned something new the other day that you can actually link in those FAQ boxes so that people can go and they won’t even go to the page that’s ranking. They can click on the link in the FAQ box. It’s fascinating because it’s like you can almost…

16:18
answer their query and then lead them to the page for their next thought, right? Like you’ve answered their question and now here’s the kind of leading you to, okay, now that I answered that, what’s the next step? That’s interesting. I didn’t know you, I have facts on all of my high ranking posts. I didn’t realize you could insert links in there. The last time I tried it, did not work. Cool. What’s the secret? there, is it just something I just haven’t tried in a while and they just added that or? You know, I’m not sure. Larry’s the one that told me about it. So, you know, he’s a real technical guy. Right.

16:48
So yeah, I don’t really know the technical side of it, but it’s possible. I’m just curious, have you seen good results from those? So I’ve been doing it without linking, and I guess you occupy more of the search results there, but the fact that they’re not linking, sometimes I just get the answer and not click on anything. Have you seen good results from using the FAQ? No, I haven’t. It’s more, I’m just adding value to the page. I’m like, hey, what would this user want to know that’s relevant to that search query?

17:16
to keep them on there for longer, for longer dwell time, and to just have a better user experience. So yeah, I haven’t really seen from a search standpoint, like someone looking for an FAQ and coming to the page. It’s more just adding value to the page itself. OK. So would you say search is how you get most of your traffic? Yeah, that’s how we get the bulk of our traffic. OK. What are some of the other ways that aren’t search that you get traffic? Or do you just primarily focus on search? We primarily focus on search.

17:45
I we get some traffic from Pinterest and Facebook, but kind of like press, feel like it’s very hit or miss, right? Like you have to have something, I don’t want to say go viral, but you have to have something take off for it to really be noticeable. And we had seasons, like there was one season where I had one pin on Pinterest would drive a hundred thousand visitors a month, you know? And now that’s totally gone. I had one season where Facebook, I didn’t get a thousand clicks in a day. And now I’m happy if I get like 50, you know?

18:14
It seems like their algorithms change and they don’t favor businesses unless you pay ads, ad money. And so I just don’t focus a lot of effort there. We do do some Google ads and those we find to be profitable and helpful, but it’s very cost intensive. And in my mind, I’d rather rank from an SEO standpoint than pay for ads. Right. Yeah. Cause once you rank that traffic is free.

18:38
Actually, what I’ve found over the years is that SEO traffic is probably the most consistent. As you mentioned before, social media, like it might last like three days and then fizzle out if you happen to get lucky and hit something. And then Pinterest over the years, I feel has been changing their algorithms dramatically, as has Google. But for some reason, Google still remains pretty consistent for me. Yeah, same for me. Google is the most consistent and the algorithms definitely make an impact. Still, the traffic is significant. So it hasn’t really impacted us that much.

19:06
So let’s talk about how you make money. So part of the equation was building traffic and you’re doing that through search by targeting certain keywords and writing really good posts that answer a query’s question. So once you have that traffic, what are some of the different ways that you’re making money through blogging? So the first way was display advertising. once I had enough traffic, I switched off the AdSense because it was very nominal what they pay you. So I switched to an ad network called Mediavine and they pay significantly more.

19:36
And so that was the first way is to display ads, which most people are probably familiar with. Can you give us an idea of what like the increase was? Like how much were you getting from Google? And then what was the boost when you went to an ad network? I want to say it was four to five times. Really that high? Okay. So yeah, let’s just say if I was making, you know, a hundred bucks, it’d be 400 to 500 bucks, you know, from, from ads. So I haven’t done that in a while, Steve. So it could be, it could be, say the one to five range, like.

20:05
two to five range, It was significant enough to be like, hey, this is something you need to do right away. Then the next thing is affiliate. Really, that’s the bulk of our revenue now is finding, hey, what are brands that kind of help our readers, right? We want to help people make money, save money, pay off debt. And so what are brands that help people make money? Airbnb and Postmates and DoorDash and Instacart and Lyft and all that kind of stuff. And so it was just figuring out, okay, how do we get partnerships with those brands? And then how do we bring content that will send them traffic, you know?

20:35
And so that’s the bulk of our revenue is affiliates. And at one point we did do sponsored posts, but we no longer do those. Okay. So when you’re targeting like an affiliate post, do you come up with the post idea first, get it to rank and then look for affiliates or do you find an affiliate first and then just purposely write a post for that offer? Well, our content strategy today is much different than it used to be. Okay. So when I started, I was like, Hey, what can I just rank for? Right? Like I,

21:04
I was like, Hey, what, are some keywords out there that are interesting to me and that I could rank for? then, you know, I’ll either monetize it through display ads or affiliates if it made sense. And so now it’s much more targeted. So I’ll just kind of look, I’m kind of trying to find gaps. So content gaps and fill those gaps and say, Hey, if we want to, you know, rank for more investing related terms, then we need to have certain pieces of investing content that we’re missing. And we can see by looking at who else is ranking, like what.

21:33
what their content looks like and say, hey, maybe we need to add a post about like, what is a 403B? Because we’ve never talked about that. Or is a 529 plan the best for saving for college? Whatever it might be, just kind of looking for what are we missing on the site that could add more value to that vertical, that investing vertical. And so we’ve been doing a lot of that. And we do have affiliates that are kind of in mind with that content that we write. So that implies then you’re just trying to get the traffic first then, right?

22:03
Right. Yeah, it’s good. I feel like it’s similar to like the startup model where you’re like, Hey, I just want to get users. And then once I have users, I kind of figure out how to monetize it. Okay. But now I think we’re a little bit, you know, the next step, it’s like, okay, yeah, we now have the relationships. And now how do we get more users to those relationships, you know, our more readers, you know, I see. And then where do you find most of your affiliates? Do you use the affiliate networks? Or do you actually go out and

22:31
search for specific affiliates that are applicable to the post that you’re writing. So we do both. So well, we have affiliates that were like, let’s write this content and have these affiliates do it. But then we might say, hey, you know what? There’s other brands that we’re mentioning in here that we should look to see if they have affiliate programs. And so we’ll just Google like, you know, brand name, affiliate program and see if they have it. Or I have a virtual assistant. She can look inside some of the networks that we’re already a part of.

23:00
like CJ or Impact Radius or FlexOffers and see if they have a program in there, we could just sign up for it through that platform and makes it a lot easier. So we gotta do both. I know when you just Google companies, it seems like a lot of companies are not a part of any affiliate networks. Does that mean like you have like a spreadsheet of all these different affiliate programs? And like sometimes, I know for me in the past, like I’ve had some individual affiliates that I’ve agreed to.

23:27
refer people to and then at some point, like no one was enforcing that they were gonna pay and sometimes if I didn’t ping them, I wasn’t getting paid. Do you have that problem also? Probably do, I just don’t, I don’t check. Okay, so your VA takes care of all that? So we have a spreadsheet that we have all of the contact information and the links and for all of our affiliates.

23:52
I bet you that would be a good exercise now that you say it to kind of go through and say, Hey, look for the ones that are out of network, like direct relationships, and then just make sure that we’re getting paid for them. I mean, I have had that in the past where there are certain brands that require an invoice. And I’m like, it’s, it’s, it seems so like 1999 because I’m like, okay, so you want me to log into your platform and get the numbers that you provide in your platform and create an invoice on my end and then send it to you.

24:22
I’m like, why don’t you just pay me what’s inside your platform, the numbers that are your platform? Because that’s what 95 % of affiliates do is they literally just deposit ACH money into our account. We don’t have to send an invoice, we don’t have to do anything. But some of them require an invoice, which is just, it’s a bunch of, it seems like bureaucracy where you’re like, okay, I just gotta do this to do it. And so we do have process for that where we have like a handful of affiliates where we have to send an invoice and kind of do that process.

24:52
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

25:21
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

25:50
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show.

26:01
Interesting. I’ve never encountered like if I had to send an invoice, I probably wouldn’t do it. Maybe that’s their strategy. Like it, you’re probably most people probably aren’t going to send an invoice in so they don’t have to pay out. Yeah. But what I mean, one of, one of them is like pays out five to seven grand a month. so you’re like, I’ll send out an invoice. Okay. Yeah. Maybe I would say it takes like 45 seconds or whatever, because you can just duplicate an old one and then like update the information and send, you know, it’s not hard. Right. Right. It’s just tedious, I guess. Right.

26:30
Okay, so when it comes to getting traffic, let’s talk about SEO for a little bit here. Is your strategy quality and quantity, or do you just kind of focus on putting out, like how frequently do you actually put out a post? Oh, see, this is tough. I’ve changed, like, I feel like schizophrenic sometimes, you know, because it’s like, at one point, I’m like, I’m gonna publish every day. So I was doing one a day, right? So I was doing 30 a month. That’s crazy. And now we’re doing like six, you know, so it’s drastically different.

26:58
But I think the reason is, there’s the information is, is constantly changing. And so it’s kind of like being able to adapt quickly to being like, Hey, Google at one point, it seemed like they like fresh quality content on a regular basis. And we were rewarded for that. And then it just seemed like, Hey, we’re pumping out content every day and Google’s not really breaking it. Like what’s going on here? So I kind of pulled the brakes and said, Hey, okay, let’s not just write content to write content. Let’s write content with purpose and let’s figure out.

27:28
where the gaps are and what the readers need and what we want to rank for, what affiliate relationships are important to us. And just kind of combine all that data and say, okay, we’re to write these posts because it’s going to serve the readers this way. And it’s going to help us grow our affiliate relationships and revenue, you know? So it’s just much more thought out now, but where before it was kind of the wild west where it’s like, oh, I can rate for this. Let’s just write it, you know? So it’s, yeah, it’s more pulled back, more about quality, less about quantity.

27:56
and just making sure that it really kind of fits all those parameters. Once you write a post, you do anything to promote it? So we have all the standard social media channels, so Instagram, Pinterest, Facebook, Twitter. So it goes through all those channels. And then I have an email list. I’m not a big email guy. Yeah, let’s talk about that actually. So why aren’t you a big email guy?

28:19
I’m an inbox 10 guy. used to be inbox zero, but I feel like it’s unrealistic. I’ll send you like at zero and then someone sends you an email. So I like to like keep it clean and I only want to get emails from people. Like I only get from like actual personalities, like two emails. Like I just described to two different people. James Clear, who wrote Atomic Habits. Atomic Habits. I love his emails. Like I’ll read all of them every time he sends one. And then Jim Wang is another one from

28:49
wallet hacks. But because there’s two guys I respect and I think they’re really good at what they do. And so for me, like, email is I don’t want to try to spam or I don’t know, I that’s how I operate. And I I’m sure there’s a lot of opportunity there. See, we have like 20,000 people on our email list. But I stopped growing it. Actually, I took our email opt in off the site for interesting for the pop up. Because because what I thought was like, what? What is my route?

29:19
like for success and my route for success is right high quality traffic or high quality content that gets traffic from Google. And so it’s kind of like focusing on the one thing I was building this email list and then it cost me more to maintain and then I’m adding all this tracking. It cost me more to have administration. Um, I don’t have a course that I’m pushing, so I don’t have that, you know, side of it. Cause I know it works really well if you have courses that you’re trying to, you know, to sell. know, I know that that’s one of your things, right? Yeah.

29:48
For me, it’s just one of those things that’s, it’s not my primary focus. And I’ve hired a girl and we did a survey of our email list and then we crafted emails with affiliate intent and we’re tracking it. And it works a little bit, but nothing is as quality conversion-wise and ROI-wise as Google traffic. Interesting. So pushing affiliate offers through email wasn’t working for you?

30:13
It isn’t. I think the challenge is think about like Google search. It’s so specific. Like they’re looking for an answer to a problem, essentially, right? They’re saying, hey, I want to learn how to budget or I want to learn how to get out of debt or whatever it might be. And then you’re providing them that data versus I have them on an email list and I’ve segmented them, but they’re not really, it’s like almost I have to warm them up, right? And kind of say, okay, well,

30:42
If you’re in debt, are you serious enough to get out of it? And if you’re serious enough, are you willing to pay for this service or refinance that and go through all the different steps? So it seems like a longer funnel and a harder funnel than Google traffic. Interesting. I think maybe it just has to do with the nature of our audiences too. Maybe for your audience, since they’re trying to get out of debt, is that the majority of your folks? Maybe they just don’t have the money to spend on stuff as much. Yeah, it used to be. think we definitely have

31:11
change because we have offers that are just for accredited investors and we convert those offers. So we definitely know we have wealthy people that decide as well. But I think, yeah, in large part, it’s people struggling with their finances and trying to get ahead. Okay. Yeah. So the audience probably plays a huge role in that. Yeah. And I think you write about, like, I follow your blog, you write a lot of about a lot of different topics. And so it seems like maybe you’re even with like the best segmentation.

31:36
It seems like your audience is interested in a wide variety of things, whereas like on my blog, everyone’s interested in one thing pretty much. Yeah, and that makes a huge difference, right? Because you can create kind of a community around that one thing. I’ve tried to create communities within like Facebook groups and stuff, but because it’s so broad, it’s hard for people to rally around, I have a debt pursuit one and that was really good, but then once people pay off debt, they’re kind of like not really active anymore. Right, yeah, that makes sense.

32:03
I had a financial independence one, that one did better. But yeah, so definitely the audience can make a difference when it comes to email. Deacon, how much time do you spend on your blog every week? So it’s different now. I’ve been down to like less than five hours a week. Oh, wow. Okay. How are you able to do that, by the way? Outsourcing. So basically finding quality people that can, you know, I create videos, tutorials that show them how to do certain things and then

32:32
I kind of automated the blog. In fact, I think there was a month where I didn’t work at all and we still made great revenue. So, what I found, what I found with that though, it’s fascinating is like, you find, you feel like you have a lack of purpose. You’re like, what, what do I do here? Like, why, why, you know, like if I get, if my site runs, like, what am I, what am I supposed to be doing with my life? You know, like, so it’s kind of depressing because you’re kind of like, Hey, I want to add value and I want to be part of the team, you know? And so.

33:01
I work a lot more now. I probably work like 25 to 35 hours a week on it now. Are you doing much of the writing now or? No, I don’t do any writing at all. Okay. But it’s more like technical stuff now. It’s kind of like, hey, how can I improve the table of contents? And hey, can I get a plugin for related posts? And, you know, how can I get one that doesn’t impact the page speed? And, you know, so it’s kind of more like

33:27
how to run the site, how to make it better, how to make user experience better and less about the actual content. So strategy as opposed to the nitty-gritty. Right. High level strategy. Where did you find your writers? Most of them came from the FinCon community. Okay. And so, you know, there’s a lot of financial bloggers that go there and they’re looking for, you know, revenue. And so that’s where I found most of them. Okay. So you don’t hire any writers from like overseas or anything like that.

33:53
I do so I own other sites which we haven’t really talked about but I do own other sites and I do have two writers from overseas for those sites They’re really good and they’ve written for big sites and so it’s actually so we use their name and everything It’s it’s not like we’re hiring someone to go straight from overseas We’ll hire them and they’ll have their tag their what’s it called byline or whatever So you don’t have to talk about the specific name of those other blogs But is the strategy the same or there’s more niche blogs? So those are just

34:21
Yeah, it’s very similar strategy, but it’s different niches for sure. So yeah, the idea is, I bought some older sites that were from the nineties that had significant domain authority and just said, hey, how could I recreate what I did with WellkeptoWallet with these other sites in different niches, hire writers. And it just happened to be that these overseas writers were the best options. Like we posted a job on ProBlogger and got hundreds of people.

34:48
And these two people like literally had written for huge sites and we read their content and we’re like, wow. So they just happened to be like, if I would have found people locally, I would have paid people locally, but they happened to be from overseas. So without giving the exact number, can you give a range of how much a writer costs in the U.S. versus your overseas writers? Okay, so when I say overseas, like one of them’s in the UK, right? it’s like okay, So not Asia, right? Yeah, so, but it is cheaper. So I would say like,

35:18
What would normally cost me to say $300 on WellCamp wallet will cost like a hundred bucks on these other sites. Oh, wow. Okay. So it is, it is less. This is another struggle for me. It’s like, you can hire writers that will, you know, write an article for 50 bucks, you know, but I’ve done it. And then you have to do so much editing and it’s just, it’s not worth it. And so to be able to have people that are kind of seasoned that know what the format should be like, what good content looks like.

35:47
like we just pay more now. So we pay like 10 to 15 cents a word typically for a well-kept wallet. And then the other one, I think it’s like five to eight cents a word or something like that. So it’s significantly cheaper for those other sites. So given that you’re paying for these posts, like the intention is that, well, actually what is your intention on it making money? Well, so the intention is it’s kind of like a win-win-win scenario. That’s the one thing I always wanted with business was how do you get something that doesn’t

36:16
But someone doesn’t feel like they’re getting taken advantage of. Right. And so in the affiliate model, the idea is, is we write this piece of content. It’s well researched. It’s well edited, factual. It ranks in Google. So when someone searches something, we’re answering their query and we have an affiliate in there that’s going to help them achieve their goal. Right. And so, so the affiliates happy because they get a good customer. The person searching is happy because they get an answer to their problem. And we’re happy because we’re making money. Right. So it’s win, win, win.

36:45
So that’s kind of the intention of it. It’s like, hey, how do we create this quality content in these different verticals to help solve people’s problem and make money at the same time? in terms of time frame, do you have some certain expectations that this post is going to start generating money? So within three to six months is typically where we want to see a break even. So meaning if I spend $300, I want to make my $300 within six months. That’s kind of my metric.

37:14
So I have a spreadsheet where I have a break even number and that’s kind of what we’re going for. Interesting. So that implies that that post starts ranking within three to six months for something. Correct. And so here’s the beauty of higher domain authority sites is they rank so much faster. We can rank something on the second page of Hugo within 48 hours. so it’s, and then at that point it’s like, oh, well how do I get it to the first page? Well, I need to add internal links. Maybe add it if I’m doing a

37:42
writing an article for another publication, like add a link to it there. So yeah, mean usually with higher domain authority sites, you can rank within 48 hours somewhere on Google. And then it’s just a matter of how do I get up the ladder. So with that strategy, like if you were starting from complete scratch from the very beginning, how would your strategy be different for a beginner? I don’t advise that. No, no, so I say that kind of flippantly.

38:11
It’s totally possible. Like I’ve seen sites that started from scratch in the past couple of years and have done really well. It’s just really a grind. So I will say here’s the, here’s the number one thing I’d say, get as much press as possible. I think that if you’re going to start something, uh, you gotta have a story that you can put out there to the press. So that’s, and at least that’s from my experience, right? Like we paid off 52 grand in 18 months. I use that story. I reach out to different outlets. It’s it, that’s.

38:40
that’s a valuable story to them. We get links back to the site that are valuable because they’re high domain authority sites. Like that’s the quickest and best way to get authority in the right stuff. Can we talk about that process actually? What is your process for getting press with a good story? We subscribe to Haro, help a reporter out and they’ll send emails three times a day. So morning, afternoon and evening. And they’re asked, these are reporters asking for someone to help them with the story.

39:10
So it’s perfect for pretty much anybody because they’ll ask for, Hey, we need an attorney to talk about this. We need a personal finance expert to talk about that. We need, uh, you know, uh, a consumer electronics expert to talk about this. Like, so any different vertical, they’ll have these reporters that are looking for someone to answer their questions essentially. So we use that as one of the ways. Now I have relationships here in, Arizona, where I am, where we can reach out like during different times and say,

39:39
You know, right at the beginning of the coronavirus, I started a thousand dollar savings challenge and I reached out to one of my contacts at, it’s like CBS5 here and said, hey, you know, we’re doing this challenge where we want to help people save a thousand dollars as quickly as possible. And they came to my office and filmed it. It was like, so, you know, once you have those relationships, create a spreadsheet and say, hey, here are all the people I talked to, here’s their contact, you know, email, here’s the last time I worked with them and then just reconnect with them on news story ideas.

40:08
What is your hit rate on Harrow? curious. Mine’s pretty low. It is pretty low. I think that’s changed over time too. I would say, gosh man. Is Harrow part of your regular strategy today or is it more something you did early on? We did it, over the past year we did a lot of it, but we’ve scaled back. So I would say, I don’t know, maybe one out of 20 pitches. Something like that. So it’s definitely a volume game and I have an assistant that does it.

40:37
So it’s not like I’m doing those pitches. So somebody else does it on my behalf and they have access to a lot of data and info of like, here’s what I believe in, why, and here’s I would say and why, that kind of stuff. Do you pay for the Haro membership? No, I use the free version. You use the free version, okay. I’m a frugal guy like you, man. So I actually pay someone to do my Haro for me and he has a premium subscription. And I think you get all the queries like an hour before or something like that. So your chances are much higher. Yeah.

41:07
Yeah, I believe it. But once again, like, and that’s the thing, like, I did that grind for so long, I’m like, I’m 10 years into it now, where I’m like, I don’t wanna do that again. But if we see one that like really shouts like, oh, this is something that I should answer or I should be a part of, then we’ll do it. Let’s talk a little bit about ads. I know you don’t spend a lot of money on ads, but you do run them. So what is your strategy with ads? And how do you know that you’re ROI positive on them? Yeah, so.

41:35
There’s a lot of parts, moving parts to it. So we look for keywords that we’re going to get a good ROI on. use a couple of tools. We use a tool called the Click Meter, which tells us where the conversion comes from. And then I use Google Data Studio where I can pull in the Click Meter data and the AdWords data into one page spreadsheet essentially, it’s on my, it’s not a spreadsheet, whatever. It’s on the website on Google Data Studio.

42:01
where I can see, here’s how much we spent on the ad and here’s how much revenue came from the ad. And so that’s kind of the nuts and of it. And then Clickmeter, is that supported by most affiliates? You have to be able to do a post-back link. And I would say 80 % of our affiliates have post-back capabilities. Okay, because they’re in the finance area. Is that why? I mean, that’s probably part of it just because that, I mean, a lot of these have figured out like, hey, if we want to be successful, we need to offer this capability.

42:31
I’m sure other niches have it as well because CJ has more than just personal finance, know, flex offers, impact radius. Yeah. So it’s really the main networks, you know, like if you, if you sign up for them, they have that capability. Okay. And then Deacon, for anyone who’s who wants to get started doing what you’ve been doing for the past decade, it sounds like what’s the best advice you would give them for someone starting out? I think that the best thing would be, it has to be something that you’re interested in.

43:00
and something that you can kind of see through. think, like I had a buddy that had like a mattress website and he did okay, but it just wasn’t like something he was interested in. I think more times than not people give up if they’re not really interested in the topic. If you’re like, I’m just doing this to make money. I think for me that’s like, hey, paying off debt and getting out of debt was really interesting to me. It was a fun process. And so therefore, even though I didn’t make money with it at first, I just kept writing and I kept going.

43:29
And I’m glad I did because I was able to quit my job and make more money than I ever did in the corporate world. And so it’s really one of those things like, so that’s the first thing. And then the other thing is craft the story around that, right? Like even if you don’t, if you didn’t pay off 52 grand in 18 months, it could be like, Hey, my name is Steve and I graduated from an Ivy league school and I didn’t want to go the traditional route. I wanted to go the entrepreneurial route. And so instead of, you know, being an engineer,

43:58
I created a business, you know, and so how I kind of buck the trend of conventional America to start my own seven figure business or whatever. know, like figuring out whatever that story is. So Deacon, if you were to start over from scratch now, knowing what you know, what would you think your timeframe would be to make six figures in revenue?

44:21
Realistically, I’d say two to three years. Okay. I’d say, and not expect anything for the first six months to a year. So that’s why, to your point earlier, we didn’t want to talk about building up a nest egg before you do the switch is huge, right? So I think we had like six months to a year in living expenses saved up for me to quit my job and start working on my blog. So really it’s kind of like, Hey, that you’re going to live off of that potentially while you’re building up, whether it’s an e-commerce business or a blog.

44:50
and just kind of say, I’ve got this money set aside for the specific fact that I gotta pay my bills while I’m building up this business. Yeah, it took me three years to hit six figures, I remember, and then it kind of hockey-sticked after that. But I remember those first couple years were a grind, like you said. I would actually advise anyone who’s listening to this to start their business while they still have a full-time job, and that way there’s no stress involved and…

45:18
there’s no outside influences to make rash decisions just to make money sooner rather than later. Yeah, absolutely. So that’s the same thing here is I started my blog, I was wood flooring and I actually became a financial planner because I was like, oh, that’s the next best step. So I did that for about three years, I think, before I actually quit. So it’s like, start the blog, work in the traditional world, build up a nest egg for six months to a year and then I…

45:45
Deacon, where can people find your blog and get ahold of you if they have any questions about getting out of debt or starting a blog? Yeah, best place is wellkeptoallet.com. I’m also on Twitter, at Deacon Hayes is the symbol. Cool, and you go into any events, anytime in the near future? Man, I’d love to go to FinCon if it’s gonna happen. It’s just so, you know, with COVID and everything, it’s tough to figure out. So if that happens, I’ll be going to that, otherwise.

46:13
I’m just gonna do virtual events for now. Yeah. Cool, Deacon. Well, hey, thanks a lot for coming on the show, man. It was a long time coming. Yeah, thanks for having me. All right, take care.

46:26
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now Deakin is a master of SEO, outsourcing, and extracting out every last dollar from his blog posts. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecoderjob.com slash episode 326. And once again, I want to thank Postscript.io, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

46:54
That’s P-O-S-T-S-C-R-I-P-T.I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, open back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store,

47:23
head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

325: Alex Beller On How To Do SMS Marketing The Right Way

325:  Alex Beller On How To Do SMS Marketing The Right Way

Today I’m thrilled to have Alex Beller on the show. Alex is the founder of Postscript.io which is the SMS platform that I’m currently using for my ecommerce store.

In just 6 short months, SMS marketing with Postscript has become one of my top 5 revenue drivers! Today, we’re going to talk about the ins and outs of SMS marketing from someone who lives and breathes it.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Alex founded Postscript.io and the inspiration behind the company
  • The best way to implement SMS with an ecommerce store that sells physical products
  • How to build an SMS list quickly

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit or Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I’m thrilled to have Alex Beller from PostScript on the show to talk about the ins and outs of SMS marketing. And in just six short months, SMS marketing has already cracked my top five marketing channels for my store, and you’ll learn a lot from this episode. But before we begin, I want to thank PostScript for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list.

00:29
And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my eCommerce store. And I couldn’t have done it without Postscript.io, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in eCommerce stores and eCommerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it’s price well too. And with the holiday season rolling around,

00:59
SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, who is also a sponsor of the show. Now it’s safe to say that most of us have been doing more online shopping lately. And if you’re an e-commerce brand, that means you might be seeing more first-time customers. But once they make that first purchase, how do you keep them coming back? That’s what Klaviyo is for. Klaviyo is the ultimate email and SMS marketing platform for e-commerce brands.

01:28
And it gives you the tools to build your contact list, send memorable emails, automate key messages, and more. A lot more. That’s why more than 50,000 ecommerce brands like Chubbies, Brooklinen, and Living Proof use Klaviyo to build a loyal following. Strong customer relationships mean more repeat sales, enthusiastic word of mouth, and less depending on third-party ads. So whether you’re launching a new business or taking your brand to the next level, Klaviyo can help you get growing faster. And it is free to get started. So visit klaviyo.com slash my wife to create a free account.

01:56
That’s KLAVIO.com slash my wife. Now on to the show.

02:18
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Alex Beller on the show and Alex is someone who I was introduced to by my friends over at Gorgias because I was looking for an SMS provider and I’m really glad that they did. Alex is the founder of Postscript.io, which is the company that I use for my text message marketing and they specialize in e-commerce, which is what initially attracted me to them and they’re reasonably priced and very easy to use. And since I’m a geek, I like how they have an API so I can do some more advanced stuff.

02:48
Anyway, I brought Alex on today to give us an overview of SMS marketing, how it works and how you can use it to grow your e-commerce business. And with that, welcome to the show Alex, how are you doing today? I’m doing great. Thanks for having me, Steve. I’m excited for this conversation. Yeah, I appreciate your patience. So what ended up happening this morning is I rebooted my Windows PC and all of a sudden it decided to install like 30 updates. And so I had to scramble and switch over to another computer and Alex was very patient. So I appreciate it.

03:18
No worries. So Alex, give us the quick background story and tell us how you got started with SMS marketing and how did you decide to start Postscript? Cool. So this goes back to the fact that I’m an e-commerce person. So before starting Postscript, I worked in e-commerce on the brand side for six years. And most of that was spent at a company called Stack Commerce in Venice, California. And what Stack Commerce does

03:48
is they’re an e-commerce platform that owns and runs and operates storefronts on behalf of digital publishers. So the way to think about it is like the Mashable store or the CNN store, Companies like that, that they depend on advertising, but they’re getting more and more interested in commerce revenue. That company, Stack Commerce, builds and operates branded storefronts and does all the sourcing and the fulfillment and the customer support. So it’s like a new revenue channel for those online publishers.

04:17
And so I got exposed to e-commerce through that. And it was very hands-on, very tactical, lots of like time-spending Google Analytics, optimizing marketing channels and things like that on behalf of these clients. And when I was there, a few different things happened. So the first was, because this was over the last like eight or nine years we’re talking about, it really became clear that every single year, mobile traffic as a percentage of

04:47
e-commerce traffic was just increasing. Every single year, the mobile share was getting larger and larger. And at the same time, we were seeing email performance, not decline by any means, but more just sort of plateau. It’s at that point, such a used and established channel. And so me and my now co-founder, who also worked with me at StatCommerce, I have two co-founders, but one of them, one you know, Adam, we were curious about like, what is the mobile first retention channel?

05:17
What is email for our phones? mean, this is the new platform that we’re spending all our time on and acquisition is huge there and Instagram and Facebook mobile ad programs are like huge sources of customers. But what’s the retention channel for it? Is it email or is it something else? And then that’s all the context. But then a friend of Adam’s who ran a lifestyle business on Shopify was complaining to him one day that

05:46
he didn’t have an easy way to text his customers. And so that seemed like a very specific problem for us to potentially solve, which is a good thing. I mean, you’ll relate to this because you if you like, you’re an entrepreneur and you think so much in terms of entrepreneurship. When we were getting started, the thought process was we want to make a product that we can sell to businesses. We want something with organic distribution, which in this case would be the Shopify app store.

06:15
a way to get our first customers just without paying for it or without chasing them. And the third was we wanted to be able to get our first customer within 90 days of starting to build the product. And so we didn’t know exactly what we were doing and we weren’t that familiar with this e-commerce ecosystem with all the platforms and the huge amount of entrepreneurship going on. But we immediately saw installs and customers. And just every single month it slowly grew to the point where after about three months,

06:45
We applied to Y Combinator and we got in and we went through that route and we went full time on what we originally thought was just going to be like a small side project that would be like a niche offering. And the reason is because it was more than just us thinking about mobile retention. And over the last two years since we’ve launched, which was in September of 2018, we’ve seen SMS go from like,

07:12
an idea that people are very skeptical about to what’s becoming a, still very early, but what’s becoming like a mainstream marketing channel in e-commerce. And so there’s lots of different ramifications of it, but it’s been really exciting to watch us go from the like skeptics phase into the early adopter phase where, you know, best practices are getting established and there’s just all kinds of interesting stuff going on.

07:36
So let’s talk about the skeptics, because I would say maybe last year or maybe a year and a half ago, I was one of those skeptics. And I’m pretty sure that there’s a lot of people in the audience that are skeptics. So let’s start from the beginning here. SMS text message marketing, people usually get texts from their friends and that sort of thing. And I’m sure there’s a lot of people listening to this thinking to themselves, I can’t imagine getting marketing messages in my SMS inbox.

08:05
What are just some typical response rates for text messages when consumers receive them from a company? Sure. So there’s a bunch of data around this. So response rates tend to be really high, but there’s still a lot of noise there. So even if you see 5 to 10 % responses, people texting back on an SMS campaign, not all of them are going to be

08:32
the most cogent things because people just were so comfortable sending texts. It’s not like an email that we perfectly format. So the funny thing is a brand will probably see a wide spectrum of texts from people saying, wow, this is awesome. I love this to, Hey, who is this? I’m driving. I’ll call you later on to like, you know, stop, which is how users unsubscribe. But the more interesting thing for me is the difference we see brand to brand. And this part’s a little predictable.

09:02
But if a brand is kind of approaching SMS, which is this new high engagement marketing channel, if they’re approaching it with their customer interests at the forefront, and if they’re using a personal voice, and if the brand is something that people feel loyal to, maybe because it’s high quality products or they have a great voice, we run sentiment analyses on the background on SMS responses. And brands like that, their users are replying in much, much, much happier ways.

09:32
So the example I’ve been using lately, there’s a company called Bloom, B-L-U-M-E. And they do really creative stuff with their SMS program where I’ve been on their list for maybe six weeks, their post-script customer, and twice they’ve sent out a campaign with a Starbucks gift card so that anyone that they’re sending it to can go get a free drink at Starbucks. they’re running, I saw because I was talking to their team,

10:02
currently running a book club with some of their users through SMS. Like there’s like 40 or 50 people that they’re like all like reading together. And so that’s like a very, very non spammy way to think about the channel is like, how can we just engage and retain and like be authentic with our brand voice to our most valuable customers verse the email first approach of like sending a 10 % off code.

10:29
four times a week to your entire list. That just doesn’t work with SMS. What does Bloom sell? Bloom sells, I want to get the exact right wording, it’s like feminine self-care. So it’s everything from like razors to skin products to acne oil to I think like feminine hygiene. Interesting. So they’ve just started a community, I guess is what it sounds like. Yeah. And that’s certainly one extreme, but

10:59
even more in the middle, like taking an automation heavy approach using campaigns or broadcasts, using them sparingly, writing texts so that they’re like in the voice of a human, maybe even personally coming from like the founder or figurehead of a brand. All of those are ways to just take a more targeted, more tailored approach than what’s standard in email that people like because they don’t want to hear from a brand four times a week via text. But

11:27
they might want to hear about really relevant things through text because they’ll actually see it. I know for myself personally, I only have maybe like a handful of companies that I let text message me. Can you just kind of comment on the differences in behavior for email versus text from the point of view of a consumer? Yeah, that’s actually a pretty insightful comment because we have this theory where there’s going to be a cap. So we don’t know it’s.

11:54
It’s still sorely in the channel. We don’t know where it’ll happen yet, but we think to your point that people will probably top out at a certain number of brands that they like welcome and sign up for via SMS, right? Maybe it’s five, maybe it’s 10, maybe over the next couple of years it’s 15. It’s certainly not the 200 different email lists I’m signed up for. So with that, we also think there’s this like first mover advantage in this space where people who are working on building their channel now,

12:23
and are taking care of those users and not just driving unsubscribes, they’re gonna have an advantage in the long term. So can we talk about, I guess, strategy for a little bit? So let’s say I have an e-commerce store and I have email, I have SMS, and let’s say I have chat as well, or messenger marketing as well. How do I grab those? Since everyone you said has like a limited attention span for SMS, how would I run these differently than an email campaign? Yeah, so the omni-channel question varies brand to brand.

12:53
But the best practices that I’ve seen come up change a little bit based on stage. So here’s what I mean. If someone is collecting subscribers in different ways and they’re just getting started with SMS, there’s a pretty good chance that their subscriber lists across different marketing channels may not be identical. Right? So that’s the first thing. Like if you’ve been collecting email forever and then you suddenly start collecting SMS, you may end up with like new people on SMS that aren’t on email and most your email list won’t be on text.

13:23
So that’s the first thing. The second thing is like realizing the power of omni-channel and timing. Like I’m more likely to watch a Netflix special that they just launched if I see a billboard for it, if I see a YouTube ad for it, and if a friend tells me about it, then I am just one of those things happens. And I don’t want all three of those things to happen to me at the exact same moment. That’d be weird. But I think a similar approach here, and that’s what the data is showing us. When people run A-B tests on

13:52
like post-purchase upsells. If they run it where they just send email, they just send SMS, and then they send email and SMS with staggered timing, that third option sees about a 15 to 20 % lift in revenue. So what we recommend is, look, you’re going to send emails many times a week. Instead of that for SMS, think about what’s the most important message you have coming up, what’s actually relevant for a text. Then do a little digging, see if there’s overlap between your lists.

14:21
and maybe just stagger the timings that email goes out Wednesday, the text goes out Friday and the text goes out to anyone who like hadn’t purchased yet. And so there’s ways to be a little bit more targeted, but in general, the data shells that tells us that omni-channel approach is a good thing. You just don’t want to be too simple with it. Interesting. So you advise to lead with email or would you rather text the message first and then follow up with email? I’m a little biased here and I try not to be biased.

14:50
I think it really just is situational. think email is incredibly important. I’m not one of those people who thinks it’s dead. And like, if you’re starting off and you have 10,000 people on your SMS list and 150,000 people on your email list, you know, there’s just not that much overlap. like, sending both out at the same time makes sense. However, with something like a flow, like an abandoned cart flow, the SMS will be higher engagement.

15:19
But I kind of think it’s smarter to lead with email because email is so much cheaper. Like you only want to fire that text if someone didn’t open or didn’t click or didn’t buy from that email. And so because text costs a lot more than email, you might as well save that money and go email first. The way I was thinking about it is that, and we can talk about this in just a little bit, but delivery rates, like for email, you might get like a 20 % open rate. I think that’s like the average. Whereas SMS, it’s like in the nineties, right?

15:49
Yeah, so from my perspective, at least when you send out a text, it seems like almost everyone’s going to get it. Whereas with email, you’re only going to get like a fifth of your people. So can you just kind of comment on that? Yeah, I mean, your stats are your stats are pretty much like dead on from what we see and on the click rate side of things with text, we see anywhere from like 7 % click rate up to like, I mean, people see like 40 or 50 % click rates when they do like

16:18
a new drop that users were excited about. I think what you just said makes sense. I’m personally try to avoid being too pushy of like an SMS only or an SMS first narrative just because that’s what people expect from me. But I think what you just said makes sense. And I think what it comes down to is like, is this promotion, is this message something that is very important and that you want users to see? And if it is, that’s a great use case for a text. If it’s more,

16:47
The same sort of thing that’s happening week to week. Maybe that should be either a more targeted text or that should be led with an email. I guess if we put numbers behind this, it makes it easier to understand. How much does it cost to send a text? So about about one cent. Okay. So about a cent and whereas email is significantly cheaper than that depending on it. Okay. So I understand. So just by sheer numbers, you probably want your SMS.

17:15
marketing messages to be a lot more focused, a lot more targeted, a lot more, you want the revenue per subscriber to be a lot higher. Yeah, that’s what I think. Because the other side of it too is that like we were talking about earlier, sensitivity and sensitivity to the channel and that people won’t subscribe to tons and tons of channels. So in my mind, if users or if stores take a little bit of a more cautious approach to SMS, not only will they keep their costs lower, but their unsubscribed rates will stay low.

17:44
And so their list will build much faster over time. So you mentioned abandoned cart earlier. And one of the things that you can do with Postscript is abandoned cart messages, similar to what you’d have in email. So would you advise someone with an e-commerce store to actually have, like there’s abandoned cart for Facebook Messenger, there’s abandoned cart for email, and now there’s abandoned cart for SMS. Do you advise that people have all three going? Yes. If you have a subscriber on all three channels, which I would expect,

18:12
The vast majority of subscribers would be on one or two channels. I absolutely recommend to have all three firing. And I would just say stagger the timing and have them cancel if the user buys. So if a user, if it goes email SMS, then Facebook, if the email goes out and the user doesn’t buy, then you send a text a day later and they do buy have the, have the Facebook automation watching that purchase completion so that it cancels if the user completes their purchase before the like third day.

18:39
Okay, that makes sense. Then you’re hitting them on all channels and hopefully one of those messages we’ll get through. Yep. And can you talk about frequency? Like how often are people sending these messages out? Yes. So totally decent framework for this is thinking like there isn’t really a cap on relevant automation flows. So things like targeted welcome series, abandoned carts, post purchase upsells, post purchase customer support check-ins or

19:08
shipping and tracking notifications. I recommend people go hard with all of those because users will find them timely, really build out an advanced automation strategy. For brands with subscription, application, there’s all kinds of other flows they can build as well. On the like campaign or broadcast side of things, I say slow it down. The best way, it’s not a hard number. It’s not like once a week to your whole list. That’s not it. Instead it’s like, what is our marketing calendar?

19:37
and when do we have something that’s relevant for a text. If you have a great piece of content one day and an amazing promotion one day and then a new product drop another day, that’s probably worthy of three texts in a week. But if all you have this week is another 10 % off coupon to try to drive purchases, that is like few and far between. So if someone is getting hit with a text once a week from a brand, I think that’s palatable and okay. If someone’s getting hit with a text three times a week, I think that’s over the top and

20:06
you’ll see a lot of unsubscribes. Can we talk about this welcome series? Is this welcome series that you’re talking about very similar to the email welcome series? Yeah, a lot of times it’s very similar. But to your point before, like the the engagement rate will be so much higher. And I view welcome series is actually one of the like underutilized things in e commerce, even though everyone does it. Because I think it’s the it’s someone has signed up, they probably haven’t purchased yet. And so they’re just waiting there halfway warm to be converted.

20:36
And that’s the opportunity to like build brand connection, educate them, overcome some of their like pricing, not pricing, some of their purchase concerns. And so doing that through a channel where people see it, you know, 95, 98 % of the time, that’s an awesome spot to overcome some of those objections and to build a little loyalty. And so I like to see brands doing it with a little bit of founder or a little bit of personal voice and then.

21:03
we see and subscribers feel a little bit more attachment, like interest in continuing to learn more. I’m sure because of running your company, you’ve probably encountered a whole bunch of welcome series. Can you just kind of maybe go over some of the more successful ones and how they’re structured? Yeah. Cause I know for my email sequence, I initially email very often in the beginning and then it kind of tapers off to once a week. I would imagine that for an SMS welcome series, you don’t want to be texting them like every day or every other day in the beginning either. Right? Correct.

21:33
Yeah, so I’m pulling up that other launch we had recently, Really Good Text. That was a shameless plug, but you can sort by Welcome Series on there. Well, so ReallyGoodText.com is a place where Postscript.io is posting all the great text messages that all its companies are posting. So if you want to get an idea of what other companies are putting out, then you should head over to this site. I’ve actually used it extensively for my store, but you guys actually had the data behind it too, so that’s why I thought I’d ask.

22:02
made by our friends Alicia. yeah, one of my favorite welcome series, this is spring, something up is from Judy. So Judy is a disaster preparedness brand. Um, so they sell like disaster kits, but what they use SMS for and what comes across in their welcome series is they take a more localized approach to awareness. So they sell these disaster preparedness kits and they’re, it’s very DTC and well-styled.

22:28
but they aren’t just trying to like shamelessly endlessly convert you with the welcome series. Instead, it’s a little bit more brand building and education. And what they then do over time is they’re tracking where everyone is by zip code. And then they’re sending out disaster alerts via text whenever something happens. So if there’s a tornado warning or if there was an earthquake or if there’s like a hurricane coming in, that sort of stuff. And so

22:54
setting the context for that in a welcome series and then asking for a purchase later of one of their kits, I really like that mix of content and conversion. So that sounds very interesting. Do you have a more generic case of just consumer products, maybe in the beauty or apparel space or something like that, where you don’t have something like disaster relief that someone actually really wants to get alerts for, for example? Yeah. So, right.

23:22
That’s kind of a funny comment. People want disaster alerts. That’s reasonable. Yeah. So we have a couple of welcome series templates that get prefilled in folks’ accounts. And the often split we do is one flow for if this is a new user that’s never purchased before, and one flow for if it’s a returning purchaser who this is just their first time signing up to the SMS list. Because SMS is new.

23:52
And because of compliance, how you have to start from scratch, we see a lot of that. And so both of these are three message templates spread out. It’s one message the first day, then it’s one message the fourth day. So three days later, then it’s one message a week after that. And the third one is for returning customers is when there’s like a call to action to buy. And the first two is like education and context setting. And then a little bit of just like a branding, sometimes a customer review gets included like

24:22
Check out one of our five star reviews on this product, that sort of thing. I see. And how long is like the average welcome series? Not sure about the average. I see them run anywhere from two weeks to a month, just depending really on like how high the bar is for a product. If it’s a stick of deodorant at a low price point, maybe only a couple of weeks. If it’s, you know, hundreds of dollars on a set of sheets.

24:50
I’ve seen Welcome Series run several months.

24:55
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

25:24
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

25:53
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s EMERGECONSCL.com. Now back to the show. I see. So in two weeks, that’s really only like three or four messages, right? In terms of the content of the messages, is it product focused or is it, which messages tend to work the best describing the brand story? Cause you have to be a lot more compact with SMS, right? So there’s less information or you have to be a lot more selective about what you convey.

26:23
What have you seen from the brands, like the exact sequence of what they’re sending out and how they’re compressing all this information in just a couple of sentences? They’re compressing it by really only tackling one topic per message. So maybe one message is like introduction, context setting, link to learn more, right? Just context setting for how the brand is going to use SMS. Maybe the next message is walking through all like the great features of their hero product.

26:51
Maybe the third message is validation, right? So customer reviews or including a quote from a customer or including an MMS GIF of a bunch of different quotes and like great reviews of the product. And then the fourth message is just a straight up like a call to action with a purchase incentive of 10 % off. So by tackling one thing in each, as opposed to trying to cram lots of different stuff in every single message, which you don’t have to do because people are reading every text.

27:21
Unlike an email where I may only catch, you know, one out of five of the welcome messages you send, the text I’m probably going to read every single one so you can break it out more. Interesting. And you mentioned earlier that you don’t want to be broadcasting to your entire list. So what should be your strategy for just broadcasting campaigns once you have them on your list? Yeah, relevancy. So everything comes down to relevancy and the framework of like, is this worthy of a text? know, just less is more here.

27:51
So to get specific, what that looks like is if you’re thinking about sending out to your entire subscriber base, it should be for something so relevant and worthy, right? It should be for a new product drop or a new collection. It should be for a substantial promotion of some kind. It should be for a piece of content. Or if you’re taking a more targeted approach, we like to see segmentation based on

28:19
user behavior or past purchase data. So what that can look like is like if someone has bought product X and you and your data show that product Y tends to go really well with product X, creating a segment of people who bought X but not Y and sending them a more targeted broadcast about product Y. Or doing a new product launch to people who bought last year’s version.

28:47
So segmentation of purchase behavior is a big thing. And then the other is just SMS engagement, where sometimes we hear from folks like, hey, I really only want to send to my most engaged users. How do I do that? So the other version is, if someone’s been running their SMS list for a few years, maybe they create a segment of people who’ve clicked in the last six months and hold back on sending to users who it’s been over six months since they clicked a message.

29:15
Are there penalties for sending to people who haven’t opened in a long time, like email, or does everyone pretty much get the message? Everyone gets the message. There aren’t penalties. It’s really just about unsubscribes. So you can’t send to anybody who has replied stop or replied cancel or unsubscribe or end or any of those things because of like a legal compliance angle from the TCPA, which is the Telephone Consumer Protection Act.

29:40
But as far as deliverability goes, it’s different than emailing that like a message sent is a message delivered. You know, one thing I just noticed recently, like literally just the other day was I now have a spam SMS folder on my phone. Yes. Yes. I noticed this too. This is, it turns out it’s something that I think Apple did. Do you have an iPhone? No, I don’t. I’m on Android actually. Interesting. So there’s an iPhone one as well.

30:05
and it’s not spam, but it takes unknown senders and breaks them out into a separate folder. Is that the same on Android? No, this one’s literally called spam. That’s pretty cool. Yeah. So we are expecting, as with email, eventually inboxes to be broken out and feature we’re working on right now that will be live soon is called contact cards. And so what that will allow is for you, for example,

30:33
to send out a text, especially in the welcome series, that includes a contact card that’ll be saveable with like the name of your store and an image and things like that. And so that way we’re gonna see brands start encouraging their subscribers to like save us as a contact so that once those inboxes start happening, messages won’t go there. Interesting, this is a similar principle to email, right? Where you’re adding them to your safe senders list essentially. Yep. Right. Interesting.

31:02
Okay, so what about a post purchase sequence? Can all these things be automated? Like if someone bought this, I want to send them automatically a text message with this product that’s like a cross sell after a certain period of time. Yes, absolutely. That’s a great use case. Okay. And so a lot of these things that I’m doing with email can be done with SMS and a lot of the segmentation principles, and correct me if I’m wrong, are very similar. So for example, if I have someone who signed on who hasn’t purchased yet and I’m just trying to get them,

31:30
to buy for the first time, I might send them a different message than someone who has purchased from me many times, for example. I think that’s right. just the frameworks are often correct. The difference is that SMS should be just even more targeted and sent even less often. Right. So this is not only from an economic perspective, since it costs more, but also from a unsubscribe perspective, right? Because your rate of unsubscribes are going to be higher as well.

31:59
Correct. It’s for both those reasons and the third, we call it for like NPS, right? Where it’s just easier to annoy end users through text messages. So even if they don’t unsubscribe and even if they still buy from you, it may change, it’s such a potent channel, it may change the outlook towards your brand if you’re sending them four to five texts a week. It might just feel that the brand’s a little annoying. Right. Actually, I’m already kind of annoyed at once a week.

32:27
for some brands actually, but I stick on because they send out like good promotions from time to time. I don’t wanna miss them. So, but one thing I wanted to ask you also are just some guidelines on what metrics to expect. So when you send out a broadcast, like what is a good unsubscribe rate or typical I should say. Yeah, so the mean unsubscribe rate for a campaign is 0.7 % that we see.

32:56
So that’s just like completely average across everything. The highest unsubscribe rates exist on welcome series and abandoned carts because that tends to be the message, like the first message a user has got, right? If they sign up from a pop-up or something or landing page, or if they opted in a checkout and then got an abandoned cart. So that’s pretty common where for abandoned carts and welcomes, you might see a two to 3 % cumulative unsubscribe rate because people like got the first message, got the code they wanted.

33:26
and then opted out of the list. Interesting. What you just quoted is significantly lower than some of the numbers that I’ve gotten from other SMS consultants, including myself too. But I assume that I’m not doing everything correctly yet since I just got started. But 0.7 % just sounds really low. So that is the completely overall aggregate number from all the postscript, which I know because…

33:54
We are working on benchmarks lately. Yeah, I’m sure you have the numbers. But that changes quite a bit by product category, which is interesting. let’s see, beauty and cosmetics and food and drink have lower unsubscribe rates than it seems home goods are the highest at 1 % for campaigns. Yeah.

34:23
So let’s talk about acquisition here. And I know just getting SMS subscribers is a little bit different than email, for example. So what are some of the best ways to actually get people on your list? So this is the spot that we’re seeing a lot of creativity. Obviously, the tried and true methods of get opt-ins at checkout, get opt-ins through a pop-up, those make sense. And we don’t want users to compromise their email collection. So what we recommend there is either focus

34:53
on email collection on desktop and SMS collection on mobile when it comes to pop-ups, or collect both. Maybe make a two-screen pop-up where first you collect email and then you ask for SMS or vice versa, have SMS as an optional field. That works really well. If we work with a brand who only wants to collect opt-ins at checkout and doesn’t want to do a pop-up, we will honestly say, hey, you know what? You’re probably not ready then because

35:22
We’ve seen that be a huge delta for success because you can’t have an opt-in box pre-checked at checkout. It has to be unchecked. So because of that, using pop-ups and other forms of collection is really important if it’s going to see any scale at all. But beyond that, we’re starting to see really interesting other forms of acquisition where, you know the keyword opt-ins, like text post script to 30303, that sort of thing? We’re seeing people start to include inserts in all their packaging that’s going out.

35:51
whether or not the sale came from an SMS user or even their e-commerce store. We’re seeing people include just keyword opt-ins in all their packaging as a means to, if they have a retail presence, get their retail buyers to become direct e-commerce subscribers or just to grow the list in general. That’s one cool method. Another cool method we’re seeing is for brands that have a nice large organic or influencer-led social media practice, we’re seeing people include keyword calls to action

36:21
on like their Instagram profiles, put them on Instagram stories, also include one click opt-ins on Instagram stories, like swipe up to subscribe. And then we’re seeing the paid side of this. So we’re just starting to see brands use Facebook lead ads as a way to gather compliant messaging. And the last and coolest thing. for the lead ads, sorry. So you’re at, people are actually physically typing in a number as opposed to using the keyword automations. Correct.

36:50
They’re typing in their phone number or if Facebook already has their phone number, Facebook can like pre-fill it and the user just essentially gives agreement. So we’re seeing some Facebook lead ads. We’re seeing Instagram stories and some Instagram ads with the click option as well, not the pre-fill that you mentioned. But probably the coolest form of opt-in that I’ve ever seen that I saw last week was a brand

37:19
worked with lots of influencers and they had one of their influencers talk about the keyword sign up. That was the call to action. The brand was trying to get those influencers subscribers to, or the followers to become direct subscribers to the brand. That was cool. But then I saw the same brand work with a TikTok influencer and the TikTok influencer made a screenshot video of him texting back and forth with the brand.

37:48
And it was a very funny conversation. The brand was like engaging really fast and that video went viral on TikTok. And so the brand saw tens of thousands of signups just from that. Interesting. Okay. So in general, like you mentioned the Facebook ad and just the different ways with the keyword automation and just typing in the number or click to subscribe. Which one do you find the best? Like for me, I know I would much rather text a word to a certain number than

38:17
type in my number, for example. Which form is like the highest converting one is basically what I’m asking you. Yeah. Your intuition is correct where the one click opt-in that like pre-fields a message or just calls to action on keywords, like text this to this, those convert higher than a form fill. Okay. And I know my best way of attracting subscribers right now is like right in the banner on every single page of our store, we have

38:44
text BBL to this number and you get a free product essentially. That’s smart. Yeah. I think that it’s still early in terms of just using like call to action banners like that, or even like collection on product pages, maybe like opt-ins for when a product is back in stock or opt-ins like wait lists via SMS. Those things haven’t really started yet, but I think they’ll start soon. Interesting.

39:10
I do want to touch a little bit about compliance since I’ve gotten questions from people where, oh, great, why don’t I just take my whole list from Klaviyo or whatnot and just start messaging them? So can you talk about, like, if you already have a bunch of numbers, like, how do you legally text message them? Yeah. So this is the most important thing we’re going to cover. SMS is different than email. You cannot do that. You cannot send a text to old customers.

39:39
who you happen to have their phone numbers. Unless they explicitly opted into SMS marketing, which means with the proper language, they like sent the first text or they checked a box at checkout or they put their phone number in knowing that they’d be signing up for SMS marketing. Even if you have their phone number, they are not eligible to be sent text to and the penalties for it are very high. 500 to $1,500 per message sent.

40:08
gets automatic class action status inside the US. So there’s this whole industry of lawyers who, what they do full time is they go around and they like try to find people who got a text accidentally and then they send a demand letter and they file a lawsuit. So if you have a big list of numbers that you’re exporting from Klaviyo or from Shopify or whatever, do not send them unless they are actually SMS opt-ins. And like with Postscript, Steve, we actually don’t have a way for users to…

40:37
just upload a list. They can submit it to our compliance team to like go through with them to ensure that these were proper opt-ins, but we put that in place. It’s not self-serve uploading just to try to prevent, you know, customers from getting themselves in trouble. So let’s say you have this list of numbers. What’s the best way to get them to opt in? You cannot send them a text to do it. The best way is if you have a list of phone numbers, it probably means they bought from you. It probably means that you have their email addresses too.

41:06
So what I recommend to brands is maybe send a couple part email series trying to get them to also opt into SMS. We have brands who send an email once a month or every quarter promoting their SMS list. We have brands who include a call to action to their SMS list passively in every single email, like at the bottom, right? Text this to this to sign up for our VIP list. So you can use their emails to send them an email.

41:34
You can use their emails to build a lookalike audience, to pay to get them to opt into your SMS list, not a lookalike audience, but to build that audience, but you cannot text them directly. I know for my store, I just kind of make an effort to cross pollinate everything in general, but I don’t think I’ve gone the other way yet. Do you know of any companies that have the phone number, but not the email and go for the email? Like send it, you mean send a text saying, hey, sign up for our email list here. Yeah, exactly. Yeah. I really haven’t seen it yet. Yeah.

42:04
I guess maybe it’s, I haven’t done that either yet. When I was doing Messenger, I used to cross pollinate my Facebook Messenger and my email all the time. But for SMS, I haven’t done that yet. think maybe it’s because my perception of SMS is it’s the holy grail of communication right now. Meaning like no one can take this number away from me and it’s pretty much a sure thing for correspondence. Granted, it costs money, but yeah, I just thought I’d bring that out because I wasn’t sure if any other brands were doing that. Really not seeing it yet.

42:33
This is kind of like more of a future looking question. How much longer do you think SMS has until marketers kind of destroy it? Like, yeah, so here’s what I think as an e-commerce marketer, email has had a 20 year run and it’s still going really strong. I think SMS is most similar to email because it’s an open protocol, right? Nobody owns the email platform.

43:01
There’s lots of different vendors. It’s the same with SMS. It’s an owned marketing channel. And that’s a little different than messenger or WhatsApp or Instagram, which is there’s rules governing it set up by Facebook. So I think we’ll have a very, very, very long run. think it’s, I mean, it’s clearly the dominant communication method of the next 10 years at least, but the norms will change. So when you say ruin it,

43:28
What I see is even more of the version I’m talking, I’m preaching already, right? Five years from now, but we see so many brands and some other platforms take an approach of like, send your whole list twice a week. Just, just blast them. I don’t think that’ll be happening in five years. I think it’ll be still heavily used, but a much more tailored approach, very targeted messages, very targeted automation flows. And also I think responses will get bigger and bigger. Right now we have a lot of our.

43:58
are customers that also run support through SMS. So if users reply with questions or had an issue with their order, the brand will manage that out of the help desk. And I expect we’ll see more and more of that, just the channel becoming more two-way, less broadcasty. Yeah, actually, I was just about to mention that. So I have Postscript hooked up to Gorgias. And one thing that I do for the post purchase, because you have to send them when they opt in a message, right?

44:27
And so I say, Hey, if you have any questions about your order, just reply and we actually get replies. And oftentimes we can actually even upsell during this conversation, which makes it sound a lot natural, a lot more natural. totally in that respect, I see it a lot different than email because they get an instant response. Yep. It’s like live chat that your customer takes with them everywhere they go. That’s pretty potent. Yeah. And so in that respect, it’s a lot more effective than email in my opinion, at least.

44:57
So Alex, I know you wanted to talk about this new certification that you have and we kind of touched on compliance. What is this all about? Yeah, so what it’s about is that this is a new channel. It’s new for marketers, even if they’ve done email forever. It’s new for e-commerce people. So we get the same questions over and over and over again when brands are looking to start out with SMS. They need to understand compliance. They want to know best practices. They want to know how to build an omni-channel strategy.

45:26
They want to know what best practices are for list growth and acquisition, how they should manage responses. Really a lot of the stuff we’ve covered today. And so what we decided to do is we took everything we’ve learned over the last few years and we boiled it down into the SMS marketing certification, which it’s live on Postscript.io. If you go over the learn tab, you’ll see the button. It’s completely free. It’s a several hour long video course and there’s some videos and then there’s some quizzes and

45:56
And if you, even if you fail the quizzes, we give you another chance to study up and take them again. It’s totally free and we’ve been testing it for a few months and we’re getting really, really good results and really good quotes back where we think it’s just going to lay the foundation for marketers to understand the dynamics of the channel and how to think about the channel and what are some initial best practices so that they can then really tailor it to their brand. And so we made a general one and we also launched what we called the Postscript

46:25
partner certification. And this one is, very similar, but it also includes some sections on like, how do I position it in cell managed SMS services? That one’s really made for agencies or other technology partners. But the general certification, that one just came out on Tuesday. It’s been getting just some like great engagement and feedback. There’s hundreds of people that are already taking it. And we’re just excited about like similar to really good techs.

46:53
providing another resource for the community to just learn about the channel. And the one last thing about it, I’ll say, is this is not meant to be Postscript specific. It’s really for anyone even not using Postscript that wants to better understand SMS in e-commerce. Yeah, and I know when I first got started using Postscript, there’s actually a lot of rules that you need to follow. There’s also stuff that you need to add to your privacy policy in your terms and conditions.

47:21
You know, I had a question in my mind, have you known any really large companies that have been sued for breach? Because I still get random text messages on my phone. And there’s clearly spam messages. Are they enforcing all this stuff? I hope there is an enormous amount of litigation here. Okay, if you like Google TCPA lawsuit, I mean, there’ll be millions of results. So yes, there are lots of stories within e commerce. There’s also some stories of like,

47:50
There’s a story of a very, very, very big brand that we work with who long before PostScript was created, I mean, back in 2010, they took all the phone, they didn’t know any better. And they took all the phone numbers of people who checked out at their retail locations and they started sending them texts and they were sued for a hundred million dollars and they settled for $10 million. And that one is public. That was before we existed, but that’s kind of just like the scope of things here. But the other thing is politicians and

48:19
and political fundraising, that’s where so much of this kind of texts come from, right? You didn’t sign up, but you just are suddenly getting texts from all these different candidates. And the way that’s working is because there’s a carve out in the law. When politicians pass the TCPA, they put a carve out in there for political fundraising and political communication. So they aren’t subject to the same opt-ins. Okay. Convenient. Yeah, actually come to think of it, most of the spam has been political.

48:49
Well Alex, this was very helpful and I hope and I just want to tell the listeners out there that I’ve been using text messaging for maybe half a year now and it is a fantastic channel. I’m probably gonna be posting my results. I actually don’t even have all the functionality implemented yet and it’s already become one of my top five channels for my e-commerce store. So if you guys aren’t on it yet, it’s probably the next own marketing platform. It’s not performing as well as email for me just yet because I have so many more email.

49:18
subscribers and I do text but per subscriber it’s it’s worth a lot more than an email subscriber based on my limited results here. So yep, awesome. We’re seeing the same thing. Well, thank you so much for having me. This is a great combo. Yeah, thanks for coming on Alex really appreciate it.

49:38
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now if you are not doing SMS marketing for your online store, then you should start right now. Seriously, it works so well and it’s probably 5x more effective than email at least. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 325. And once again, I want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot.

50:06
So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

50:33
Now I talk about how I these tools on my blog. If you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and it’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

324: Molly Pittman On Happiness, Relationships And Facebook Ads

324: Molly Pittman On Happiness, Relationships And Running Facebook Ads

I’m thrilled to have Molly Pittman back on the show. Molly was the VP of marketing for Digital Marketer for many years. And she recently became the CEO of Smart Marketer, a teaching company founded by Ezra Firestone.

Over the years Molly has spent millions of dollars on paid traffic and recently, she released a brand new book called “Click Happy”. In this episode, we discuss happiness, relationships and running Facebook ads.

What You’ll Learn

  • How to avoid burnout
  • What changes Molly made to her lifestyle and why
  • Habits she developed to allow her to succeed
  • How to get inside the mind of your customer for Facebook ads

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wipe Quitter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today I have my friend Molly Pittman back on the show for the second time. And in this episode, we’re going to talk about a combination of happiness and entrepreneurship, relationships, and a little bit of Facebook ads all in a single episode. But before we begin, I want to thank Klavia for sponsoring this episode. It’s safe to say that most of us have been doing more online shopping lately. If you’re an e-commerce brand, that means you might be seeing more first-time customers.

00:29
But once they’ve made that first purchase, how do you keep them coming back? That is what Klaviyo is for. Klaviyo is the ultimate email and SMS marketing platform for ecommerce brands. And it gives you the tools to build your contact list, send memorable emails, automate key messages, and more. A lot more. And that’s why over 30,000 ecommerce brands like Chubby’s, Brooklinen, and Living Proof use Klaviyo to build a loyal following. Strong customer relationships mean more repeat sales, enthusiastic word of mouth, and less depending on third-party ads. So whether you’re launching a new business or taking your brand to the next level,

00:59
Klaviyo can help you get growing faster. And it’s free to get started. So visit klaviyo.com slash my wife to create your free account. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. If you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS or text message marketing is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store.

01:25
And I couldn’t have done it without Postscript.io, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores, and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, it’s priced well too, and with the holiday season rolling around, SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to Postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free.

01:53
That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot IO slash Steve. Now onto the show. Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter Job podcast, where we’ll teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host, Steve Chu.

02:16
Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast. Today I am thrilled to have Molly Pittman back on the show. And Molly is someone who I met at Traffic and Conversions and Social Media Marketing World. And she has actually spoken at my annual e-commerce conference over at the Seller Summit back in 2019. And she was the VP of Marketing for Digital Marketer for many years. And then she recently became the CEO of Smart Marketer, a teaching company that was founded by Ezra Firestone, who has also been on the show several times.

02:42
Anyway, over the years, Molly has spent millions of dollars on paid traffic while achieving a positive ROI. And recently, she just released a brand new book called Click Happy, which I finished a couple nights ago. So it was actually very fresh in my mind. But the real reason I invited Molly back on the show is because I needed to hear her laugh once again. So what up, Molly? How are you doing today? There it is. I’m great. Thank you for having me. I love that that was the real reason for the show.

03:11
So I know that you’re in the Netherlands right now. Can you just kind of quickly catch the audience back up to how you ended up there and what you’ve been up to since the last time you were on, which I believe was in 2018? Oh, yeah, a lot has changed. So I came to Amsterdam last June, so June of 2019. When I was on your show, I was living in Telluride, Colorado, which was beautiful, relaxing. I loved it, but

03:38
Yeah, I needed a little bit higher energy place for the next step in my life. So I’ve always loved Europe. studied in Italy about 10 years ago and I decided to come to Amsterdam for three months because that’s how long tourists are allowed to be here and Airbnb and kind of feel out the city and just, you know, see, see what happened. And I fell in love with it. I figured out a pretty easy way to get a visa.

04:07
as a business owner, happy to go deeper into that at any point for anybody that’s interested. And yeah, about 13 months later, I’m still here. And yeah, I don’t see myself leaving anytime soon. So really grateful to be here. And it’s something that that just kind of happened. Yeah. So so as far as you’re concerned, this could be like a permanent move.

04:28
Yeah, it could. So my visa right now is for two years. If all is well and I’m paying my taxes and haven’t gotten in trouble, then after two years, I’ll receive a five year visa. And then after those five years, if I want to stay, then I would need to pass like a pretty basic Dutch language test.

04:48
which at that point I should know Dutch. And then I would be able to stay as long as I wanted. So yeah, I don’t know, I could stay here another year. I could be here the rest of my life. But that’s also what’s fun about this internet thing. know, where we live isn’t where we always have to be. you know, outside of COVID times, I’m definitely more of a seasonal traveler. I like to be in multiple places throughout the year. So I do think that Holland will always be a place that I’m spending time.

05:17
So being the CEO of SmartMarketer, it doesn’t matter that you’re over there at all. Like, do you have to travel back and forth a lot or? I mean, the company is remote and always has been. So we are built to function in these times. The only change which I was already used to is just working pretty much US hours because of the time change. you know, like right now I’m just kind of starting my work day and you know, it’s after 4 p.m. So I just…

05:45
have a different schedule here than in the US. So it’s not really difficult in regards to being the CEO of Smart Marketer. We’ve got good systems and communication structures in place so that, yeah, it’s good and it works well. So what I wanted to do today, since you just released your book, I wanted to start out by kind of talking about happiness in general, because you’re well regarded in the community and you’re very successful. Yet what was really nice and refreshing about reading your book is that

06:14
You weren’t happy, which is why you were moving around. And you actually spend the first half of your book talking about how you were burned out. So can you just kind of go into how you got burned out, even though you were so successful and what are some of the things that you did to overcome this? Yeah, I mean, first off, I wanted to tell those stories in the book because I do think that’s an issue in our industry or just in the world of social media in general is that you’re mostly seeing

06:42
the positive aspects of somebody’s life. And so, you know, when you go through those darker times, sometimes you can feel like something’s wrong with you or you’re alone because you aren’t really seeing the full picture from the people that you’re following. So I want to make sure that in my book and throughout my career, I’m always showing the other side because, you know, that’s life is a dichotomy, you know, life and death. There are so many dichotomies really when you look at how we live.

07:11
And light and dark is the same happiness and sadness. So we all experience both sides of the coin to some regard. And yeah, I think that’s important to talk about. you know, for me, I mean, I really felt burned out as I was leaving digital marketer at the end of 2017. And I think a lot of that was an addiction to the success, an addiction to the hustle and a lack of

07:40
time or attention actually spent on myself. So it was really that simple. It was an imbalance that I was also addicted to in some way because I thought that that’s what success was. And I thought that, you know, you had to leave it all on the court or you weren’t going to succeed. So yeah, that that led to a pretty significant burnout for me in 2017.

08:08
it’s really taken me two to three years to fully bounce back from. it the hours or was it just like the mental aspects of it? I think both, you know, people think of burnout as a result of, you know, constantly working, which that can definitely be part of it. And I did go through seasons where I was working 16 to 20 hours a day all the time. But I think most of it goes back to your mental states. And for me, it’s

08:37
It was, and it still is sort of a battle of making sure that it’s not just about me taking space from work and saying, okay, Molly, know, here’s where you’re going to take time off. It’s making sure that mentally I’m allowing myself to take time off from the business. Because I think that’s really what does the biggest damage. So is that why you’re such good friends with the hippie? I think.

09:02
I think that’s a big reason that, uh, that Ezra and I have definitely been drawn to each other. You know, it’s crazy. I met Ezra back in 2012 when I was an intern at digital marketer and they were publishing his first information product in the marketing industry called Brown Box Formula. And you know, what’s crazy is that at that time, my boss was Colleen Taylor, who is now our COO. Yeah. boom, and you know, the three of us really clicked.

09:32
even back then, we immediately became friends. And yeah, it’s crazy that we now, I mean, it’s not that we’re working together. But yeah, I’ve always been drawn to Ezra’s energy and just what he has to say. And you know, what he brings to the table for sure. So it seems like you’re a lot happier now. What are some of the things that you did to kind of get over that burnout? Yeah, I think that a lot of it is

09:58
just adjusting my priorities and how I look at success and figuring out what are my values and then making sure that my work aligns with those values. So the first step was figuring out, you know, what does Molly want or need? Like, what do I value? And I think before I was valuing money and success and the way things look on the outside, but that’s not truly what I cared about.

10:27
So I was working really hard and running myself into the ground for something that wasn’t really my highest value. So that is an issue in itself. What is highest value, if I might ask? Well, now is happiness, fulfillment, mean, serving the world. Those are my highest values for sure. Money and success are not even in the top five. So relationships, communication.

10:55
Adventure, travel, all of those are more valuable to me. Obviously we need the money to make those things happen. you know, money and outward success and fame and vanity metrics, because I was optimizing for things that I actually didn’t care about, not only did I feel like crap because I was working too hard, but I really felt like crap because I wasn’t being true to myself. So the first thing I had to do is figure out

11:22
exactly who I am, which is always evolving. I don’t think there’s ever one moment where you’re like, ah, I know who Molly is now. But doing things like moving to Colorado, as I discussed earlier, that peace and quiet really helped me get in tune with what I wanted. And then from there, it was making sure that those values were aligned with whatever work projects I was going to do moving forward.

11:49
And you mentioned when you were burned out that you weren’t taking care of your physical self either. And I know you’re a very athletic person, right? You were playing, you used to play soccer. Were you professional? No, no, Almost professional, right? Something like that. I vaguely remember that in the book. How has your lifestyle changed after you discovered all this stuff when you left digital market? Yeah, you know, what’s crazy is that after

12:15
I quit being an athlete, I had a knee injury and multiple things really went into me deciding I wasn’t going to be an athlete. It’s almost like I completely disregarded my body in general. Like, oh, you aren’t of value anymore because you’re not scoring goals on the soccer field. And so I handled that transition really poorly. And especially when I got into my professional career and that’s where I was starting to get momentum.

12:44
I even abandoned it, abandoned my body even more and just not making it a priority, right? Not valuing that that was a part of my health that I really needed to pay attention to. And it was something that I looked back eight or nine years later and I was like, wow, this is not good. This is very much contributing to my unhappiness and this is a part of me I should be more intentional about. So I know the audience wants to know about

13:14
kind of your habits to prevent burnout. So what are some changes that you’ve actually made to your lifestyle and what you do now to prevent this from happening ever again? Yeah, I mean, first and foremost is looking at time spent. And so being a lot more intentional, I mean, that’s one reason that I love living in Amsterdam because I’m six hours ahead of the East Coast. So when I wake up in the morning, I have, you know, six to eight hours to do whatever I need to do for myself.

13:42
before the team wakes up or before most of our customers wake up. And that’s been huge because it almost forces me, it’s like built into my calendar for me to do whatever I need for me, whether that’s working out, whether that’s, know, whatever it is, reading, actually writing or doing work in the business that doesn’t have to do with talking to other humans. So that built in time, whether it’s from the time change or whether it’s me intentionally going in and putting it on my calendar.

14:12
that’s really important. like for example, with Smart Marketer right now, we have half day Fridays. So, you we want to make sure that the team is also taking care of themselves. So, you know, on Friday we only work half days. And then our hope is that the rest of their Friday is spent doing something for them. So a lot of it is just being aware of how you’re spending your time. But I do think there are other factors. I mean, I’ve gone deep into nutrition,

14:41
and figuring out what I need for my body, not just what the internet tells you is the latest fad diet. And I also realized that I had a lot of mental blocks around exercising. And I think that comes from being an athlete and where exercise for me used to make so much sense because it made me better at the sport that I was playing. It made me a better athlete. So of course it was something that I was going to do.

15:08
And when you don’t have that motivation, that can be a bit tough. So, you I have really worked to build exercise into my day to day. So a lot of calls that I take that don’t have to be done on a microphone like this or with video, I will do so walking around town just to get more steps in. And I found things like Pilates that I actually enjoy.

15:33
where before I was really trying to force myself to exercise and it was something that I didn’t want to do. Now it’s something that I look at as pleasurable and exciting and something that helps me feel better but also really builds that self-love which is now the reason that I do it to make myself better not just to be a better athlete on the field. So in terms of your hours right now, are you like a vampire right now where you kind of stay up late or are you

16:03
essentially living Netherlands hours. So I’m in a transition right now. The first year that I was here, it was more so vampire Molly. And the reason for that was our classes and you the live classes that I teach through train my traffic person, those were already set the times for those were already set. So the last year, I’ve been teaching class on Tuesdays and Thursdays at 10pm at night here.

16:33
which definitely turned me into a night owl because those lasted till midnight. And then of course I’m not asleep till two or three and you know, sleeping till 10, 11, get up, have free time till four or five and do it all again. Um, but actually a month or six weeks ago that ended and we changed the time moving forward to be more Europe friendly. And I’m already pretty much on.

17:00
you know, normal hours here now, which feels a lot better to be synced up with the sun. Going against that can be kind of tough. So yeah, I’m more so on normal hours now, but I still do work later in the day than your average person just because, you know, of the time change with the US. Because I know my most productive hours are in the morning. And like when 430 rolls around, I don’t want to be doing anything. So I guess, has it been some sort of adjustment for you?

17:31
Yeah, you just have to train yourself. I think it’s all about what you get used to. mean, that definitely used to be my cadence too. But once I got here and, you know, I had to change my schedule. Of course, by 10 PM, I’m getting tired, but my body was pretty much used to it. It’s like training your traffic person, for example. Yeah, exactly. And, you know, it’s wild here because we are so far north. You know, right now the sun’s starting to come up.

18:00
sometime between four and five and it doesn’t go down till, you know, 1030 till 11 ish. So, you know, yeah, lots, of lightness here. And, you know, during the winter that dichotomy is that well, the sun starts to go down at 330, which is a bit tough, but yeah, that’s, that’s made it a lot easier making this transition during the summertime where there’s a lot of sunshine and lightness here. Molly, what I found interesting about your book is that

18:30
you somehow combined happiness with media buying. So let’s switch gears a little bit and kind of start talking about ads. I’ve actually seen some of your lectures, because my friend and I were kind of both in that group. And some of the campaigns I’ve seen you do, you literally are spending thousands of dollars per day. And I know a lot of people who are listening to this can’t even fathom spending that much money. So I guess if you’re just starting from scratch,

19:00
What does it take to get to that point? And if you’re a business starting with ad buys from complete scratch, let’s say you’re a business, like what are some of the questions that you need to ask yourself first before you even start buying any ads in the first place? Yeah, I mean, it really always comes down to the fundamentals. That of course starts with a great offer. So that’s not just having a product or service that the market wants. It’s also coming up with an offer that you can take to cold traffic.

19:29
that’s going to resonate with that market and seamlessly convert them into a customer. you know, depending on your business type, if you’re selling physical products, that could look like a pre-sell article. If you’re selling information, that could look like a great lead magnet or a webinar. Same for services and local businesses. So, you know, the first thing is always the offer, which is more than the product or service that you’re selling. It’s making sure that you have something that’s going to really appeal to cold traffic.

19:58
And it’s not you just showing up in the newsfeed saying, hey, my product’s great. You should buy it. That doesn’t really work any longer. that’s step one. scale, right? A lot of people see, like with Boom, Ezra’s e-commerce brand that we’re selling makeup and skincare, we’re spending about $30,000 a day right now on paid traffic. And a lot of that is because we have been able to really nail and repeat

20:27
these fundamentals that I’m laying out here for you. So with boom, you know, we don’t just have one great pre-sell article. We have many, and we use lead magnets and we use, you know, all different types of cold traffic offers because we know that’s going to allow us to scale and reach more of the market than if we were just relying on one offer. But if you’re just getting started, it’s about getting one thing to work, right? Really getting proof of concept. So everything always goes back to the offer.

20:57
And then from there, the second step is avatar and targeting. So making sure you’re knowing exactly who your audience is and not just who they are, but where to find them on Facebook. You know, there’s so many amazing targeting options on Facebook, especially via interests. But the mistake that people mostly make is they don’t do their research to find the least competitive and most like niche specific interests that are in Facebook’s platform. So.

21:26
Second for us. take it slowly here. Let’s go back to the offer. Edsor’s product and boom. What is the offer that has worked best for you guys? And can you kind of talk about, well, number one, what it is and how you arrived at that offer? Yeah. So again, the products are makeup and skincare for women over the age of 50. And our messaging is very much pro-age. So, you know, hey,

21:50
most of the market and other skincare companies and makeup brands are trying to tell you that wrinkles are bad and that aging is bad and we’re anti-aging. And we think that’s bull crap, right? Like we believe in pro-age and we believe that aging is beautiful and therefore our products are, you know, that our products are a reflection of that. So that’s really like the core business. And then

22:17
An example of a cold traffic offer that works really well is a pre-sell article which is five makeup tips for women over the age of 50. And we give them five tips that are educational, right? That explain different things about makeup. Like if you’re older, powdered makeup can actually really seep into your wrinkles and doesn’t look as great.

22:46
Right? Like that’s one of the tips and we don’t say it doesn’t look as great, but you get what I’m saying. Right? So we’re giving them specific information for where they are in regards to what we’re selling, but we’re giving value first. I’ve makeup tips for women over the age of 50. And then the article starts to then sort of transform more into a pitch for the product. But we didn’t first say, Hey, we have makeup for women over the age of 50 hop over to our product page and buy.

23:15
it’ll be great. You know, we’re starting with those five tips. We give them a little bit of value first, and then we start to transition into the pitch for, for the products.

23:28
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now, what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

23:57
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

24:26
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show. So for that product, I remember I’ve talked to Ezra a lot about this. So that product that you’re trying to sell in that advertorial, what are your metrics for that? you trying, you’re obviously trying to get some sort of sale, but what are you going for? Like what is your target cost per action? How do you determine that actually? How do you know what’s good?

24:56
Yeah, so for Boom, mean, your target metrics, I call it a success metric, that’s always going to depend on your business and the mechanics of your business. For this particular situation, we are going to a pre-sell article, but we are optimizing in Facebook for purchases because that’s what we want. And because people do buy right off of this article. And so for Boom, our target CPA, cost per acquisition of a customer,

25:25
is $75 or lower. If we can hang out in like the 45, $55 range, then we are in heaven. know, 55 to 65 is good. 65 to 75 is okay. More than 75 really isn’t going to work for us. And that number has changed over the years. You know, we are able to pay more to acquire a customer now for multiple reasons.

25:50
One being the upsells and cross-sells that we have on the back end after someone purchases to increase that average order value. It also comes because we know and trust the lifetime value of a customer. We know because the business is older, because we do a great job with monetization and regular promotions, we know that most likely that person is going to make another purchase from us in the future. And so we know our lifetime value. And so now it’s $75, but

26:20
you know, when Ezra started buying ads, I’m sure the the appropriate CPA was was much lower than that. Before you came on board. Wait, so 75 bucks, how do you come up with that number? So how much profit are you making at 75 or 75 the breakeven point? So we’re actually losing a little bit of money on the $75 CPA. But that’s why I said that now we’re able to scale to that place because we do have confidence and

26:48
Like we’re able to lose a bit on the front end, right? 45, 55, 60 ish is where we’re actually profitable. Okay, is that that’s based on like a lifetime value of the customer? Well, the CPA is based. Yeah, I mean, we’re factoring in the lifetime value, especially when we’re willing to lose money on the front end. We got to know the lifetime. But you know, if you were just getting started, it of course depends on your business. Ecommerce obviously has

27:17
lower profit margins, but we are able to take our average order value essentially because we do want to calculate in any upsell revenue that’s coming from those immediate customers that we’re acquiring. But it’s basically a function of how much profit that we have and we’re willing to break even to acquire that customer. And I think Boom has the luxury of being a product that sells over and over and over again, right? With recurring revenue.

27:45
Yeah. And other other products, right? Like it’s not just makeup. They can buy skincare. You’ll notice if you, if you Google five makeup tips for women over 50, you’ll probably find this article and you’ll see at the bottom of the pre-sale article, we have, they have the ability to buy these makeup sticks is what we call them individually. We also have some bundles where they can buy the sticks as a three pack. We also have some bundles where they can add on skincare.

28:12
Once they actually purchase, like I said, there are upsells and down sells there. So that is all there to increase AOV. And then of course, over time, makeup and skincare is inherently purchased. going to repeat itself, hopefully if they enjoy the product or service. But this is very different than like smart marketer, for example, when we’re selling our admin mentorship, trade my traffic person that I mentioned earlier, you know, that’s a $3,000 purchase. So.

28:40
Number one, it’s different because the margins are a lot higher because we’re selling information and because of the cost of the product. But to acquire a customer via Facebook ads, you know, sometimes we’ll spend $750 up to $1,000 to do so, which is very different from, you know, the $75 threshold with, with boom. just to add some context in there about how different this could be depending on your business.

29:09
Would you find it a lot more difficult if let’s say you only sold a single product and it was one off? Like, is that something that you’ve made work before? Have you ever had a customer like that? Yeah, I have twice. It’s interesting. I think that especially where we are with 2020 with ad costs, it can be tough. If it is a more expensive product, it can work. But if you’re selling like, let’s say

29:37
one-off notebooks or planners for like 40 bucks, right? And let’s say your margin is 20. Well, I know we’re going to spend probably at least $20 to acquire the customer on Facebook. So, you know, that leaves you with no profit and, you know, a low likelihood that they’re going to purchase again. It’s just tough to make that work if you don’t have something else to sell. Yeah. Yeah. Okay.

30:04
I was just wanting to ask that question because I know for my store when I run Facebook ads, like I’m just going for like a 1.5 or 2. I’m just trying to break even or make a little bit of money and I know I can sell them more linens later on down the line. So I was just kind of curious whether what would you say would be like the minimum AOV for you to be able to get Facebook ads to work? Assuming there’s no like cross sells later on down the line. I would say that

30:32
I won’t give you an AOV because that’s going to depend. Like it really depends on your margins. But I will say that of course it depends on the product, but it’s really tough to see a CPA to cold traffic lower than like $20 these days. Now I do see sometimes where there’s like a viral t-shirt or a free plus shipping offer.

30:58
And there’s a CPA between like five to 10 bucks maybe. Like I do still see that, but consistently at scale, it’s just tough to see anything below 20 bucks. But prove me wrong. If you are doing that, let me know. Oh no, I’m not. I’m just asking. Or anybody that’s listening because that’s just my experience. And then selling courses. I think we’re in similar, like I’m like a Asian version of Ezra, I guess.

31:23
because I sell courses and physical products. For the courses, seems like it’s much easier to run the ad, right? You can almost spend as much money as you want and still at least break even or make money because the ticket price is so much more. Well, and it’s a different ballgame because usually with e-commerce, you aren’t doing a lot of Legion. Like now we do Legion at Boom because of where they are at scale. Like we have a…

31:49
10 minute makeup guide for older women, you where someone actually opts in first and, then we take them down the journey. But for most of us selling information, that really has to start with some sort of lead gen offer. Like it’s so tough to just come out even with a pre-sell article and say, hey, buy my course. And there are lots of reasons for that. One is just the nature of the product. Like with a physical product, I don’t have to explain to someone,

32:18
makeup, you know, they know what they’re going to do with it. They know, you know, they’ve held makeup in their hand before. Like there’s just, I don’t really have to explain it. Like I need to sell it, but I don’t need to explain it. Whereas with information, it’s not tangible and it can be really hard for people to even first understand what they’re buying. So you got to keep that in mind and then you add on the authority part, right? Which is so much more important when it, with information.

32:48
you know, buying your expertise. Well, they need to trust you a lot more than they need to trust Ezra to buy makeup from him. You know, I mean, there are ways with boom where we say this isn’t tested on animals. Like this is organic. Like, of course we’re speaking to the product quality. I’m not saying people don’t care about that, but it’s just a whole different ball game with info. And so when you’re selling info or consulting or events or whatever we want to call this industry or thing that we do,

33:16
It’s a different ball game because really all of those funnels need to lead with a lead gen effort. And so that’s interesting because number one, the market is smaller, at least for what we do. Like the reason we’re able to spend 30 to 40 K a day with boom is we’re marketing to women over the age of 50. There are millions of those people where with what you and I are doing, our market is much, much smaller. So that’s a hurdle.

33:45
But on the other hand, I do find it a bit easier to scale because like I said earlier, it’s much more about Legion on the front end. So instead of saying, okay, you I’m looking to acquire customers for less than $75 today, the conversation between our marketing team and our media buyer, you know, we are looking at return on ad spend, of course, but the conversations are more like, Hey, we generated

34:11
you know, a thousand leads today at $2 a piece. That’s good or that’s bad. you know, so those are, I I’m going down a rabbit hole here, but those are the biggest differences I see between the two. It’s, very different actually. I was going to ask you when you, it comes to cost per lead for like a digital product, for example, how do you determine like what you’re going for? So you threw out some numbers. Yeah. Well, depends on the offer. So, you know, it’s very specific to our

34:41
lead magnets and their purpose and kind of what they do. So let me give you an example. Like one of our lead magnets is a seven day free Facebook ad class. And so that is a really attractive offer because it’s not a webinar that someone has to wait for a certain amount of time. Like it’s immediate access, seven day class that feels really valuable just to give an exchange for your email address. Right. And so

35:11
That and it’s a really attractive topic in our market, Facebook ads. So our target cost per lead for that offer is between like 150 and 350. And that’s just, just all based off of historically us running that offer to cold traffic and setting those parameters. We’re of course, that also sells an evergreen version of train my traffic person, which is $1,500. So of course the goal is to break even on that.

35:39
But the goal really is break even and acquire as many leads as we can. you know, we’re adding two to 3000 people a day to our email list via ads to that offer. And, you know, if the cost per leads around a dollar to if the cost per lead is around a dollar to $2, then we really only need about four or five of those people to actually purchase the product to break even.

36:05
Most of those people opted in two to three weeks ago because it’s a dripped out class and then we run a flash sale. You know, it’s not just right in that moment. So for that offer, we, you know, set our cost for lead goals where on the other hand, we have offers like webinars, for example, that we do a few times a year. Those offers are very much more built to sell in that

36:35
moment. Like for example, when we have our train my traffic person mentorship classes, and that’s $3,000. Of course, we do a sales webinar at least one right before we’re about to open that class. Now for that webinar, number one, it’s not as applicable to cold traffic as the seven day class. We know it’s not as scalable. We also know the cost per lead is more like we usually pay between five to $10 to acquire a webinar registration. But

37:05
that offer is much more of like a sales mechanism than the seven day class. So we’re paying much more for the lead and we’re not generating as many leads, but it’s more of the middle of the funnel offer that generates a bunch of $3,000 customers for us. So I don’t know if that’s helpful, but we just have to look at like number one, you never know until you run ads to an offer, right? Like it’s hard, like just through my experience now,

37:34
If you threw out like a type of lead magnet and a market, I could probably tell you what to expect cost per lead wise, but you always have to test it first just to see, you know, get the data back. But you also have to keep in mind the scalability of the offer and what is its purpose in your business? Because a lot of people would say, well, Molly, you’re getting leads for a dollar 50 to three 50 on the seven day class. Why would you ever pay five to 10 for a webinar signup?

38:03
You know, but they’re completely different funnels at different steps of the journey and they play different roles. So they can’t be measured. It’s not apples to apples. Yeah. I mean, I can actually talk about that since I run ads to webinars also. You’re going to get money sooner because there’s a sense of urgency with the webinar. And so you kind of immediately know what your returns are. I don’t know if that’s the case for you or that that’s why you might be willing to pay a little bit more for that. Whereas with the

38:32
I guess the drip sequence that you have, it’s more of like a long-term thing. At least for me, some people might not even sign up for months or even years in some case. Absolutely. Yeah. Yeah. And I think, you know, depending on the webinar topic, webinars just usually do better to warm traffic. Not that they can’t work to cold traffic, but you know, you’re asking someone to show up at a certain place at a certain time. If you have a bit of relational equity with them,

39:00
they’re more likely to do that than if they’re someone that’s cold, that’s never engaged with you before. Yeah. So I also want to kind of touch on targeting and you had some really good tips in your book about, I kind of interrupted you before when you were going down this road, what are some of your tips in terms of interest-based targeting? Yeah. mean, interest-based targeting is important for proof of concept. It’s also important for scale.

39:28
So I see still in 2020, a real lack of attention to avatars and targeting in our industry. And I think a lot of it is that number one, people feel like the, excuse me, the avatar discussion is like marketing 101. It’s boring. So they skip right over it or they,

39:57
have just a really broad understanding of their avatar and that’s doing them a real disservice in terms of finding those people and actually reaching them. I also think that, especially in regards to Facebook ads, you you hear a lot of gurus and people talking about Facebook’s getting smarter. So just use broad targeting and just use lookalikes. And you know, you don’t have to give Facebook as much direction as you used to.

40:25
And that is absolutely true in a lot of ways. But as I said earlier, there are lots of us that are either not getting it right from the beginning or are unable to scale because of lack of avatar understanding and lack of interest research. So let me give you an example of this that actually goes back to boom. So in 2018, and really before then,

40:55
Booms ad account had solely relied on lookalike and broad targeting. They had really never used any interest targeting, especially because they started with Facebook ads back in 2012 when you could basically do anything you wanted and get results. And so I met with them at the end of 2018 and they were like, hey, we’re having trouble scaling. I think they were spending like 15,000 a day at that point.

41:21
And the first thing that I saw was they were not using any interest targeting and Ezra and Boris, Boris is the CMO. They’re like, well, we don’t need to, know, Facebook knows who our customer is. Like we can just target every woman over the age of 50 in the, in the world in this ad set and look, it works. And it’s like, yeah, of course it works. And that is good. I’m not saying it’s bad. I’m just saying that

41:49
you are missing out on a lot of scale because you are not utilizing interest targeting. And so this is a really big misconception. Most people think scaling with media buying is all about spending more money and all about creating new copy and creative to overcome fatigue. But what’s just as important is constantly finding new interests to target to allow you to scale out to more people.

42:17
And so with boom, what I did, I sat down, I spent five or six hours really diving into this woman over the age of 50. I called my mom, I got on Amazon, I was in forums, know, everything that I talk about in my book, really diving into this audience. And by the end of it, I had, you know, I think 150 or 200 brand new interests for Boris to use.

42:44
And because of this, was a reason that 2019 was their best year ever. I did it again last year in 2020, the first few months of this year, we ran a campaign that generated 35,000 new customers. Insane. Like one of the biggest campaigns I’ve ever seen. And there were lots of factors in that, but a big part of it was this interest targeting because

43:09
we were still using the broad targeting. We were still using the lookalikes. know, those were still working, but we had 10 other ad sets, you know, and by the end, 30 other ad sets that were utilizing interest targeting. you know, different clothing companies that spoke to women of this age, we were targeting different interests around retirement, different interests around being a grandmother. I mean, the list goes on and on.

43:35
and actresses that that generation would resonate with, movies, books, blogs, know, anything that would say, hey, I’m of this generation or of these generations. And so I’m going down another rabbit hole here, but it’s just so important whether you are just getting started or whether you are in the position where boom was, if you are not utilizing the interest targeting, you’re absolutely missing out because

44:03
a lot of those people you are able to show ads to, Facebook just wouldn’t have shown them that ad, right? For some reason, they just didn’t look enough like the people that had already taken that action that you’re telling Facebook you want for them to show the ad. So this is what I call horizontal scaling. It also really helps you because targeting is a huge factor in where you’re ranking in the auction. So when you hit confirm on a Facebook campaign, you are entering an auction.

44:32
and the people who are at the top of the auction pay the least amount and get the most reach. And the people that are towards the bottom pay the most and get the least amount of reach. And the people that you are competing against in this auction are the people that are targeting the same audiences that you are on Facebook, which makes sense. And so because most advertisers don’t do this research, most advertisers don’t know that are

44:59
that there are hundreds of thousands, probably even millions of interests inside of that detailed targeting box that you can only find by starting to type them in. There’s no list of them anywhere. That’s why the research is so important. By finding those interests that can really help you because I guarantee that most of your competition or the people that are trying to reach this audience aren’t targeting these interests. And so that’s where you can also find a lot of cheap traffic. So it’s more than just,

45:29
getting in front of the right person at the right time, it’s more than just knowing your audience. This is also a functionality of scale. And it’s also a function of like, this is a great way for you to pay less and just do the work that your competition isn’t doing. So what you’re saying, and let me just try to summarize. Let’s say you had a hundred thousand dollars a day to spend. Instead of putting a hundred thousand dollars on wide open broad targeting in Ezra’s case, you should divide that up into interests and grow horizontally.

45:57
and you’ll get better results that way. Yeah, and it’s even more like, let’s go back to before, as we’re spending 15K, great, he can keep doing that. But now we’re spending double that amount every day. And a big part of that is that, yeah, we’ve got all of these new audiences that we can target. So it’s opening up your bandwidth to scale. And this is also one of the issues in our industry is that we are so hardwired, like A-B testing, test, test, test.

46:26
which one is doing better, turn off everything that’s not doing the best, right? That is a huge issue that is hurting people that isn’t allowing them to scale. A great example of this is let’s look at boom, you know, okay, let’s take for example, the broad targeting or the lookalikes, they might be generating, these are just random numbers I’m throwing up. They might generate, let’s say they generate a thousand customers a day between the two.

46:56
and the CPA is $50. Great, that’s awesome. We’re generating a thousand customers well below our CPA target. We are happy. Then let’s say we’ve got these other ad sets and we’re generating another thousand customers through these interests that we’re targeting, but the CPA is $65. A lot of people would look at that and say, oh, the broad targeting, look likes, they work best.

47:25
So we’re going to turn everything else off, right? Like for some reason that’s where our mind goes. But the issue is, yeah, the others are more expensive and I’m not saying they’re always more expensive. Out of the top 10 ad sets from that 35,000 customer campaign I mentioned, eight of them were interest based in terms of volume of customers acquired. But most people would look at that and say, oh, we’ve got to turn the interest off because they’re more expensive.

47:52
Well, with scale, it’s not always about which one is the cheapest. It’s not always about which one is the best. It’s are we able to acquire more volume of people over here in this area? So we would look at that and say, cool, it’s 65, this other is 50. We don’t really care because we acquired 2000 people and in aggregate, we are well below our CPA threshold. If you looked at it the other way, you would have only acquired a thousand dollars today.

48:21
or a thousand customers today, right? And you would be cutting your scale in half. Basically, if it’s working, may as well maximize it. Absolutely. And it’s not always about, you know, which one is working best, right? Like that is a real issue with mindset when it comes to Facebook ads. But that’s not the case in terms of creative though, right? Well, it is in terms of

48:49
I mean, of course I want to look at what’s working best, but you know, I’m allowing as many ads as possible to continue running, even if they don’t look as profitable as the others, because I know that they’re working together, like within each ad set, all of those ads are working together. We’ve rarely turn an ad off because you don’t know someone might see one of the ads first, another one second, and then finally convert on the third one.

49:14
Right? So if you’ve turned everything off, but your one best converting ad, you’ve just given Facebook way less to work with and your fatigue, like fatigue is going to happen so quickly. Right. So for me, of course I’m always paying attention to it because I want to create more ads that are like the ones that are working best, but kind of the same mindset with ads as audiences too.

49:41
There’s one thing that you mentioned in the book that I wanted to ask you. said that lookalike audiences don’t work as well anymore. Can you elaborate on that? You mentioned something based on the information that Facebook allocates to it. Yeah, I mean, they still work okay for most brands. The issue is that during the Cambridge Analytica stuff a few years ago, Facebook made a lot of changes to the platform. And part of that was the data that is given to lookalikes. So since that,

50:10
I’ve really seen lookalikes not work as great, but like I said, with Boom, we still use them. There are lots of scenarios where they still work. I just don’t find them as powerful as they used to be. Compared to interest targeting. Right. Okay.

50:27
Well, Molly, we’ve been chatting for about 50 minutes now. I wanted to give everyone the opportunity to read your book. So where can they find it? And I know you have some bonuses also that you’re offering as well, right? Yeah. Yeah. Thank you. So Molly Pittman, M-O-L-L-Y P-I-T-T-M-A-N dot com forward slash book. More details on the book there. Also where you can learn more about the bonuses. One is actually

50:55
a free class that Ezra and I put together called Balanced Being, which is a lot about what we were chatting about early in this episode, how to make sure that you’re doing well in business, but that you’re also living and not going through burnout like we have. But yeah, the book is also on Amazon. So if you just search Click Happy on Amazon, you can find the book. And then once you purchase, you can just take that confirmation number.

51:21
and put that at mollipibbin.com forward slash book and that’s where you can get the freebies. Awesome. Well, Molly, it’s always a pleasure to talk to you and I missed the laugh, I must say. So thank you for that. Well, thank you. Thank you for having me. Thanks to everybody who’s listening. This flew by. But yeah, I really appreciate it, All right, Molly, take care.

51:45
Hope you enjoy that episode. Now I love having Molly on the show because she’s so energetic and positive and she knows her stuff when it comes to media buying. For more information about this episode, go to mywebquaterjob.com slash episode 324. And once again, I want to thank Postscript.io, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at Postscript.io slash Steve.

52:12
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Clivio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store,

52:41
Head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

323: What Sets Successful Students In My Course Apart From The Failures With Steve Chou

323: What Sets Successful Students In My Course Apart From The Failures

Can the average person start a profitable online store? What is the most important aspect of starting any successful business?

After teaching almost 4000 students in my Create A Profitable Online Store course, I now have a pretty good idea. In this episode, I share what determines success and 5 habits you much adopt to boost your productivity.

What You’ll Learn

  • The key metric that determines success in business
  • Why strategy is not your problem
  • How to dramatically boost your productivity and motivation

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could a Job podcast, the place where I bring out successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today I’m doing another solo episode where I’m going to talk about what I’ve learned from working with almost 4,000 students in my e-commerce course. Now what makes a student successful and what makes them give up and what are the keys to predictivity? Listen in for more. But before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now if you’re in an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your customer contact list.

00:29
And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS, or text message marketing, is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store, and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript.io, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores, and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button.

00:57
Not only that, but it’s price well too, and with the holiday season rolling around, SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash dev and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash dev. I also want to thank Klaviyo, who is also a sponsor of the show, and it’s safe to say that most of us have been doing a lot more online shopping lately. And if you’re an e-commerce brand, that means you might be seeing more first-time customers. But once they’ve made that first purchase, how do you keep them coming back? That is what Klaviyo is for.

01:26
Klaviyo is the ultimate email and SMS marketing platform for ecommerce brands, they give you the tools to build your contact list, send memorable emails, automate key messages, and more. A lot more. And that’s why over 30,000 ecommerce brands like Chubbies, Brooklinen, and Living Proof use Klaviyo to build a loyal following. Strong customer relationships mean more repeat sales, enthusiastic word of mouth, and less depending on third-party ads. So whether you’re launching a new business or taking your brand to the next level, Klaviyo can help you get growing faster. And it’s free to get started.

01:54
So visit klaviyo.com slash mywife to create your free account. That’s klaviyo.com slash mywife. Now onto the show.

02:20
Welcome to the My Wife Cooder Job podcast. Today I’m doing a solo episode and I’m going to talk about what sets apart these successful students in my class from those who give up. Also, I’ll provide you with a framework on how to be more productive with your time. Now I’ve been running my Create a Profitable Online Store course for about a decade now. And through the years, I’ve had the opportunity to get to know thousands of students on a personal level. Now some students are wildly successful and start making money right away. So for example, Toni Anderson made $25,000 in her first three months.

02:50
and a hundred K in her fourth month alone. Abby Walker, another student in my class made seven figures with her product very soon after launch, but on the flip side, some students languish and don’t ever launch a product. Some students never opened my course after they purchased it. So what separates those two groups of students? Why are some students successful right away? Whereas others are destined to fail. Now, after a decade of experience, I believe that I have the answer and it has nothing to do with intelligence. Here’s my tape.

03:18
So first off, sincerely believe that my course is the most comprehensive e-commerce course available on the market. And if you follow the strategies outlined in the class, you will be successful. There’s no question in my mind. However, you can learn all the tactics and skills in the world, but you’ll never be successful unless you take action. 99.9 % of the time, your lack of success is an output issue. You need to be able to produce consistently over time. And by over time, I mean years and not months.

03:47
Now because your business is a marathon and not a sprint, you need the mental fortitude to weather the ups and downs and your success largely depends on how you respond to setbacks. Some students immediately stop what they’re doing at the first sign of trouble and give up. Other students push through the pain until they find a solution. So as a result, the first step in becoming a successful entrepreneur is fixing yourself. Now this video will focus on the five changes you must make in your life that are within your control to boost productivity.

04:15
maintain your motivation and achieve the output required to be successful. So change number one is to stop filling your body with junk. Now, have you ever had a big meal that ruined your productivity for the rest of the day? Now, back when I worked a day job, I would routinely go out to eat with my coworkers and my afternoon output would be destroyed because of the garbage I put in my belly. Now it’s hard enough motivating yourself to get work done in the first place, but being productive is infinitely more difficult if your stomach isn’t right.

04:44
Now the other day I decided eat ice cream for the first time in over a year and it actually put me out of commission for the entire day. Now my point is that you can’t be productive unless your mind is clear. In order to prevent food coma, you have to watch what you eat. Now for those of you in your twenties who are watching this video, this might not be much of an issue for you, but I guarantee that as soon as you hit your thirties and forties, what you eat will become a huge problem. Now when I went for six pack abs many years ago, I actually accidentally stumbled upon a diet that would transform my entire way of life.

05:14
Now by removing most carbs and junk food from my diet, my mind immediately cleared up. And these days I can easily work for 12 to 16 hours a day without any loss in productivity. But if I were to eat like the average American, I wouldn’t be able to work anywhere close to my maximum efficiency. So the main rule of productivity is if you were eating junk food on a regular basis, you are drastically cutting into your productivity and your motivation. And by changing your diet, you can change your life in more ways than one. So for example, you’ll look better, you’ll feel better.

05:43
you’ll be a lot more productive and most importantly, you’ll feel more confident. For more information on eating for productivity, I recommend exploring a low carb or paleo related diet. Change number two, you got to remove all sources of dopamine. Now starting a business is fun, but it almost always involves pain and suffering. Now as humans, our brains are wired to seek pleasure over pain. And as a result, we naturally gravitate towards activities that make us feel better in the short term.

06:11
Now these brief moments of pleasure are caused by dopamine, which is a chemical released by the brain when something good happens unexpectedly. And in today’s day and age, the average human is bombarded by dopamine hits throughout the day. So for example, your brain releases dopamine every time you get a like on social media. You receive a text message, you play video games, you watch a YouTube video, you go to a party, you check your Google analytics, you get a notification on your phone. And in fact, the most abused drugs in the world cause the release of dopamine, which makes them addictive.

06:40
Now what does this have to do with productivity? Because working on your business isn’t always pleasant, your brain will naturally gravitate towards anything that gives you a quick dopamine hit. Now here’s a quick test to see if you are experiencing dopamine overload. Does your mind ever wander when you try to sit down and work? Do you find yourself checking social media constantly? And have you ever accidentally watched YouTube or TikTok for hours when you should have been working? Now in order to be more productive, you have to cut all the dopamine out of your life. And this actually starts with getting rid of your cell phone.

07:11
Now when you sit down and work, keep your phone somewhere else, close all browser tabs and focus only on the task at hand. Turn off anything that can bring you pleasure and avoid all external stimulation. After all, you have to train your brain to do the hard things. You have to train your brain to avoid what is easy and you have to learn how to deal with long periods of boredom and the grind. Now when I was a kid, my parents used to make me study all the time. I actually started preparing for the STTs in the fourth grade.

07:37
and I spent a good deal of my childhood doing things that weren’t fun while my friends were playing outside. And for four summers straight, I attended a six week overnight camp where we literally studied eight hours a day with two hours leisure time at night. And when I played volleyball for my high school team and the junior Olympics, I used to play for four hours a day. And then when I got home, I do jumping exercises to improve my vertical leap for another hour before bed. Now looking back, these times weren’t that fun, but they trained me to embrace the pain and I saw the results.

08:07
So bottom line, if you want to make progress, eliminate as many dopamine sources from your life as possible. And after all, you can enjoy building a business if there are other sources of pleasure all around you. Now this means no YouTube, no social media, no phone, no games, no TikTok, nothing. If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council.

08:35
to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself. Now first and foremost, protecting your IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price.

09:04
And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult. And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a $100 discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now back to the show.

09:33
Change number three is to ruthlessly eliminate everything that detracts you from your goal. Now you can’t get something from nothing and everything has a cost. And for most of you who want to start an online business, you’ll likely have to make some hard choices on what to eliminate in your life. Now, when my wife and I first started our e-commerce store, we cut out our friends for an entire year and sacrificed our nights and our weekends. Now you can’t have everything and you need to systematically eliminate anything that distracts you from your goal.

09:59
Now I’ve had students sign up for my course immediately after buying a fixer upper house. I even had a student start a business immediately after filing for divorce because she wanted to be self-sufficient. did any of these students succeed? Probably not. And bottom line, if you want to maximize your chances at success, you have to ruthlessly prioritize. Now, if you have friends who are constantly dragging you away to go drinking, then you may need to cut them out of your life temporarily. If you have people in your life who are constantly doubting you, then they need to go.

10:27
Your brain only has a finite amount of power every day and you need to preserve every last bit where you can. So for example, many successful entrepreneurs I know eat the exact same thing every day, the exact same clothes every day and own as few possessions as possible. And if you have to think about what to wear or eat, you are wasting brain power. If you have a house or a car that is constantly breaking down, you are wasting brain power. Becoming a minimalist may sound a little bit extreme, but if you sit down and think about it,

10:56
your possessions actually suck away a lot of your brain power every single day. So for example, last week I was shopping for a brand new wireless router and I literally spent most of the day doing research on which one to buy. And then I spent another two hours trying to get the best deal. And what can I say? I can’t help being cheap. Now, if this purchase wasn’t so crucial to my online businesses and my kids’ virtual education, I probably would have put it off. But bottom line, if you’re going to start a business, be prepared to go all the way and follow through. This might mean fighting with your wife,

11:26
sleeping on the couch, losing your friends and sacrificing activities that you enjoy. might mean avoiding carbs and your favorite foods, but success in life is really a test of your endurance and how much you really want it. And the best type of success is the type that you earn through hard work. The more extraneous activities you can eliminate from your schedule, the more likely you’ll succeed. Change number four, maximize the time that you do have. Now almost every successful entrepreneur I know follows a set routine.

11:54
After all, if you are all over the place and don’t set aside a time to work, you’ll never get anything done on a consistent basis. Most of you will be more productive during certain times of the day. So for me, I work the best in the mornings from about 730 AM until noon. And in the afternoon, I get distracted a little bit more easily and I don’t concentrate as well. As a result, I set aside the work that requires the most brain power for the early morning hours of my day. Now this includes writing blog posts, coding up new plugins and producing videos.

12:23
For the afternoons, I typically reserve less brain intensive tasks like answering emails, interviewing guests for my podcast, or just paying the bills. In addition, I only try to accomplish one major task per day, max. Now this is important because unless you are Superman, you probably don’t have the skills and stamina to tackle more than one major thing at a time. After all, I’d rather finish one task and do it very well than halfheartedly complete two separate tasks. And to ensure that I’m at peak productivity during my morning time slot,

12:53
I literally try to make my room as dark as possible and turn on only a single light at my desk. In addition, I listen to 80s music with my noise canceling headphones on and this helps me remove all external distractions. But overall, you should find the optimal time slot that works for you and try to accomplish just one task per day. Remember your business is a marathon and making forward progress, no matter how small should be your primary objective every single day. And then the final change is to not focus on the money.

13:23
Now when it comes to running a successful online business, your goals should never be the money. And instead money will be just the byproduct of your hard work. So for example, the reason why people buy my e-commerce course is because my students are successful. And when I want to sell more courses, I do not focus on short-term sales tactics like upsells, cross sells, tripwires and hidden fees and all the other strategies you hear online. Instead, I focus my time on making my students successful and the money just comes naturally.

13:51
Most of the successful guests on my podcast have followed a similar pattern. Now did my friend Eric Chang become an underwater photographer for the money? No. Instead, he focused all of his time on taking better photos and the money just quickly followed. Did my buddy Joe Jitsukawa start producing videos on YouTube to make money? No. But what started out as a hobby turned into a business once he perfected his craft. Now being a top entrepreneur is rarely about the money. You have to be good at what you do and then the money follows afterwards.

14:20
Now many people email me for the easiest way to make money online and right off the bat, this is the wrong mindset to have. Being the best always requires practice and doing the work that sucks. There’s no easy button and you eventually have to do the parts that don’t feel good. You have to tackle a task that you aren’t good at. So what is the secret to business? Well, you can learn all the strategies and tactics in the world, but it’s pointless unless you can execute. And execution starts with getting your life together first. As a result,

14:47
Don’t start a business unless you are willing to make some sacrifices you were willing to put in the time and your mind and your body are ready for the work. Now, if I were to choose any single change to focus on that I mentioned in this video, it would be to remove the dopamine in your life. The most satisfying pleasures in life come from hard work and short-term hits like social media always feel great, but only last for a microsecond. In order to experience long-term happiness, you have to feel the pain first.

15:16
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now can almost guarantee that if you follow the tips mentioned in this episode, your productivity will practically double overnight. But let me know what you think. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 323. And once again, I want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned cart sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot.

15:43
So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-C-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

16:11
Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you’re interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and it’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

322: Benny Lewis On How To Make 7 Figures Language Hacking

322: Benny Lewis On How To Make 7 Figures Language Hacking

Today, I’m thrilled to have Benny Lewis on the show. I’ve actually known Benny for over 10 years because we were in the same Google group for blogging many years ago.

Benny is known as the Irish polyglot and he runs FluentIn3months.com, which is a resource site for language learners that gets over 2 million visits a month.

Benny speaks seven languages fluently and today we’re going to discover how he makes money through his love of language hacking.

What You’ll Learn

  • How Benny turned his love of language into a business
  • How to build traffic to a language site
  • How to monetize a seemingly unmonetizable niche

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I my friend Benny Lewis on the show, and Benny is known as the Irish Polyglot, and he managed to create a seven-figure business based on his love of languages. So stay tuned to learn how he did it. But before we begin, I want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Now it’s safe to say that most of us have been doing more online shopping lately. And if you’re an e-commerce brand, that means you might be seeing more first-time customers.

00:28
But once they’ve made that first purchase, how do you keep them coming back? That is what Klaviyo is for. Klaviyo is the ultimate email and SMS marketing platform for e-commerce brands. It gives you the tools to build your contact list, send memorable emails, automate key messages, and more. A lot more. And that is why over 30,000 e-commerce brands like Chubby’s, Brooklinen, and Living Proof use Klaviyo to build a loyal following. Strong customer relationships mean more repeat sales, enthusiastic word of mouth, and less depending on third-party ads. So whether you’re launching a new business or taking your brand to the next level,

00:57
Klaviyo can help you get growing faster. And it’s free to get started, so visit klaviyo.com slash my wife to create a free account. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postsgroup.io for sponsoring this episode. Now, if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. SMS, or text message marketing, is already a top five revenue source for my e-commerce store.

01:25
and I couldn’t have done it without Postscript.io, which is my text message provider. Now, why did I choose Postscript? It’s because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is the tool easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at a push of a button. Not only that, but it is price well too. And with the holiday season rolling around, SMS is the perfect way to engage with your customers. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free.

01:53
That’s P O S T S E R I P T dot IO slash Steve. Now onto the show. Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter Job podcast, where we’ll teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host, Steve Chu.

02:15
Welcome to the My Wife, Quitter, Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Benny Lewis on the show. Now, Benny is actually someone who I’ve known for probably 10 plus years because we were in the same blog voting group many, many years ago before I even knew who he was. But we didn’t actually get a chance to meet face to face until a couple of years ago at the Menfluential Conference. And what is hilarious was that I think the first thing that Benny said to me was, dude, check out my TikTok. And it was him like showing me this TikTok of him acting like super goofy on camera.

02:45
Now, Benny is actually known as the Irish Polyglot and he runs fluentin3months.com, which is a community that gets over 2 million visits a month. And it’s a great learning resource for language learners all around the world. And the man speaks seven languages fluently and countless others conversationally. He’s actually helped Tim Ferriss learn Tagalog and he runs a very successful business doing so. And with that, welcome to the show, Benny. How are you doing today, I’m doing great. Thanks so much for having me.

03:13
How’s the TikTok game going by the way? Cause that was like two years ago. was two. So I was very early to the TikTok game and it really suits my personality. I’ve ADHD. So these like short form videos, I was born for that, you but I’ve really put the effort into posting more consistently over the last few months. And then it’s been growing now every, every couple of weeks. One of my videos will get like 300,000 views, which is just amazing. Cause

03:41
I don’t see that kind of consistency on other platforms as easily, you know? That is crazy. We’ll talk about TikTok later on and you can give people your handle because you’ve got some really creative videos. You’re always pushing the envelope. For those in the audience who have no idea who you are, Benny, just give us the backstory and how you decided to turn your love of languages into a business because it’s pretty random. Yeah. So it’s random, especially because I write about languages. I publish books about learning languages.

04:09
But my background is actually in electronic engineering. So I graduated as an engineer and I had always had this interest to learn, especially Spanish, but I did poorly in languages in school. So my background isn’t someone who’s just grew up speaking a bunch of languages. When I was 21 years old, I could only speak English. And I moved to Spain and I kind of imagined, as many people would, that just being in the country is going to automatically

04:38
force you to learn the language. But after six months living in Spain, I couldn’t speak a sniff of Spanish because I had hung out with other English speaking expats. I talked to the people who had been arriving and successfully learning Spanish, and I really tried to understand what were they doing differently. And I wanted something simple in terms of it being, you know, some program that they bought or some, some audio they listened to while they slept or whatever. But it turned out

05:05
They were just actually genuinely trying to speak the language. And that was my big realization that I needed to speak the language consistently from the beginning. And ever since then, whenever I tried to learn a new language, I have had a model of speak from day one. And that was way back in 2003. So I have been traveling for the majority of the last 17 years, every few months, picking my stuff up and moving to a new country.

05:34
and trying to learn a new language. And after I had been doing this for six years, so 2009, that’s when I started my blog. And the goal of my blog was to inspire other people to try to learn languages themselves, because my whole thing is trying to demolish the concept that I have some natural talent and other language learners have some inborn talent. That this is actually something that you can pick up as an adult.

06:02
because of the way that I’ve been blogging and making videos about it. It’s floated. And as you said earlier, it’s reached a good two million unique visitors a month. That is crazy. I mean, can we break down that traffic? Where’s it coming from? I want to say at least 60, 70 percent from the States, because the blog is in English, it’s English speaking audience. I do have lots of people who follow me from other countries on my other channels, my video based channels.

06:32
Um, and I was telling you this briefly before the call, but one thing I really like about my business is I’ve gradually, uh, stepped further and further back from managing every single aspect of it. So to be honest, I haven’t seen my Google analytics in about four or five years. So I don’t really know. The only reason I know I have 2 million uniques a month is because the site manager told me that I have it. So do you have an idea? Is it Google traffic?

06:58
Pinterest, YouTube, I mean, where’s the traffic coming from? what traffic source? I want to say at first, first five or six years that I was working way more behind the scenes. Most of it was social. So it would have come from Facebook and social media in general. But since I’ve hired a team, they’ve helped me to create SEO geared content because I actually never, to this day, I’ve never learned anything about SEO.

07:27
So I would write content that just had that, that kick in virality to be shared. So, you know, real tongue in cheek kind of ways of expressing why people should learn this or why this isn’t as hard as they think. And I had a big aspect of storytelling. So I would pull a lot of people in with, as you can imagine from the title of the blog, I would have these intensive three month projects. So I’d get a

07:55
burst of new people following as I announced whatever the next language was. Now, having said that, team that I’ve hired have expanded on writing SEO friendly articles. So now I do believe that we’ve definitely gone over half of our traffic coming from Google. And the great thing is from what I know, every time Google does an update to their algorithm, it almost always affects my site positively.

08:23
The team I work with, they come up with excellent content. now my job is mainly, I’ve taken a step back from creating the blog content and I’m mainly working on video. So even though the blog continues to have multiple posts every week, I’m mostly just going to be the embedded videos whenever it’s relevant to a blog. So Benny, we have similar backgrounds in that we’re both electrical engineers. I’m just curious for selfish reasons why you decided to drop that and go into this. Well,

08:52
When I was growing up in Ireland, we had Spanish students visit my hometown to learn English. And that’s what inspired me to want to learn Spanish. And when I first moved to Spain, I actually had an internship as an engineer. And for, I want to say the first five or six years, my plan was actually to become a conference translator for technical conferences where people would talk about engineering concepts.

09:20
Instead of doing that, I ended up having a very early in the game, had a work online opportunity way back in 2006, where people would email me engineering documentation in Spanish and French, and I would translate it to English. Generally translators would translate to their mother tongue. And I got pretty good money from that because all my clients were based in Europe. I was earning in Euro and I was spending in rupees or pesos or whatever it was.

09:49
So I could live it up and this was way before I even started the blog. So for a while I was still combining the languages with my technical background. And I’m very passionate about travel and immersing myself in other cultures. And I’ve never really described myself as someone who’s passionate necessarily about learning languages. And it’s one of the reasons that I’ve had so much success with learning languages. I don’t…

10:15
get bogged down with perfectionism and think that this language is such a pure, beautiful thing. I need to get everything correct. For me, a language is a means to an end. It’s a tool that helps me to get to know people from another country. And because I see it like that, it means that I give myself permission to make mistakes as a beginner learner. And that helped me learn so much faster compared to people who may put the language on a pedestal and they don’t want to ever

10:45
make the tiniest little mistake in it. And that’s going to stop them from making any progress ever. So I can see how languages or the love of learning languages has a very broad based appeal for your blog. Do you remember how you generated like early traffic to your blog back in 2009? I do. Yeah. It’s essentially, as I alluded to before, it’s the story. because I didn’t have any SEO that I was working on for vast majority of the history of the blog,

11:15
What I would do, and I had the same method to grow my email list as well, is I would use a certain sense. I mean, we’ve got a lot of musicals and acting in my family, so I have this sense of drama to my personality. So I kind of injected that into my blog and I created a sense of suspense and I would kind of build up, you know, what is the next language I’m going to learn? I would have people taking surveys and quizzes.

11:44
to see if they could guess it, or I’d be giving clues in ways that you couldn’t necessarily Google easily. And because of this, I built this interest in firstly announcing it. And then obviously after I announced it, I would continue to create the narrative. this narrative, I definitely feel, is what drove the very, very fast growth in those initial years of the blog, is that people followed me for the story. They wanted to see how would Benny do.

12:13
And I shared both the successes and the failures. Because obviously if you attempt so many different projects, some of them aren’t going to go so well. And at the end of it, if I did not reach the target that I had aimed for, I’d be writing in great detail about why that happened and what I’m going to do differently next time. And I’m absolutely positive that this is the reason that I had this kind of traction. Because when I came onto the scene in 2009, I was not the first person to ever write a blog about languages or learning languages.

12:43
There were lots of other people doing that, but they were doing it from a much more traditional perspective of writing about the content of the language and not really tying it in to any sort of narrative. And that’s what really helped things kick off for me. you give the audience an example of maybe like your most popular stories that really hit it viral? Well, I’d say in terms of blog articles that have done the best, I would say

13:10
When it was my 29th birthday, I wrote an article of 29 life lessons I’ve learned in traveling the world. And I took a little piece of something, some form of wisdom I might have picked up in a different country. And that, that did spectacularly well. Another one in terms of, like I said, I like to be tongue in cheek a bit, is I wrote about, I really like using the languages that I’ve learned to learn about the culture of the countries.

13:37
And I expanded that beyond languages. And I wrote about clashes I’ve had in America. So the article was cultural clashes this European has had in America. And that article, after just one month, had 9,000 comments on it. I forget how much traffic it was getting. It was obviously going viral, but it was very much galvanizing people, either on one end or the other. you Euro trash, get back to your country versus…

14:05
Yeah, you tell them how it is. was great. I was loving it because, you know, when you’re dealing with controversy, people will angrily share a link on Facebook or something at the time, you know, because that would have been my bigger source of traffic. But they’ll angrily share it on some social media and say, this guy is an idiot. And they’ll link to my blog and they’ll share it with other people. And they never really realized that. And I always tell people who are trying to write about something

14:35
that could potentially be a little controversial to really double down on it. mean, you don’t want to go overboard. You don’t want to offend people, obviously, but to a certain extent. But I really doubled down on here are my controversial opinions on the fact that tipping is dumb and I don’t like this and I don’t like that. And I wrote about like a list of things that I clashed with with American culture and it just did spectacularly well. And that was kind of along the theme of

15:04
cultural differences between countries, which was something I had written about many times for other countries. That’s actually a great tip. So we actually started blogging at around the same time. And for a while, I was afraid of offending anybody and I wasn’t getting any traffic. It’s only once I started taking stances, maybe not as extreme as yours, Benny, did actually any of my articles start gaining traction. And what’s funny, Benny, when you started, there was no social media. So how did something go viral? I remember

15:32
my 29 life lessons post that went particularly viral on stumble upon. you remember. Oh yes. Yes. So that it did. And then, you know, Facebook, Facebook was around by then. So people would have shared it there. Same with Twitter. So there was a bit of social media, but generally it was people sharing it directly. I think if I looked at my analytics, the majority just said either no source or other other websites would syndicate or link back to it.

16:02
I had many people offer to translate the articles and link back to the original. I know the Huffington Post, they syndicated a few articles and they linked to the original in the top title. So I got a lot of traffic through those means as well for people just directly linking from their own blogs to my blog. So you don’t really handle any of the stuff your team does now, but what traffic generation techniques are you using today?

16:28
So today I know that our major source would be SEO. So not something I work on directly myself, but generally what we do is we get a lot of questions from people. get a lot of questions via email in response to Instagram posts or YouTube comments, that kind of thing. And we try gather these questions, see when something is coming out on top and try to address that. And a lot of the questions are quite basic. People may…

16:57
Like we, we noticed we got a significant number of people asking, you know, how do I, how do I roll my R in Spanish? For instance, that’s just something we could write an article about. And I’m sure there’s, there are other things that the team themselves do to see on Google trends where people are actually searching for. But like, um, that’s, that’s handled by them. Okay. What I did for the first few years was a lot more haphazard. And it’s one reason why I prefer the current role that I have that I

17:27
I just make videos with whatever random ideas I have. And then my team assigns me three days a week. kind of, since I was telling you before the call, I’ve demoted myself to the chief creative officer. And I really, really like that I’ve done that. And one aspect of it, of course, by demoting myself means I give the team a little bit more power and they have three days a week that they can dictate the kind of content that I’m creating.

17:55
which is the kind of content that actually definitely brings us consistent traffic. So things people are searching for in terms of how do I count up to a hundred in Spanish? I just recorded a video on that the other day. So things like this that are not necessarily the kind of content I’m passionate about. If I’m making a video, I prefer for it to have some kind of ridiculous aspect to it. know, but ultimately I like the situation I’m currently in because it’s balanced.

18:25
It means that I have two days a week that I have complete creative freedom where I can make silly things that, you know, maybe have like nine out of 10 of them will, will get decent traffic. Nothing too big a deal, but one out of 10 of them will explode and go viral because it’s so unique and ridiculous. And I like that. But then at the same time, three fifths of the content I’m making is specifically tailored to what my team has analyzed. Find actually is getting us.

18:55
consistent long-term traffic. Right. Yeah, that’s a good balance. How did you actually get your articles syndicated? Was that something you intentionally did or did it just kind of happen by accident? I think it’s happened by accident for the vast majority. mean, obviously I’ve done my fair share of guest posts on other blogs. Generally, when I do that, it’s unique content, not syndication. Right. I know that for a while I had an arrangement with Huffington Post where they just syndicated a certain

19:24
wasn’t any kind of financial arrangement. just appreciated the traffic they were sending me, but no, don’t, I don’t think I’ve had, I’ve had any kind of a strategy. It’s just, it’s just happened naturally. Yeah. I mean, I can see your style of writing and just the nature of the videos that you do. Like those are just things that people want to share. And I’m going to, I’ll post links to like your channel and your blog just so people can see it. But right now, so let’s say you have, you have this 2 million uniques per month. How do you monetize that traffic?

19:53
Yes. How do you make money? Yeah. So initially it was my own products, probably similar to yourself. I would have like initially struggled with the idea of how can I monetize a blog? And it was actually Chris Gilleboe who inspired me when I met him very early on, like when my blog was just six months old, met him in Bangkok and he inspired me to create a simple ebook to because people

20:20
were enjoying my blog, but there was no start to finish process of how do I actually learn a language? I would give tips, but it’d be very disperse and there’d be no structure to it on the blog because then I’d give a narrative story that wouldn’t necessarily have any kind of actionable advice in it. But I created an ebook in 2010 and that did exceptionally well. It’s so well that I was able to quit my job as a translator immediately after I launched the ebook.

20:49
Wow. And part of that process was definitely the email list. So the blog being two million uniques a month sounds impressive. But what I think is a lot more important is that my email list is 300,000 people with an average open rate over 30%. So we actually, if I, if I didn’t call my list, we would definitely be at a million subscribers at this stage, but our open rate would be terrible.

21:17
So we, every six months, we actually put people into an autoresponder to try to get rid of them because we don’t want them to be impacting our open rates and to see if they’re still active so that they stay on the list. But the email list has been the way that I actually earn money. So if you’re looking around the blog, we literally just six months ago started to put advertising on the blog.

21:45
For over 10 years, we never had a single ad on the blog. But ultimately with the kind of traffic we had, and especially because I’d spent a couple of years, very expensive years in New York, and we needed to get a boost of income. So we saw this as the easiest way by far that we switched over to Believe Mediavine, where we have targeted ads for people. But that’s very, very recent. Before that, we would just want to get people on our email list.

22:14
I do know that about 60 % of our revenue that comes in is from other people’s products that we act as an affiliate of. it’s a lot of work to create these products. I put that work in and then obviously over time they become slightly less relevant. Like I might list my favorite resources, but then the company stops to update their product or something and it doesn’t become as useful.

22:44
So it’s a lot of work and I’m not necessarily as passionate about that. So for a long time, I stepped back from making my own products, but because one of the things we do when you’re on our site and we suggest you join our email list, because we give people a crash course in how to have their first basic conversation in a week, we will ask you what language you’re learning as you’re signing up to the email list. And this information is extremely useful because it means that

23:14
If you are learning a language as specific as Swahili, you are actually, it’s actually more valuable to us per subscriber, a Swahili learner than a Spanish learner. Because a Spanish learner has so many other resources that they could potentially be buying, but a Swahili learner doesn’t have that many options that they could buy. And we have done all the research and we have the partners that we work with, in this example.

23:42
Swahili pod one on one, we get recurring revenue for referring people to that product. So that means you’ve signed up to our email list. We know what languages you want to learn. We give you like tons and tons of free information. And then of course, once in a while, we’ll push one of these products. And that’s effectively how we make the vast majority of our income is by sharing resources to other people’s products. And then more recently this year, I have gotten back in the game of my own products and I have a

24:12
a three month community, the Flute in Three Months challenge that people join. And then my team guides them into intensively learning a language in the same kind of style that I would do myself. So we have been getting back into it. It’s a lot of work to maintain, especially because I have my team running it. So they put a lot of hours into it. But so far it’s turning out quite well. So we’ve got the nice balance of other people’s products, as well as growing our own to be

24:42
Ideally larger than the current percentage of our full-time income, since we’re still relying on third parties a lot more than we’d like to, you know?

24:54
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now, what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

25:23
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

25:52
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s EMERGECONSCL.com. Now back to the show. So when you first started out, you started out with that ebook that made you enough for you to quit your job. Did you continue on that path to make your own products before going the affiliate route? Or did you jump to did. Yeah. I’d say a good five or six years. And for anyone listening to this who might be feeling like I’m…

26:18
I don’t know if I could do that or it’s just so much work to create an ebook. One thing that I did was I threw together the advice that I could come up with. spent maybe, I don’t know, a month or two intensively writing this ebook. And do know what I did? It was in Microsoft Word and I literally clicked File, Save As PDF, and I put that up on E-Junkie and that was it. There was no complications whatsoever to it.

26:46
It was the ugliest ebook you could imagine, but at the time people just wanted to get my advice and I could take a portion of the profits I made from that initial sale to then hire a designer to make a nice looking ebook. And there were actually a couple of mistakes so I could even hire an editor, but I did that after launching it. And a big issue I know a lot of people with a perfectionist mindset have is it needs to be perfect before you launch it.

27:16
And one of the major reasons I can pinpoint the majority of my success in many aspects of life, both in language learning and in business, is that I’m an imperfectionist. That I’m okay with getting it done rather than getting it perfect. I’ll get it done. I’ll put it out there. I’ll ship it. And then I’ll tweak it after that because at least it’s in the system. I’m getting feedback and potentially earning revenue from it or with a language.

27:44
I’m actually using it and getting practice. And this is my philosophy with everything you just got to ship it. Nice. That’s actually really good advice. And I’m just kind of curious. So with e-books, you can easily iterate on it. But I know that you’ve published a bunch of physical books as well. What was the rationale for going that route? Yeah. So physical books, wouldn’t recommend to anyone necessarily. Unless you’re JK Rowling, you’re not necessarily going to be making a lot of money from physical books. For me, it was more

28:12
that I’m in a somewhat academic space. And for a long time, people wouldn’t take me as seriously because I was just a blogger. So it was more to get my, it was more for expanding my reach to other audiences and just to be taken a bit more seriously. So my first book, I put a lot of effort into launching that. It became an international bestseller, did very well. And since then I’ve gotten the likes of paid speaking engagements being interviewed on television.

28:41
Whereas beforehand, they wouldn’t have really taught themselves why would we want to interview a blogger? know, whereas instead they’re like, now we want to interview an author. And nothing really changed except the book was out. And similarly, I published a bunch of other books, which are actual language courses. And I published them with the same publisher that Charles Darwin used for the Theory of Evolution, John Murray, and like a British publisher. So that has a lot of

29:10
prominence to it, that people really take you seriously and that I’ve been able to have universities get in touch with me. Because ultimately, I really want to inspire as many people as possible to learn a language. The books have definitely been a negative impact to my finances. The amount of work and effort I put into them versus the money I’ve gotten back from sales.

29:36
On the other hand, it’s free advertising because once they reopen again, all the Barnes and Nobles in the country have five of my books in the language shelves. And that’s people I wouldn’t necessarily reach with some kind of a viral video. If they’re in their bookshop, then they’ll see me. And of course I have my blog URL printed on the back and I’d suggest they join my email list and they get into chains that I’m more likely to earn more sustainable income.

30:04
Did you already have a big audience before you wrote that physical book? that how you became a bestseller? Yeah, I used my audience to drive the sales of that book. How does one become an award winning traveler nominated by National Geographic? How the heck did that happen? That was actually quite funny. I got an email when this goes right back to what I was saying before about perfectionism. I got an email from somebody from National Geographic that apparently

30:32
They had run a poll and some of my audience had nominated me for traveler of the year. And they were in the decision-making process and they needed to get an answer from me about why do I travel? Now, if you are somebody who maybe has again a mentality that I need to write the best essay to convince these people, I’m going to take the next few weeks to write this response to this email.

31:02
But I’m not that kind of person. was just like, oh, this sounds like too much work. I literally wrote them an email in 10 minutes and just shut it off and didn’t run it by anybody. And it was not perfect. It might’ve even had a spelling mistake in it for all I know. But the response that they got, they loved it so much that that was what convinced them to ultimately go with my nomination and put me on their official title of the travel of the year. And I said something about how

31:30
how I get inspired by learning languages and how I love other cultures. But again, I think if I had put too much thought into it, then I would not have, I probably wouldn’t have replied in time, or I may have given them a too long response. And sometimes with things like this, the less words, the better. And that’s essentially the main reason. mean, obviously the initial reason I was on their radar was because some of my readers had nominated me. Sure. Sure.

32:00
And knowing you is probably pretty sarcastic and tongue in cheek in that reply also, right? Yeah, of course. My whole philosophy is to not take too many things too seriously. One question on like a personal level, I just wanted to ask you, like, how does exactly one learn a language fast? Like I took Chinese school for 12 years and you probably speak Chinese better than I do. I actually am positive that you speak Chinese better than I do. Yeah. So I took German in school for five years.

32:27
And at the end of that experience, I couldn’t even order a train ticket when I first went to Germany. So I’m in the same boat as you. And I understand precisely why you took all that time to learn the language and you don’t have anything to show for it. And it’s mainly because when we think of language learning in academic circles, we kind of do it back to front. We obsess over the grammar and getting everything right or in the likes of Chinese, maybe getting the

32:57
the Chinese characters, being able to write them perfectly, that kind of thing. There’s a lot of things that we focus on that don’t actually help us in the short term. And I always try to get people out of this mindset of thinking of languages academically. It’s not like studying mathematics or geography, where every mistake you make is something you deserve to get a big red X on and bring you closer to a fail. Because if you imagine

33:24
You have an opportunity to speak a language and you have very little of it in your head and you want to ask somebody where something is and you say simply, supermarket where? They will understand that and they’ll give you a response and you’ll have achieved what you wanted to do. Whereas if you went to the perfectionist path, you would wait and you would not say that until maybe a year from now when you could say, excuse me, kind sir, could you direct me to the nearest supermarket, please? And you, you know, you have the equivalent of that in your foreign language.

33:55
And I think that this issue is what we have in academia, in schools, that we tend to have too much perfectionism. So what I’ve done differently and what I’ve recommended to people who have gotten into languages, and even to a certain extent, what I’ve seen in use successfully in countries like the Netherlands, where the way that they teach a language like English is that they use it truly as a means of communication.

34:23
And they tried to actually get their students to actively speak it from the very first lesson, even if what they’re speaking isn’t perfect. And that’s the thing is you need to encourage speaking rather than encouraging a lack of mistakes. And that’s the major difference. like, it took me a long time to really get this philosophy in my head. So when I finally got around to learning Mandarin, the major difference was I had been learning languages for so many years.

34:53
That even though Mandarin is nothing like any other language I had ever learned, I had the same philosophy that as soon as I arrived in Taiwan at the time, nowadays I would just learn a language entirely online. But at the time I traveled to the country and I just truly tried to use the language as much as I possibly could, despite my mistakes, rather than waiting until I didn’t have mistakes. Because that day is never going to come. Even in English, I still make mistakes. So…

35:22
waiting until you never make mistakes is a fool’s errand. I think what you’re saying actually is a life lesson as well. I mean, it applies to business. It applies to everything in life. So I teach e-commerce and a lot of people spend a lot of time analyzing a whole bunch of stuff when they could probably learn 10x more by just doing it and screwing up and doing it. So that’s the thing. Yeah. Like my, like the shortest way could summarize this philosophy with anything language learning business and such is your goal should be to suck.

35:52
a little less every day. I think that’s from Adventure Time, the cartoon, as to suck a little less every day. When you think of it that way, it’s a lot easier philosophy to take rather than to be perfect every day, you know? Yeah, absolutely. Benny, I want to switch gears. I want to talk about your TikTok adventures, because I know you’ve been building up your account and you’re probably not monetizing it yet, but I know that the stuff that you’ve been doing has been pretty effective. And I know my audience doesn’t know a lot about it. So

36:22
So number one, how does it work and how do you actually get traction from it? Yeah. So the first thing I think like by now, a lot of people would know of TikTok. It’s get like the TikTok videos get shared on other platforms with the watermark stamped into them. And the issue is if you ever open the app, it’s you will get put off it very quickly because the quite a lot of it is teenagers dancing. Yes. And it’s really weird to open the app and have to see that.

36:50
So one of the first things I would tell people is if you do test out the app and you see a video of some girl dancing, if you hold your finger on the screen for a second, a pop-up will come up and you can say, I don’t want to see videos like this. And you have to do that a couple of times, but eventually the algorithm gets the picture. And eventually you’ll start to see videos that you actually genuinely find entertaining, interesting, or relevant to whatever your niche is.

37:20
And I know this because forget if I told you this when I saw you last, but I actually have think either 13 or 14 separate TikTok accounts. Okay. You didn’t tell me that. crap. So what I’m trying to do with TikTok is to reach audiences around the world, but rather than have the one platform, I have my main English TikTok, but then at the same time I have my Spanish TikTok and I have my French and my Portuguese and so on. sense.

37:49
Yeah. So I’ve had to do this process over and over again. And as I start a new account and bring it up, what do I see immediately? I see girls dancing and I’m like, my God, I don’t want to see this. It’s weird. You know, they’re teenagers. So again, you have to train the app to get rid of those. And eventually now when I open up my German account, I will literally only see content about the German language. That’s how like it’s.

38:17
effectively learned what I want to see. So that’s the first thing. You’ll appreciate the content a lot more. If you train it, make sure you like the videos that you enjoy and you mark to not see the videos. And you just have to go through that process. But effectively what TikTok is, it’s like a modern version of Vine that some people may may know of from a few years ago, where it’s a looped video, generally 15 seconds, but it can be up to 60 seconds of someone just

38:46
presenting something. It could be literally anything, like an Instagram story. It can be about whatever you want it to be about. And the reason I feel that it’s doing so well, especially with younger people, a reason that I can definitely relate to because of my ADHD, is it really tailors to short attention spans. So a YouTube video generally is going to be two minutes, 10 minutes, something along those lines. And

39:15
you’re going to get a lot more content out of the likes of YouTube. But something that’s a lot shorter, tailors to someone with a shorter attention span. So everything has to happen in those 50 to 60 seconds, whether it’s a joke with a punchline or you’re trying to teach somebody a single thing or it’s a silly dance video, whatever it is, it has to happen in that short span of time. And as you see one video, you’ll scroll, scroll, scroll, and that’s kind of

39:43
What people will do all day long is scrolling up past the videos and it really kind of kicks in your dopamine, like your need to get a dopamine kick that you’ll see a video, you’ll like it, you’ll see the next video, you’ll like it. Whereas the payoff for some longer form content, like a blog or YouTube video, you have to wait a few minutes. So this is why it’s very easy to get dragged into the likes of TikTok. But in terms of business, like marketing your business, you mentioned there’s a lot of kids on there.

40:13
Is there a lot of money on this platform to be made? Absolutely. yeah, there’s a lot of kids and it’s of course a majority of kids, but that doesn’t matter if 80%. I literally, I don’t know what the numbers are, but if 80 % are under 20, that still means you have 20 % of a billion or whatever users who are over 20. And that’s what I’m interested in. I don’t care about the 80 or whatever percent that are the kids that I know.

40:42
I’m just not going to get any value out of the kind of content I can make. They’re definitely not going to be paying customers. But on top of that, I’m not necessarily going to inspire them to learn a language because my audience tends to be more adult. So you can absolutely tailor to the adults, despite the fact that it is a majority younger platform. Interesting. So have you managed to get any referrals over and how does that process work?

41:07
So similar to Instagram, you can put a link in your bio so people can check out your blog or your YouTube channel or whatever landing page you might have. The most successful that I’ve seen so far is a friend of mine has actually used her TikTok with a relatively low number of followers. Cause obviously if you already have a recognition and a million followers somewhere else, you can…

41:33
You could just use TikTok the same way you would any other platform and just have a big audience. But what I found effective was she made a TikTok where she was giving travel tips, like five quick travel tips or something. And then at the end, she very effectively said, I expand on this. go into way more detail. So she what she does is she gave her travel tips. And at the end of the video, she said, I go into a lot more detail on my email list.

42:00
I just clicked the link in my bio to check that out. And she told me that she got a thousand people sign up to her email list and she did not have a big following. that, was a surprisingly effective use. it’s like, I wouldn’t say necessarily there’s some way to game the system or anything. I feel like a lot of advice that you’ll find anywhere about how to make YouTube videos and how to get people engaged with that, how to write.

42:29
how to write tweets to get people engaged, how to write blog posts to get people engaged. You could take a lot of those same philosophies and apply it to this platform. You you put up as much free content as you can, as interesting stuff that it’s going to grow your followers, that’s going to build trust with your audience, that people are going to associate you with something. So for now, I haven’t done the same kind of thing she’s done. I haven’t actually tried to monetize or get people to click anything.

42:58
But I am trying to build myself up as the language guy on TikTok. I want to have that kind of recognition. So when the time comes and I do want to promote something, I still have to do it in a fun way. don’t think you can like, TikTok doesn’t really lend itself very well the same way the likes of, you know, if I’m scrolling through Instagram, for instance, and I see an advertisement, I can still potentially click that ad and buy something. But with TikTok,

43:26
you’re not really in the mind space as much to be in immediate buying mode. You more likely have to be convinced of it in some other form. So I’m really trying to maintain an entertaining angle. if I want to promote an email, you know, if I come up with a product that I want to sell about learning a language, I’m going to have to think about how could I make a silly sketch where my head explodes or something? And then at the end of it, you

43:55
you get the answer to some question by joining my email list. You you have to take that angle to it. And you would see what works with your niche, with your specialty. But ultimately, it’s similar to any other platform that you just have to put as much content, especially with TikTok. I’d say the main thing is to put as much content out there as possible. And it can be low quality content. One of the reasons I’d say my TikTok did not grow

44:24
very much in the first year or so that I was testing it out is I kind of went against my own advice and I got a little too perfectionist about things. like I really love editing videos and special effects and so on. And I would think it effectively needs to be a shorter version of a YouTube video that happens to be vertical. And you don’t really, that doesn’t necessarily jive with people. don’t need to see high quality video.

44:52
You can literally just grab your phone, talk at it, similar to an Instagram story, except the differences needs to be entirely contained in that 15 or so seconds. Whereas an Instagram story, can obviously trail on between different stories, but it has to have some kind of a punchline to it or whatever. And it does not have to be high quality. And one of my best performing videos was literally a video I just pressed record.

45:19
threw an idea together without any special effects added to it. And then that immediately got 300,000 views. And it’s just because it’s a silly video. So I would recommend people don’t overthink the platform too much. Your friend who got all those email subscribers, are her TikToks more serious or are they kind of silly also? Her TikToks, I wouldn’t necessarily call them serious, but she’s definitely like the ridiculous part of it. That’s just by personality. It’s not, I would not say that’s something you

45:48
necessarily need to bring to TikTok. She makes content about inspiring people to travel and her videos are very visually appealing because she happens to be making them in Bali and she has this spectacular backdrop behind her while she’s making the videos. And so I think that definitely helps a lot that the videos kind of grab you visually, but she doesn’t make like she might throw up the odd video that makes a joke or something, but her content is more

46:17
Here are my top tips on how you can become a digital nomad. And it’s the kind of content you would expect to see on other platforms. She’s just, she’s tested it out. And that’s the thing with TikTok. You just put a bunch of stuff out there. You’re not really going to suffer if you have a bad video. It’s just not going to get a lot of views. You’re not going to lose subscribers because the algorithm doesn’t really work in terms of showing your subscribers or your followers. It doesn’t show them all of your content.

46:48
It just shows you random stuff and it happens to bring whatever is performing well that day. And then sometimes it’ll slightly prioritize people who you’ve followed. But getting a large number of followers is not actually that useful on TikTok because you can go viral and get a million views, even if you have zero followers, which is almost impossible on other platforms. The likes of Twitter, Facebook, Instagram.

47:15
You cannot go viral on those platforms unless a really big name retweets you or something. But within TikTok, you can have no followers. And if your content has viral potential, it can go viral all on its own. And that’s what’s unique about it. It’s what I like about it. It also obviously has loads of problems to it. But this is the part that I feel gives it a bit more of an edge. And it’s still very much the Wild West as far as social media goes.

47:45
Yeah, you might have convinced me to try it. The reason why I’ve been hesitant is because I don’t want to be classified as one of those dancing teenagers. I just feel like it might hurt my credibility for some reason. You know what saying? And I’m a ridiculous guy, but I can tell you, despite that, I have not once done one of those silly dances in any of my films. You know, so I have definitely stuck to my guns and I have done content that I feel

48:14
fits my personality. I haven’t had to sell out to the platform as it were. So you could definitely find a balance and there are lots of people making very serious videos that don’t really even have to have a visually appealing background or whatever. And their content is just interesting that it goes viral. It’s just that because you’re also dealing with short attention spans, you’re a lot more likely to go viral if it’s something entertaining.

48:43
Yeah, for obvious reasons, know, whereas a YouTube video can go viral if it’s if it’s just good content, even if it’s not entertaining, because people put the time in to actually wait out the whole video. Whereas on TikTok, you’ve really got to hit that dopamine fix. You got to make them laugh or whatever it is. So you do have to keep that in mind, but you can absolutely still find a way to make it work. OK.

49:11
Cool, Benny, that’s great advice. And I like how you incorporated some life lessons in this episode. If anyone wants to learn a language or be able to reach out if they have any questions, where can they find you in your business online? Yeah. So if they go to Fluent in three months, and that’s the number three dot com, then just sign up to my email list and I’ll give them a free crash course in how to have their first conversation in a week. And then loads of other stuff. Like I said before, I’m all about

49:39
you know, 90 % free content to make it actually useful. And then I might recommend some resources if they decide to go down that route. And then of course I’ve got, if they look for Irish polyglot, P-O-L-Y-G-L-O-T on social media, that’s how to find the stuff that I’m doing on TikTok, on Instagram. And as it happens on Instagram, I also have 15 accounts. So I make sure to link to them somewhere. They’re, they’re in other languages. So obviously.

50:08
only interesting to people who speak those languages. All right, Benny, appreciate you coming on, man. Thanks so much for having me.

50:17
Hope you enjoyed that episode. Now, if Benny’s personality didn’t come through on the podcast, the man is hilarious. And you should definitely check out either his TikToks or his videos online. For more information about this episode, go to mywebcoderjob.com slash episode 322. And once again, I’m gonna thank Postscript.io, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve.

50:46
That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo, which is my email marketing platform of choice for eCommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. That’s mywifequitterjob.com slash K-L-A-V-I-Y-O. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store,

51:15
head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

321: Why Ecommerce In Q4 Is Going To Be A Disaster With Casey Gauss

321: The Upcoming Ecommerce Disaster With Casey Gauss

Today I’m thrilled to have Casey Gauss back on the show. Casey is the founder of Viral Launch and he’s helped tens of thousands of eCommerce entrepreneurs drive billions of dollars in sales.

He is an expert in all things Amazon and I’m happy to have him back on the show to talk about what he’s been up to (a lot has changed in the past year alone) and to discuss some high-level trends and strategies in the eCommerce space.

What You’ll Learn

  • Casey Gauss’ predictions in the ecommerce space
  • The looming ecommerce disaster for Q4
  • How to prepare yourself for the worst during the holiday season
  • What does it take to launch a successful product on Amazon today

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Could Her Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today, I invited my friend Casey Goss back on the show to talk about the e-commerce disaster that is approaching for Q4. Cryptic, I know, but Casey’s message is important and you have to prepare. But before we begin, I want to thank Postscript for sponsoring this episode. Now if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing.

00:30
I sincerely believe that SMS, or text message marketing, is going to be a huge channel for my store going forward and I’ve chosen Postscript.io to be my text message provider. Now why Postscript? It is because they specialize in ecommerce stores and ecommerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows and abandon cart at the push of a button. Not only that, but it is price well too and you only pay for the messages that you actually send.

00:57
So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-C-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. Now I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Now it’s safe to say that most of us have been doing more online shopping lately. And if you’re an e-commerce brand, that means you might be seeing more first time customers. But once they’ve made that first purchase, how do you keep them coming back? That is what Klaviyo is for. Klaviyo is the ultimate email and SMS marketing platform for e-commerce brands.

01:23
and they give you the tools to build your contact list, send memorable emails, automate key messages, and more, a lot more. And that is why more than 30,000 e-commerce brands like Chubbies, Brooklinen, and Living Proof use Klaviyo to build a loyal following. Strong customer relationships mean more repeat sales, enthusiastic word of mouth, and less depending on third-party ads. So whether you’re launching a new business or taking your brand to the next level, Klaviyo can help you get growing faster, and it is free to get started. So visit klaviyo.com slash mywife to create your free account.

01:52
That’s KLAVIO.com slash my wife. Now on to the show.

02:14
Welcome to the My Wife, Critterjohn podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Casey Goss back on the show. Casey is the founder of Viral Launch and he’s helped tens of thousands of e-commerce entrepreneurs drive billions of dollars in sales on Amazon. He has also spoken a couple of times at my e-commerce conference over at the Seller Summit with great feedback. And he is an expert in all things Amazon and I’m happy to have him back on the show to one, talk about his story because a lot has changed in just the past year alone. And two, discuss some high level trends and strategies in the e-commerce space.

02:44
And with that, welcome to the show. Casey, how are you doing today? I am doing amazing. Steve, thank you so much for having me. I really appreciate it. We met so long ago. It’s kind of always looked up to you. So I definitely appreciate this. It’s been a while now, right? I I missed you this past year, but those past couple of years when we got to hang out, it was a lot of fun. It was for sure. But like, you know, we met back in 2015 and it was like, oh, this is Steve Chu. And so that’s the place that you hold in my mind.

03:09
Yeah, whatever, dude. Whatever, dude. It was a fun mastermind that we had though. I got a lot out of it. That was a lot of fun. It was, for sure. All right, so last time you were on, we talked a lot about how you taught yourself to code and how you started this amazing company to help Amazon sellers. And then one day, I was just randomly checking Facebook and you posted this really long post and I saw that you had left. And I wasn’t 100 % shocked because I hadn’t heard from you in like six months to a year, but would you be willing to share a little bit about?

03:39
What happened? Yeah, man. Yeah. I left. yeah. So, you know, founded this company was a hundred percent owner for a long time. Bootstrap this thing just poured my life into this. Yeah. In, in March of 2020, I officially left. basically kind of, and we can dive into any details, you know, feel free to ask questions, but like basically, you know, I had brought some investors in, I brought some people into the company and

04:08
If you give up certain kind of rights as you raise money, some are normal, some are less normal. You kind of lose control of your, you lose your ability to kind of steer the ship and the investors wanted to go one way. And I did not want to be associated with that. I felt like it was kind of going to kill the company and was not best for our customers or our employees. And I just didn’t want to be associated with it. So put in my resignation and I left as an employee of

04:37
A of months later, I left as a board member. I actually still own the majority of VyreLaunch. So I own majority share of VyreLaunch, but yet am not involved at all. That is very interesting. Can I just ask, this might be a cautionary tale for some people doing software out there. Why did you actually decide to take money in the first place? Yeah, I mean, there’s like some fundamental reasons, like a couple. So like I’ve always associated the greater VyreLaunch scales,

05:06
bigger the impact that we can have. know, a billion dollar company has billion dollar impact, you know, hopefully in a positive way. And so I felt as though, you know, raising money and would allow us to move faster, do more to help more people essentially. And I think that raising money in some ways could be good. I think that basically it was just kind of this like series of unfortunate events of like, you know, I bring in this, so getting down to the fundamentals, like,

05:35
lack of confidence, I guess, is like one kind of contributing factor in myself, whereas like, you know, I’m like young twenties and things are going well, but I’m like, I only have experience. If I brought on people that had a ton more experience than myself and have been there, done that, like things would go so much better. And like, I was just hungry for what I didn’t know and just thought that all these, you older people were going to know so much more than me. That’s like one of my fundamental flaws. And I’ve just repeated it a couple of times where I just bring these

06:05
people with great resumes in and— and ex— think that they know better than me and will trust them over my own instincts and like basically brought some people in. Absolutely wrong people. Literally, you know, the month after bringing in this real high level exec, uh— that was the last profitable month of our launch. So like the month— the month after and things kinda just went downhill from there for— for a number of reasons. Not just this individual but— then that individual brought it— helped me bring in the wrong investors and I thought they were helping, you know, look after me and—

06:35
you know, they weren’t exactly and so it’s just like one bad situation after another. guess, you know, when you bring in investors, they expect you to grow at like, really, really fast, right? And they expect you to spend your money and not be profitable, right? I mean, yes, it completely depends. And a lot of it is just expectation setting. I mean, if you go in and say, hey, we’ve doubled our business every nine months for the last three, four years, and we can we plan on

07:04
continuing this trend and actually accelerating with this investment, then that’s what they’re going to expect. If you say we’ve been running profitably, we’ll want to continue to, but we want to add some more money to the balance sheet so that we can move faster. you know, again, it’s really about setting expectations and you know, we went a little less traditional route and it was kind of sold to me as like a positive thing. And I think in some scenarios it can be positive. We brought in a family fund. it wasn’t like for our

07:32
to lead kind of our series A is like this family out of New York, they’re just billionaires, have tons of money. So like it was pitched as like, yeah, you know, it’s just this one decision maker. And so things can move really quickly. And like, you know, if this person’s, you know, backing you up, then that’s great. And if things are going well, then you can move faster. If things are not going well, or, you know, they’re

07:55
vision or they read the wrong articles and think that things need to go one way and you think things need to go the other, whatever, then they also have this unilateral power in this one individual, whereas like a typical VC, that’s not exactly the case. you mentioned you still have the majority of shares. Doesn’t that give you the majority of the decision-making power still or no? Is that not how it works? No, it’s not how it works. I mean, there’s a lot of DEs that are meant to kind of protect investors. like, again, some are normal, some were less normal, but

08:24
To me, one mistake I made, I’m like a cheap guy. So like I didn’t have a personal lawyer. And you know, I just thought that between, you know, the people on my team that were helping through this, I thought that, you know, we were good. They have all this experience. They’ve been there, done that. And like some of these things were not as normal as I thought. And by the time that I had kind of realized that it was, it was too late. And so, no, yeah. I mean, there are some things where I have majority vote. And so,

08:51
They can’t do things without me. They can’t sell the company. They can’t like raise money, but a lot of other things, I mean, they can do and I can’t, I don’t really have much of a say. Okay. Well, let me ask you this. If you were to do things all over again, how would you have tried it differently given the experiences that you’ve had? Yeah, that’s a good question. You know, I would have one, I would be a lot more appreciative of what was working. Like we had a lot of things that were working. I just always thought that there was

09:20
is this fallacy of like, well, what I don’t know is probably so much better and I desire that thing. And I would have doubled down on what and I would have focused on growing profitably. I just think it aligns incentives with your customers so much better. And I would have just focused on that. And I wouldn’t have brought in some of these high level execs that just completely broke, you know, our culture. And it just in so many ways kind of.

09:47
mess us up, I would have just focused on kind more responsible growth and appreciating what invested more in, you know, the young team members that we had that were doing well, that could have been doing even better versus like saying, there’s probably a bunch of other people that know way better than us. So let’s bring them in and forget about everything else. Yeah, you know, it’s funny, you’re not the only person that I know that has had these issues, you know, when they’re taking funding and

10:16
things just kind of get out of hand because you’re spending money all over the place and then you’re hiring like, you’re probably hiring like crazy too, I would imagine, right? We were, yeah. Yeah. And it’s hard to kind of integrate everyone into the culture and then the culture gets diluted and that sort of thing. So if you were to do it all over again, it sounds like you would not take money and you just kind of grow organically. Yeah. I mean, we were growing well organically and then, you know, I brought, like, I just brought some people, trusted them way too much to help us avoid issues. They,

10:45
steered us right into these issues and I just would have grown much more responsibly and profitably. I mean, I still love the tool. I still actually use it all the time. So I mean, you created something really great and I hope it continues to be that way. Thanks. Yeah. mean, obviously I wish the best for viral launch. I still have a lot of shares there, like, know, when part of this kind of…

11:11
breakup, you will, of me leaving was, you they wanted to cut the majority of the team. They wanted to focus on things that like were more about money in my opinion than like customers and just, so I wish the best for Vyrelaunch, but you know, it’s definitely a different company and it will be interesting to see what they are able to like produce and maintain moving forward. Yeah. And then we can talk about your new opportunity towards the end, cause I know that’s something pretty exciting, but before we get to that, also in your Facebook,

11:40
post, you said a couple of cryptic things that I wanted to extract some more nuggets of knowledge from you. right. So you made a couple of predictions. You’ve made a lot of predictions in the past because I used to listen to your other podcast in the e-commerce space that have, you know, have been pretty accurate, right? So I am kind of curious to your thoughts as where e-commerce is going. So what are some trends that you’re noticing, especially this year with COVID-19? Yeah. Yeah. I mean, some predictions work out some don’t, but yeah, I mean, trends in general, mean,

12:10
saying this, so this is not like, know, unique from me, but COVID has absolutely accelerated e-commerce by, you know, 10 plus years. And that’s like very exciting. And you see it in so many ways, more than just like Amazon itself has grown. mean, you see Marketplace polls, I think put out an article just today talking about how some of the biggest players in e-commerce or the biggest growth in e-commerce was coming from the big box retailers, Best Buy, Target.

12:38
And this was driven a lot by this kind of curbside pickup. And so I think what we’re going to see like come. So, you know, I had this whole. Like I think the second half of 2020 is going to be an absolute bloodbath. It’s going to be this nightmare for logistics because you have demand. Ecom demand has picked up 40, 50 % in, you know, overnight. And what hasn’t grown overnight and can’t is our logistics infrastructure. And so we saw this in, you know, March and April.

13:07
Sellers had this dead inventory where it takes four to six weeks for customers to even be able to get your product when it’s prime in FBA and you can’t pull your inventory out. I think this was, and this is like, you know, March and April shopping. This is not big holiday shopping. And you know, so many stores have said that they’re going to be closed for Black Friday, meaning people are going to be buying online and who’s going to be delivering this stuff.

13:35
We don’t have the fulfillment infrastructure to keep up. Amazon certainly doesn’t. Amazon relies a lot, like almost 50 % on USPS, UPS, FedEx, and these regional carriers. USPS is getting cut and having crazy delays. It’s August already. UPS has said they’re not gonna increase their fulfillment capabilities to meet demand. They’re just gonna charge higher prices. FedEx certainly isn’t gonna be able to take over the load. Amazon’s been trying to get new infrastructure in place. They’re not able to. I, as a customer, am already getting

14:04
packages delayed. Again, this is August, not like crazy holiday shopping. And then, you know, I’ll buy something and it gets delayed by a few days. Sellers are having such troubles getting inventory and so. Anyways. I’ve noticed just running my e-commerce store that, especially USPS actually, a whole bunch of customers have been complaining that they haven’t been getting their packages or they’ve been delayed. And I think priority mail is just junk now that there’s a whole bunch of packages that are taking weeks, even over a month to get delivered. Some don’t ever make it.

14:32
And I’ve also noticed that Amazon Prime, when they promise you two days now, oftentimes it’s gotten delayed like 50 or 60 % of the time for me recently. Dude, it’s August. That’s the thing. This is the slow month, right? Exactly. Exactly. Yeah, it’s just going to be, you know, wild. And so I think the solution, like what we’re going to see happen is we’re going to see temporarily these retailers, like Best Buy, Walmart, like we’re going to see them increase their kind of

15:02
share of the market, e-comm space, as they move to kind of like curbside pickup for deliveries where like, yeah, you can order it from Amazon and get it in four weeks, even though like, you know, Christmas is in five or something like that, or you could get it in a week, but you got to go pick it up from Walmart and it’s a COVID safe pickup or something. So I think we’re going to see more of that. And I think like, this is, I think retailers like Target and Best

15:29
I are really stepping on the gas to accelerate their kind of overall sales push to ecom in the Amazon space. I mean, there’s a there’s a couple of things here. Like one sales are up on Amazon, which is just incredible. I think sales in Q2 grew like 40 some percent year over year, which is just astounding considering how how large Amazon is, which is very exciting. I think the opportunity is greater than ever on Amazon. But you also have, you know, the waters are getting kind of more shark infested, if you will, like, you know,

15:59
there’s more of these kind of private equity companies coming in and trying to do roll ups, just pouring more money into the space, which is just gonna make it more kind of difficult for sellers. But also, I mean, if you have an existing seller business right now that’s doing decently well, you’re in such a good space. And I think that you should either cash out soon because you can get a great multiple, or you should just like your ability to continue to scale your Amazon business will be kind of unprecedented now and you can exit.

16:28
you know, very soon. I also, so there’s that something that like I’ll touch on a little bit deeper here soon, but like one thing that I’m kind of seeing at Thrasio is that like organic. So back in, sorry if I’m like, you know, talking to my- no, no, I’m listening. This is good stuff. Go for it. Yeah. Okay. So in 2015, we helped this brand. They launched their very first product ever. Never sold a single product anywhere. Launch it June of 2015, 2016. They do $36 million on Amazon alone in just the U S. Yeah. It’s-

16:58
Yeah, these guys are crazy. It was Beauty Space. This is one brand. mean, 2017, want to say they did like 2017 or 2018, they did about 200 million on Amazon across multiple brands, not just that one brand. But anyways, I mean, these guys are like unicorns, right? And so the point is in 2016, we spent very, very little advertising.

17:21
with this brand. I’m like family friends with these guys now but I’ve been to one of their son circumcisions as an So like I’m very close to these guys but in 2016 you barely spent any money on advertising even still these guys hardly believe in advertising and we drove this $30 million just through organic. Now fast forward to kind of 2020 or it so I would say in 2016 I can’t remember the stats but maybe like

17:49
70 % of sales potential on Amazon came from organic search results. Ranking was everything. Fast forward to mid 2020, I think organic represents maybe 30 % of sales potential on Amazon. as the seller, I still think Amazon is early days in the 3P space. And I think that we are gonna see just rapid acceleration in how sophisticated Amazon sellers are. organic represents in some cases,

18:19
30 % or less of the overall Amazon pie advertising represents maybe 40, 60%. And there’s more than just, you know, sponsored products. But I think that you need to be looking at kind of non, I can’t remember. I have a term for a it’s escaping me, but these kind of like non or non-traditional items in search. mean, there’s editorials, there’s new sections pretty much every week or month. I’ve actually noticed that whenever I do an Amazon search now,

18:47
feel like it’s 50 % ads, right? Yeah. mixed with the listings. And then there’s a whole bunch of these other things on the side. There’s videos now. There’s, yeah, there’s people doing live selling even. So. Well, and not only that, yeah. So there’s all of that, right? And keeping up with that is rather difficult in and of itself. And then on top of that, I mean, you have people that are just getting better and better and better at driving external traffic to Amazon or in some fashion they’re doing that. And so what you see happen is like,

19:17
let’s say the vitamin C serum market, a product that market from an Amazon demand perspective only would support like $500,000 a month in sales on an individual product. But for these, these people focus on external traffic as well and starting to like really build maybe like a brand or something outside. they’re also on these other channels like Facebook and Shopify and Walmart or whatever.

19:43
Now that $500,000 becomes $750,000 or a million dollars and these like elite sellers that are focused and able to build like you know real organizations that are focused outside of Amazon now are playing in a completely different ballgame than the seller that’s just focused on ranking number one and running sponsored ads you know. And I just don’t think enough people are like talking about that and I think a lot of the kind of content that’s put out is

20:13
Uh, just still focus on the old, here’s the best keyword research strategy. Here’s how to get to rank your product using search, find, buy or whatever. And here’s how to run sponsored ads. And no one’s talking about this other, you know, major portion of the market and where like a decent amount of kind of new Amazon growth potential is, coming from. think those people, they running ads to Amazon listings or are they running it to their own branded sites? Both. mean, you, see good halo effect when you run to your own branded site.

20:43
because not everyone wants to check out on Shopify, they’ll go buy on your Amazon store. But they’re also using Amazon Attribution Program to run ads directly to their Amazon listing as well. Yep. Yeah. I actually just got approved for that earlier this year. So nice. But I haven’t been using it yet because I’ve been running ads to my own store and I find that people like it actually increases my Amazon sales too. Cause some people just want to check out on Amazon as you just mentioned. Yep.

21:11
So yeah, and so one prediction that like so I think I put this out like publicly two and a half years ago at bar lunch and everyone was like no way that’s that’s weird is You know, I’ve been saying Facebook is gonna be the number two player in e-commerce They’re the only ones that can really like, you know compete against Amazon from the perspective of and they have three billion monthly active users almost three billion monthly active users Instagram over a billion monthly active users

21:41
No one is talking about this, but from a pure user perspective, I’m pretty sure that Facebook Marketplace is the largest e-commerce marketplace. They have 800 monthly active users on Facebook Marketplace and no one’s talking about it. And you can sell new products on there too. You can sell direct and I have some friends that have done super well doing that. Facebook and are launching their shops feature here soon. And I think that changes the game. mean, how many, or you know,

22:11
a good portion of D to C traffic, so traffic to your Shopify is driven from Facebook ads, just kind of in general. so Facebook is absolutely in one, in I think two different forms, going to kind of like subsidize the ad cost. If you are running it to the Facebook shop, check out on Facebook or check out on Instagram versus to Shopify. So one conversion rate is going to be higher. A customer only needs to put in their information one time, right? Versus going in and putting it in in each.

22:39
Shopify sort of which, you you got to convince them to trust you on that. And so now it’s going to be in Facebook and it’s just closed loop conversion naturally is going to be higher making ads cheaper. Right. And then secondly, at any point, if Facebook wanted to say that, you know, any ads running to Shopify are automatically going to be more expensive because it creates a worse experience for our users or whatever. Boom. Now like

23:03
you trying to send traffic to your Shopify is that much more expensive and you sending traffic to your Instagram shop or your Facebook shop or whatever is that much cheaper. So like, I think this is going to be a big trend. I I’m seeing more and more people do really well with DTC. And I just think that like Facebook is going to have some, some real significant impact on your DTC site. Like I’ve actually never used the marketplace before. Can you kind of just describe how that works? I mean, I’ve seen it before, but I’ve never even browsed it before.

23:33
Nice. Yeah. So, so like, think a lot of the usage on Facebook marketplace is kind of like eBay style. like, you know, my wife was a teacher. She’s not probably going to be a teacher for a while. We’re having a baby. So she like, uh, listed, Hey, here’s my teacher stuff. I’m giving it for free, but people will like charge. I bought a computer this summer from somebody on Facebook marketplace. It’s kind of like an eBay, but you’re not bidding. It’s just like peer to peer, but you, there’s also kind of new products as well. And so you can list your products for a while. I don’t know if it’s still going on, but

24:03
Facebook wanted new products listed and so they would basically pay merchants $5 per order that was placed so that you could cover fulfillment. And so this guy had really, really cheap product and the cost to fulfill was really cheap. So he was charging like a dollar, $2 or something for his widget that he was selling on Facebook Marketplace and he was profiting a dollar off of this because Facebook was covering the fee. basically peer to peers,

24:33
Number one, like if you’re looking for like a deal on something, you can go look on marketplace or, you know, they have new products as well. It’s just not set up that great for it. But coming out with Facebook shops where you can run ads and have people just check out directly on Facebook or Instagram. Like a traditional storefront. Like I know you can already do that on your page or that’s been available for quite a while. So, okay. Yeah. But now you can like, it’s closed because you can check out there versus on the website. Right. And then Facebook already has the credit card. So you just need to hit buy and you’re good. Right.

25:02
Yep. A hundred percent. are your thoughts on the Shopify app where all the stores and Shopify are going to be part of the app and presumably they’ll have all the credit card information from all the stores as well. Yeah. I mean, it’ll be very interesting to play out. I don’t have like a strong conviction of like how that will go. My assumption is that like it will get little use because it’s such a like, I don’t know. my assumption is that Shopify

25:30
invest in it, tries it out, doesn’t go super well. Because I think from a catalog perspective, Amazon has just done such a good job of kind of integrating third party sellers into their catalog. And I think that they’ll pull back and just focus on like what they do really well in helping people kind of build their audiences. I’m not sure I just have a hard time seeing Shopify grow as a marketplace.

25:53
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

26:21
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

26:51
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show.

27:01
Yeah, you know, I’m thinking that if they made all the listings somewhat uniform in order to be placed in this app and then they have everyone’s credit card information for their entire storefront so that they can save the credit cards checking out could be like just like Amazon. Yeah, but the main thing of Amazon is like Amazon is just driving all of this traffic for you. So if Shopify was going to go invest in like insane, insane amounts of dollars in

27:28
and getting this traffic for their Shopify sellers, that’s compelling, but that’s gonna be so difficult for them to do. They also are trying to lay their own fulfillment infrastructure. They’re so far behind if they’re trying to catch up in a marketplace like that. They have no strategic advantage other than a bunch of people are already using it, and the way that they’re using it, it doesn’t really seem to me conducive to a uniform marketplace versus a bunch of point solutions. You mentioned Facebook, it’s gonna be number two.

27:58
Is Google number three then I guess? Dude, I was thinking about this. I don’t have, like I need to do more research, but like, yeah, I mean, when you think about fundamental building blocks of why I came to this conclusion of Facebook way before you could even, you know, they had mentioned shops or anything like this. I don’t even know if I knew about marketplace, but basically like what they have is attention. Shopify doesn’t have attention on the consumer side. Like, okay, that’s super important. Facebook has more attention than anybody else in the

28:27
Okay, that’s that’s a major asset to their technology infrastructure is, you know, world class. And they’ve proven that they can, you know, take on Instagram and they can like, make these pivots and copy kind of shop Snapchat and these kinds of things. So number three, like Google has this attention, their tech infrastructure is amazing. Their capital access to capital is incredible. Like, I’m surprised that they haven’t put out a more compelling offer for sellers. I mean,

28:56
A lot of, from what I understand from some, I guess inside sources, a lot of the Walmart marketplace sales are driven straight up from Walmart, just paying for traffic from Google. So like Google’s sending buyer ready traffic. We see it on Amazon sales as well. So like, why do you think Google hasn’t made a compelling offer? I mean, I think the UI has always been kind of screwy. I mean, that’s never been Google’s strength.

29:23
So for my store, actually, we get most of our sales from Google PPC, mainly shopping, actually. this is just my store, so it’s just one data point. But I found that most of my customers that come from Google have a much longer lifetime value than the people I’ve been attracting from Facebook. so I’ve been focusing on Google. And then they just recently made the shopping. They have a free tier, whereas they didn’t have that before to try to attract more people into their shopping platform.

29:51
Yeah. I mean, they have so much attention. They could subsidize ad costs. mean, you know, there’s this whole like, uh, and I trust stuff like anti-competition conversation, but like, yeah, they, you know, they can subsidize ad costs and say, Steve, instead of sending them to your Shopify store, send them to, know, your Google store and you know, we’ll, allow checkout and all these, different things. already do that to certain extent. They’re waiving the transaction fees. think when you do that. Yeah.

30:18
But like, so, so why are you sending them to Shopify, not Google? I don’t edit. just don’t know enough. Oh, like if I send them to my site, then I can gather like an SMS, a text message number, email, you know, pixel them, get their messenger, all this stuff that I wouldn’t be able to do otherwise. Yeah, that’s fair. I don’t know. So, but yeah, I mean, Google could just create a search engine just for products and make that more public and then just make it free for a while. I don’t know. I mean, I don’t know enough. So

30:47
Yeah, I mean, they have a lot of like good raw materials where, if they were kind of like combined in the right way, they may be able to make a compelling run. I just think like, yeah, I just have a hard time seeing Shopify make a good marketplace move. I have a hard time seeing, you know, I’ve been so disappointed with Walmart Plus. A lot of people, you know, there’s all these silly articles about how Walmart Plus is going to take like a third of Amazon Prime customers are going to sign up for Walmart Plus. And it’s just not going to happen. mean, when’s the last time that you

31:14
you decided not to buy something from Walmart because you had to pay for shipping. So it’s been zero times in my six years buying online. I just don’t like Walmart. Actually when they first, when the fulfillment program just kind of first started coming out, it was terrible. And then that just kind of left a bad taste in my mouth going forward. So dude, I’ve, I’ve, spend a lot of time on these sites. It just like poking around and just, you know, trying to find interesting stuff. And like, I can’t tell you how many times literally just like running through Walmart as a customer I’ve got.

31:44
floor page like, you know, broken links or whatever, just clicking on products or banner ads. It’s just it’s trash. And I mean, this is a major this is what the highest revenue company in the US and they can’t get e commerce, right? know. I know. Yeah, I agree. Actually, I had to. What was I just happy? Oh, so my air conditioning in my house went out and so was looking for a portable unit. And that’s that led me to Walmart because they said they had stuff in stock. But you’re right. I got a couple of broken links. And that just

32:13
totally turned me off of the whole experience. I didn’t even trust that they had the item that I was looking for in stock anymore. The only reason you go to Walmart is it’s not in stock on Amazon or I couldn’t find it on Amazon or this price on Amazon seems higher than I thought it would be. So let me go see if I can get it cheaper on Walmart. And Walmart is just gaining market shares simply because more people are shopping online. And it’s like pretty much the only real alternative to Amazon. mean, of course there’s niche sites and stuff, like.

32:43
Right. think it’s, they’re just showing up and that’s half the battle, I guess. And that’s why they’re doing okay. Let’s do this conversation back to this Q4 nightmare. So most of the listeners, they run small shops, right? Six, seven and eight figure stores. How are you going to fight this? Like, so let’s say Amazon decides to, they have an inventory crunch and you can’t send stuff in. Like, how are you going to prepare for this? Yeah. I mean, I think that diversification is really important here. Now, like what I, I, I,

33:12
don’t have enough of the answer to understand exactly what that should look like in various scenarios. I can’t say like, you know, here’s the scenario where you should have a one three PL and a FBA. And then here’s a scenario where you should have, know, whatever that may look like. Basically, I think that you need to be diversified. I think that you, is absolutely okay to be, have an FBM listing. And there’s actually some like tricks to still show up in search if you are.

33:41
fulfilling through FBM and someone filters for prime. though- is the trick? I didn’t know about that. Yeah, so basically this is perfect for people that are facing like tough storage fees or like overage fees because maybe their IPI score wasn’t high enough. But basically you just have your worst. So if you have you take your kind of worst selling variation, you raise the price on it and you keep like five units in stock in FBA.

34:10
But really, what’s in—you don’t even care if it’s not fulfillable, you know, if Amazon gets locked up or whatever. And the variation or variations that actually sell well are the ones that are being fulfilled via FBM. And—so the Prime badge doesn’t show in the search results on the variation that’s selling well. But it still does show in search of people are filtering for Prime. And I think what’s gonna—like my prediction is basically like, if you can fulfill a product

34:40
faster than your competitors. That may be two weeks later into the season, then you get to set the market. You can charge higher prices. So yes, you know, three PLs a lot of times are more expensive than what you’re going to be paying via FBA. But being able to get the product to the customer before Christmas is way more important than, know, having it. If I’m saving $2 per order, but I can’t ship any of those orders, doesn’t matter. And so like,

35:07
basically you need to be diversified so that at any given point, whoever is the fastest kind of fulfillment provider, sometimes it’s going to be Amazon, sometimes it’s going to be this 3PL, sometimes it’s going to be this 3PL, that’s the offer that you should be, that should be like basically optimized for the sale. That way you have the best chance of having kind of the fastest delivery times. So are you suggesting that if you are selling on Amazon FBA right now, that you go out and get another 3PL just in case?

35:37
You absolutely need at least one 3PL. And you like depending on where you’re at in your inventory position, your inventory position is like in a good place because we all know what happens. Like one, this Q4 is going to be like insane in terms of the amount of volume that is going to be going on. Uh, and then like COVID and all these stores being shut down and like anyways, but then you just need to, ideally you have enough inventory to kind of like, you know, split it up. This is where I like, I get caught up. So you,

36:07
Like diversification, I think is gonna be super important here, but it’s like it’s a risk in any scenario. If you keep all of your inventory in FBA, it’s a risk that, you know, your Amazon decides that your product category, whatever gets pushed back and now it’s two to four weeks and you know, the last day to order your product, but to get it in time for Christmas is November 31st, right? Like that would really suck. But it’s also a risk having it in, you know, some of your inventory in one three PL because

36:36
that 3PO gets like one of their warehouses gets COVID or you know, whatever, like a COVID outbreak. So it’s a risk, but I just know that diversification is going to be important for optimization. And if you’re like, the risk of diversifying is too high for me, I’ll just, you know, take whatever I can get from Amazon, then you know, that’s what you should be doing. diversification is so important and the people that like basically kind of get lucky in this diversification game in

37:05
when their competitors are locked up with Amazon and they can’t remove inventory and they also can’t fulfill inventory, these other people selling FBM listings are just gonna clean up shop, they’re gonna charge way higher prices and they’re just gonna borrow out this. Right, it’s interesting because it’s only August right now as of this recording and I’ve already noticed that it takes a lot longer to get stuff in Amazon. I’m not sure if your clients have noticed that too. And it hasn’t even, I mean the holiday season isn’t even close yet. Yeah, I mean we.

37:34
We I’ve seen there’s there’s been a couple of houses that are like literally down. They’re like, uh, we’re, we’re so backlogged. We can’t fulfill anything out of this warehouse and we can’t receive any inventory from this warehouse. So can you please reach out to seller central and find a different warehouse? Hmm. I mean, it’s August dude is like, that’s crazy to me. I mean, this is traditionally our slow period, July and July and August. And then it ramps back up. Yep. So yeah. And you’re right. This holiday season is going to be crazy because

38:02
there’s not going to be any retail stores really open. yeah. I mean, well, USPS is going to crap too. Exactly. And every, like everyone’s already been, you know, trained to shop online. Like the people that now we’re spending online and they were in store. What is, what’s the catalyst for them to be like, you know what, that was nice buying on Amazon or, know, online, but I really miss going into the store in the middle of November to go, you know,

38:29
So should I run my Christmas sales now, Casey? Is that what I’m hearing? Yeah. yeah. Like I think that as much as like pull the man forward as much as you can, that’s also like something that you should be considering. I mean, that looks different to different people, but yeah, it’s going to be so wild. And I basically feel like it’s going to be so difficult to get inventory or, you know, get products shipped out to customers. And if you’re as a consumer, you should be ordering early. Like my wife is like, okay, we,

38:58
probably start ordering my Christmas stuff now because I usually wait till like the last day and I think the last day is gonna be early December, late November for some products and it’s not like you’re gonna run to the store to go pick that thing up. Well, so from the perspective of an e-commerce store owner right now, I actually don’t trust any carrier. We’re in the wedding industry and people need their things on time and USPS certainly is not dependable at all.

39:26
Even FedEx and UPS has been late a lot more lately, probably because of the increased load, I’m guessing. So I don’t trust any carrier right now, which is why I was suggesting like doing Christmas shopping earlier. That way, at least you’re guaranteed that it’s going to get there on time. Yeah, you know, I’m friends with the CEO over this company, Deliver. They’re the kind of like 3PL that I read in. Yeah, I mean, he has good insights into kind of like what’s going on. And he’s trying so hard to push.

39:54
relationships with the regional carriers. And honestly, pretty much everyone in logistics in this industry from at least what I’m hearing is just freaking out because everyone knows that collectively we’re just unprepared. Right. Okay. So let’s just kind of summarize. You say maybe move up the demand, get an alternative way of shipping items through a 3PL and then maybe don’t be afraid to do FBM and fulfill your own stuff. that what Yeah, absolutely. Yeah, absolutely do not be afraid to do FBM.

40:24
A lot of people with like ranking and stuff like that. should not at all be a concern in my opinion. Okay. Okay. And then you can use that trick to show up in the prime search by doing a parent child variation. Yeah. Nice little hack. I came up with that one yesterday. We tested it out. It works. So nice. Nice. All right. Let’s switch gears again, Casey, because I want to talk about what you’re working on now. So you left viral launch. Where are you at now? Yeah. So I’m at a company called Thrasio Thras.io.

40:54
Thrasio is fastest company in the US to profitably reach a billion dollar valuation ever, which is like, you know, pretty cool. I actually, so we acquire Amazon brands and we completely take over operations, rarely do the, you know, owners of the business kind of stay on though. They’ll like, you know, have a good relationship with our brand managers and we like brought in a couple of business owners and now they’re like valuable members of the Thrasio team. But basically Thrasio is just like, uh,

41:22
in Amazon seller. In my opinion, I Thrasio is one of the top five, top ten Amazon sellers from like a capabilities perspective. mean, we’ve taken brands doing tens of millions of dollars and literally in 30 days, two to three X to them. it’s like, yeah, like our ability to, you know, increase sales on Amazon for these products or in these brands that we take over is insane. It’s incredibly impressive. know, I have friends

41:50
multiple friends doing nine figures and they built these businesses from the ground up. And I think, think Thrasio is just head and shoulders of the majority of the market in terms of our ability to drive sales. So yeah, we basically are kind of just rolling up Amazon brands. help entrepreneurs kind of exit their business. There’s like a backend kind of- Are you guys like a private equity firm kind of for Amazon shops? So I don’t know enough about private equity and maybe if I said yes, I would be like chastised later.

42:19
So we’ve raised money. We have this money and then we go, we acquire these brands and we have, you know, this whole operations checklist. Like we run operations. So I don’t know if private equity, don’t, Steve, you threw me off there. Sorry. All right. Okay. So basically you buy these companies, you take them over. You literally completely buy them out for the most part. And then you improve them and then you maybe sell them off later or you just keep them. Yep. just roll them.

42:48
into our portfolio, think the latest public number. So we’ve acquired only 70 brands. And so there’s what, 30 some thousand million dollar plus sellers. And we’ve acquired 70 in the last two years. So we’ve done this in the last two years and just have an organization focused on just being amazing at Amazon and helping these brands. So it’s only Amazon that you guys do for the most part? Not entirely. That’s largely been our focus. OK.

43:18
But like, you know, we are getting a lot better outside of Amazon and the number of levers that we have kind of outside Amazon is growing every day. So we’ll, look at anything. We’ll talk to anybody like we’ve acquired just a single product from an account or, you know, we’ve acquired accounts with, you know, thousands and thousands of, of Asyns. Can I ask you like what the multiples look like for just Amazon products or businesses in general right now? I, it’s a really broad question. I know there’s a lot to it, but just maybe a range would be helpful. Yeah, that.

43:47
That is like, I don’t know enough there to, I get in trouble. I might say something. Okay. So careful now. Yeah. It’s like, you know, I gotta be careful. Like that’s one thing about like tactics and stuff is like, I gotta be careful. Like what I share and some things that we see in self just because like, uh, you know, some things are proprietary, but my natural disposition is like, I would just want to help everybody. So like, let’s just tell everybody, but, uh, that like,

44:15
that doesn’t exactly benefit Thrasio in every way. Well, let me frame this question in a different way then. When you acquire a company, what do you expect to get gains in what timeframe on when you acquire a company? Are you saying from the seller perspective? From the buyer perspective. You guys as Thrasio, let’s you want to buy an Amazon brand, what is your expectation in terms of growth? Yeah, I mean, we have, so I think the

44:39
The most recent number shared was our average is 175 % growth. Now don’t know what the timeline is, but it’s substantial. again, I’ve mentioned eight figure brands that we double in 30 days. Not every brand is like that, but. I’m just trying to understand, like you’re looking for a brand that isn’t doing a good job, but still making a ton of money and you want to acquire those. Yeah. So we’re usually looking for, usually again, we’ll look at anything.

45:09
And sometimes, you know, we’ve taken some some like weird stuff that people may have like pass off, but we were able to kind of turn it around very quickly. Our like bread and butter is that this is like a best in class in its in its niche. And best could mean it has more views than everybody else or it’s just has very solid rankings across the board or it’s outselling computers or it’s like a close second or third. I’m pretty sure. our bread and butter is like it has some kind of strategic advantage or

45:38
You know, even if it’s like a small niche, it’s outperforming competitors in some way. That’s ideal, but not always the case. Okay. And are you looking to acquire more brands right now? Just in case there’s someone listening out there who’s maybe tired of running their Amazon business. I was just trying to get out of you like what the criteria is, but it sounds like… It’s very broad.

46:02
Yeah, I mean, it’s like, you know, we’re absolutely willing, like, there’s, there’s been people that like, we’re hit kind of hard from COVID. And they’re just like, I’m done with this. I’m still in a good position. And you know, they come to us and like, you know, we’re happy to talk like, we have a great team, people like to help. And so it’s, it’s not like we’re, you know, these sharks looking for people that are hurting. And that’s all we go after. So I mean, again, we’ll look at anything, even if you if you’re like, thinking about selling, I think a conversation with a team and

46:30
having them in better detail because they do this every day, kind of walk you through, here’s what we are looking at. If we were looking at your brand, here’s what we would think about it and here are the things that like, you know, maybe you’d want to improve. We’ll have those conversations with you. But yeah, I mean, it’s very broad kind of set of criteria. Well, Casey, if anyone’s interested or if they have any questions for you, are you the right person to reach out to or? Yeah, you can reach out to me. We have a head of acquisitions. His name is Ken at Thrasio.

46:59
So it’s ken at thar.io. And if anyone wants some Casey Goss predictions, is there a public handle that are you on Twitter? Are you on Instagram? Like what’s the best way to to reach out to you? To reach out to me is probably Instagram. It’s just Casey Goss. Yeah, that’s probably the best way to get a hold of me for predictions. Yeah. So I recently launched like this newsletter or whatever, but I don’t want to like, you know, I’m not here to pitch my. for it. Pitch it.

47:29
Cool. All right. Yes. I recently launched this like blog newsletter, kind of the post thought leadership high level kind of concepts and help people stay ahead of the curve. Just not, like the latest hack on keyword research or anything like that. And so it’s called digital shelf labs.com, just blog.digital shelf labs.com newsletter podcast blog, just talking high level predictions, not trying to get anything out of you. It’s just fun for me. Well, Casey, thanks a lot for coming on, man. Really appreciate it. Yeah, man. Thanks. This has been fun.

48:00
Hope you enjoyed that episode. I’ve already seen the effects of the delivery Armageddon with my USPS and FedEx shipments getting delayed or lost. For more information about this episode, go to mywifequitterjob.com slash episode 321. And once again, I want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandon card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO.

48:29
Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. I also want to thank Postscript, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform, and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash div. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash div. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own e-commerce store,

48:56
Head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and it’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

320: Derek Halpern On How To Get 250K Orders In 2 Years With Truvani

320: Derek Halpern On How To Sell 250K Orders In 2 Years With Truvani

Today I’m thrilled to have Derek Halpern on the show. Derek recently started an ecommerce business named Truvani with his business partner Vani Hari selling health foods online with a focus on ingredient transparency.

And within 2 years, they managed to generate over 250K orders and a 7 figure business. In this episode, Derek shares how they did it.

What You’ll Learn

  • Why Derek decided to give up the digital courses and blogging to go into ecommerce.
  • The rules for selling food products online.
  • The margins for food products.
  • How to market a foods company online.

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife, Quit or Drop podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and dig deep into what strategies they use to grow their businesses. Today, I my buddy Derek Halpern on the show. And if you’ve never heard Derek speak or on a podcast before, well then you need to listen. Derek is known for telling it like how it is. And in this episode, we talk about how he grew his e-commerce business to 250,000 orders in just two years. But before we begin, I want to thank Klavia for sponsoring this episode.

00:27
Now safe to say that most of us have been doing more online shopping lately. If you’re an ecommerce brand, that means you might be seeing more first-time customers. But once they made that first purchase, how do you keep them coming back? That is what Klaviyo is for. Klaviyo is the ultimate email and SMS marketing platform for ecommerce brands, and it gives you the tools to build your contact list, send memorable emails, automate key messages, and more. A lot more. And that is why more than 30,000 ecommerce brands like Chubbies, Brooklinen, and Living Proof use Klaviyo to build a loyal following.

00:56
Strong customer relationships mean more repeat sales, enthusiastic word of mouth, and less depending on third party ads. So whether you’re launching a new business or taking your brand to the next level, Klaviyo can help you get going faster. And it is free to get started, so visit klaviyo.com slash my wife to create your free account. That’s klaviyo.com slash my wife. I also want to thank Postscript.io for sponsoring this episode. Now if you run an e-commerce business of any kind, you know how important it is to own your own customer contact list.

01:24
And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my effort on SMS marketing. Because I sincerely believe that SMS, or text message marketing, is going to be a huge channel for my store going forward, and I have chosen Postscript.io to be my text provider. Now why Postscript? It is because they specialize in e-commerce stores, and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button.

01:51
Not only that, but it is price well too, and you only pay for the messages that you actually send. So head on over to postgroup.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P O S T S C R I P T dot I O slash Steve. Now onto the show. Welcome to the My Wife, Quit Her Job podcast, where we’ll teach you how to create a business that suits your lifestyle so you can spend more time with your family and focus on doing the things that you love. Here’s your host, Steve Chu.

02:23
Welcome to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast. Today I’m thrilled to have Derek Halpern on the show. And Derek is someone I’ve known for over a decade now. And we actually met when he randomly reached out to me and said, yo Steve, you want to Skype? And I said, And since that conversation, Derek has gone on to create many businesses like Zippy Courses and many successful blogs, including my favorite one called Social Triggers. And in fact, I’ve witnessed this guy’s success over the years, along with many iterations of his hairstyle as well.

02:51
Anyway, the reason I asked Derek to be a guest on the show is because he recently started an e-commerce business called truevani.com, which sells health food with complete ingredient transparency. And within two years, he’s managed to generate over 250,000 orders and he runs a seven figure business today in just two years. And today we’re gonna discover how he did it. And with that, welcome to the show, Derek. How are you doing today, man? What’s up? Thanks for having me. Dude. It’s been 10 years.

03:18
I know ever since back in the day provincial and then you had this entertainment blog I want to say right? Yikes dude let’s not talk about that. Let’s think of all the dirt shall we? I had several different iterations of my life. You found me right as I switched from posting salacious celebrity gossip into teaching people how to better help themselves. Well that means I caught you at a good time then. Yes.

03:48
You did. So for those in the audience who do not know who you are, tell us why you decided to give up digital courses and the blogging space to go into e-commerce and why Truvani? Well, I mean, first things first, I kind of feel weird calling Truvani an e-commerce company. We’re almost in 100 retail locations right now. So our goal is to get into thousands of retail stores, hopefully by the end of the next year. Even though we started out as an e-commerce company, we’re really a brand that’s creating

04:18
products that we believe people can use in their daily life with complete ingredient transparency. And some of the products we’re making, you you might see like one of our products is a plant-based protein powder and you might look at it and think like, what’s so special about it? What makes our products so special is you look at the ingredient label and you understand everything that you’re reading. There’s no weird ingredients in the product because we believe that we should use whole food ingredients.

04:47
Whenever it’s applicable, you know, like even though it’s a protein powder It should come from pea protein pumpkin seed protein chia seed protein There should be none of the weird stuff. You know what I mean? Like no gums natural flavors or any of that So yeah, we start true Bonnie, but it really came it’s actually funny It came out of an email very similar to the one that I sent you more than ten years ago About ten years ago. I found a blog by Vani Hari and I liked your blog

05:15
I sent her a message, just had to be in like 2012 or something like that. And I was like, Hey, I like your blog. We should meet. I literally said the same exact thing. We met over Skype and we became friends. And I started to become very passionate, passionate about what’s found in our food. Not necessarily about like some people will go and say that ingredients are dangerous or not in danger or organics better or not better.

05:44
All that stuff is all up for debate, right? Sure. From my perspective, I like eating organic whenever possible. These are the things that I do. So I don’t want to debate about what’s better, but what I can say without a shadow of doubt in my mind is that I believe that ingredient labels should be transparent, right? There should be no underhanded stuff being done on ingredient labels.

06:13
Right? this is something that I, I transparency is something that I believe in very much. So I was talking to my friend, Vani, about this for years and how I started to learn that ingredient labels aren’t always so transparent. We always jokingly said one day we should make a company where we just make the product people use every day and put transparent ingredient labels on there. And we said this from 2012.

06:40
Until about 2017 for five years, six years or so. And then one day I’m having a, I’m having lunch with my friend, Deb and my other business partner. And he was telling me that he was thinking about getting into the physical product space. And he was, had some ideas on where he wanted to go. And then I told him about my conversations with, with Vani, our other business partner, about how I’ve been wanting to do this for several years. And it came at that perfect time in my life where I was getting bored of.

07:08
teaching courses to people. Personally, wasn’t really finding that as fun as I used to find it. So I was looking for something new. And we all just got together on Skype, didn’t even meet in person, got together on Skype, inked a deal. 90 days later, we pre-sold our first product. And that’s how it started. Are you still running any of the digital stuff today? Like I know social triggers is still up and are you still doing Zippy or is that all kind of on the back burner now?

07:36
So social triggers is the business and it’s on the background. haven’t, I think what happened was I don’t email that often, maybe once a month. that I do have a lot of great courses on social triggers that really benefit people. I have done a sale on these courses once a year. Last year, right around the black Friday time, I did a sale of it on the year before I did the same exact thing.

08:02
But I can’t say I actively run it. The reason why I do that is because throughout the year, people are emailing me saying, hey, can you sell this again? Can you sell this again? Because they heard about the course or whatever. And I eventually just sell them once a year. But I don’t really put that much effort into trying to sell it. I just basically send out an email saying, hey, these are available again. And then the people who’ve been asking usually buy it. You’re pretty much 100 % True Bonnie, right? Yeah. I don’t do anything else with my time. OK.

08:31
So one thing that you’re actually one of the few food based companies that I’ve actually had on the podcast. So one thing I kind of want to ask you is how does selling food work exactly? So number one, do you need any special permits, certifications or any testing done on this food in order to actually sell it? Great question. There’s a lot of stuff that you have to do. And I don’t want to say I’m an expert. We have experts on the team that handle this, but I can give you a little bit of feedback here around how that works. Part of

09:00
testing anything that people eat, there’s different protocols that need to be followed. Like you have to test for bacteria, foodborne illnesses, allergens, all that other stuff, Whether you’re testing for, there’s some of the big allergens you have to make sure that there’s no trace amounts in. And even though, for example, on our protein powder, our stuff is made in a facility where peanuts are in the facility, right? And there’s peanut allergies in the world that can kill people.

09:26
So we warn them and tell them there’s peanut allergies in the facility, like there’s peanuts in the facility. And we put this warning there just so people are aware. Is that required by law or no? It is required by law. I believe it’s required by law. I believe it is. Now we test our product to make sure there’s no peanut residue in the product. Like we test for allergies. But I think it’s required by law to say that it’s there. Like I said, I’m not an expert here. that’s fine. Yeah, yeah, yeah, of course.

09:55
I don’t want to get myself into trouble, long story short, we have to test for all this stuff. Yes. We have to submit our labels to, you know, we’re USDA organic certified. So we, when we’re making a product, we have to make sure that the product is passing USDA organic standards where they look into our ingredients to make sure our ingredients are organic and kind of do that process. We’re also rolling out that we’re non-GMO project verified now.

10:23
That means non-GMO project verified. have to go in and look at our ingredients, sourcing and our suppliers, make sure that they’re using non-GMO best practices. One of our manufacturing facility is GMP certified, which is good manufacturing practices. They had to get certifications for the GMP. And I know they’re always likely to get audited for something like this, know, surprise audits to make sure they’re following protocol. There’s a lot of stuff that goes into it when people are eating something is, is, what I’m trying to say. And you do need.

10:52
you want to make sure you’re doing all of it. We’re working with the manufacturer that does it. We also work with the legal team and all the right people to make sure we’re doing all of that as well. Here’s why I’m asking that question. Sometimes when I buy like protein powder at GNC, for example, I’m pretty sure none of that stuff is tested. I actually had a buddy who was trying to sell that stuff and he didn’t actually have to get all these certifications. And so that’s why I kind of want to make the distinction of, you know, are you doing all this stuff?

11:19
voluntarily just because it’s part of your brand or is it actually required? I mean, what do mean tested? Like tested for what? Like people could sell protein powder. Not tested, but certified or do you need some sort of permit or something to do that? You know, it’s so funny because I’ve heard that that exact story before when you sell protein powder, Oh, supplements aren’t regulated. They’re not regulated. It’s like, hold on a sec. Yes, they are. Yes. Everything you eat is regulated.

11:49
What do you mean it’s not regulated? What’s not regulated is some of these outrageous claims that people make for supplements, right? And there’s a lot of outrageous claims out there that people make around supplements. And here’s the thing, that’s regulated too. It’s all regulated. What’s not really regulated, I’ll give you an example. There’s a very popular green powder drink. And if you look at the website, it’ll tell you.

12:17
You know, look, you get your broccoli, your oranges, your this, your that. They show all these pictures of vegetables. It’s got five times the daily amount of oranges, four times the daily amount of spinach, vitamin B or whatever. Then you look at the ingredient label and it’ll say the number one ingredient when the ingredient is number one on the list, it means that’s the most prominent ingredient is like vegetable cellulose, which is basically sawdust. It’s plant-flavored. And then they dust in the vegetable powder. So they put in a lot of cheap sawdust.

12:48
They dust in the vegetable powder, because that’s expensive. And then they put in synthetic vitamins and minerals to beef up their vitamin and mineral content of the product. They make you think you’re getting your vitamins and minerals from the vegetables, but you’re really getting it from the synthetic vitamins and minerals that they added to the product. That’s an example of where some of this screwery happens, right?

13:12
If you’re making protein powder and you say there’s 20 grams of protein per serving, if there’s not 20 grams of protein per serving, you’re gonna get sued. Do know what I mean? Okay. It’s regulated in the fact that you can get in a lot of trouble if you’re lying on your labels. Okay. Okay. When you, Devin and Vani got together and you decided to create this food company, what do you source food? How do you find these factories? How do you ensure that there’s no chemicals involved? How’d you guys start?

13:42
A great question. We started by looking for a manufacturer, a co-manufacturer, a co-packer, as they will. We had an idea for what product we wanted to make, what we wanted to have in it. Then we had to find people who were experts at it. We luckily found, we interviewed a lot of people, man. Like a lot of people who make these manufacturers, like manufacturers, they just find someone and use them, right? That’s not me. I’m, I’m like neurotic. Vani is neurotic, Devin’s neurotic. We’re all neurotic people. And we found manufacturers, we

14:09
You know, maybe found 30 of them, whittled it down, whittled it down. We visited the manufacturer to kind of audit the facility to make sure that facility is legitimate. The manufacturer we found, and he’s now one of our, you know, best, you know, he’s one of our best reasons why we’re even in business is that they were already fans of Vani’s books. Okay. They were already on our team, if you will. And they were very upset.

14:37
at what some supplement companies were doing with ingredients and all that stuff. So when we were looking for people, we basically found people who were on the same team. They were not a bigger company. They were a smaller company, which is good for us because it meant that they didn’t have any, you know, preexisting relationships with big companies that were going to explode on us. You know what I mean? So.

15:05
We found people on the same team. That’s the first most important thing is to have people on the team that believe the same things you believe, because at the end of the day, you know, if they don’t believe the same things you believe, they may not take it as seriously as you. That green drink I was telling you about, I think the founders of that company just wanted to make green vegetable powder. I’m not even going to tell you that. I don’t know if they knew what the company did to them, but the manufacturer laced it with sawdust was just cheap. Put in the dusting of vegetable powder.

15:35
and put synthetic vitamins and minerals and I’m pretty sure they didn’t know better that that happened, right? This is how the things could happen. Like, you you can kind of get tricked. This has not happened with us because Bonnie is already an expert on ingredients and food. I’m naturally suspicious of every, of everything, you know? And it, it has allowed us to, find a good, a good person. Now back to the ingredient suppliers.

16:01
Ingredient suppliers need to be certified organic USDA certification. You need to get a USDA certification. It’s not easy to get that certification so When they have the certification it means they went through the USDA certification process, which means it’s usually good enough for us. I Will be honest with you though. We did in some of our research uncovered that some people were claiming to be USDA organic and They weren’t

16:31
Or at least we weren’t able to validate it and we don’t use those people. We validate everything that people tell us. We also test things like if we’re selling protein powder and it says 20 grams of serving, we test that, make sure that’s true. You know, like we, if we’re wanting to know what the heavy metal content is in our product, we test that too. We test, we test everything. So you found the co-packer first and that person is just responsible for, for bundling everything. Is that correct? And then you have to source the ingredients separately?

16:59
Or do those kind of go hand in hand somehow? It’s all tied together. Okay. It just depends on what product, right? Sometimes you have to source the ingredients yourself. Sometimes you do it through a co-packer. Sometimes you do it through another ingredient supplier. It’s all different for every product. can’t, I know what you’re asking me, right? You’re asking me for the one way this happens. There is no one way it happens. Does that make sense? All Let me rephrase my question. First of all, do you just Google this? I mean, how did you find these places?

17:28
Did you literally just do Google or did you already have some connections? Google was a big part of it. Asking friends of friends, having friends that did work in the business was helpful to try to interview for ideas and pitfalls. Through virtue of being social triggers, I had access to a lot of entrepreneurs that have done things before. So it allowed me to bounce questions off people who’ve been down that road before. Okay. So that was helpful.

17:55
with regards to the co-packer, there’s lot of research, right? You’ll find that there’s only so many there’s only so many co-packers in the United States, right? What is it? 300, it’s not that hard to just look up all 300 of them. Okay. You know, there might be more or whatever, but everything was in the U S right? That was a prerequisite. Yes. Our, our, our, our manufacturer, we manufacture in the U S correct. Okay. All of our ingredients don’t necessarily come from the U S and that’s a different conversation, but

18:22
You know, like our monk fruit comes from China because that’s where monk fruit grows. Our peas come from the US and Canada. Our vanilla bean comes from Madagascar. You know what mean? Like it depends on which ingredient. It’s a global thing. Let’s just use monk fruit, for example. I mean, do you just say Google monk fruit suppliers or is there? Was that all connection based or is there like directories for this? Yeah, you can find directories. There’s there’s all complete newsletters and directories on stuff like this. Absolutely. OK, OK. There’s one.

18:51
I guess what I’m trying to say is like, yeah, you can go through manufacturing. Sometimes they know people sometimes it’s connection based other times, you know, there’s different conferences that you’ll go to where you can meet ingredients suppliers. There is, and we went to some of these conferences. There are different industry newsletters, right? Like that you could sign up to that kind of give you all the information that you might want about the product, about products or, or, or innovations.

19:22
So like there’s one that I’m subscribed to called like Nutri Ingredients. They kind of give you the DL on all NutriCeuticals. And then you guys take an extra step and you hire an independent tester to just kind of verify the ingredients they have. That’s just… that’s all part of it’s called identity testing, right? When you buy a powder, right? You could actually test the identity of that powder. Meaning is the powder what people say the powder is? You can do that. There’s a machine that does that.

19:50
cost tens of thousands of dollars for this machine, but they can tell you what that powder is by analyzing the powder. We also, you know, some tests are in-house, some are third party. Again, it’s not as easy as saying, hey, we test third party, right? That’s not a full accounting of how that works because when we make a product, right, we’ll say we’re going to make this product, we’ll test the identity of the product, then we’ll test the heavy metals, then we’ll send it out to a third party to verify the heavy metals.

20:16
then it’ll come in, we’ll test with foodborne illnesses, then we’ll make the product and we’ll take the product and test that with foodborne illnesses. Like it’s like, it’s a very complicated process. The whole, the SOPs for creating our products aren’t one page, right? It’s binary. So it’s hard to describe, I guess, because there’s a lot that goes into it, if that makes sense. Can you kind of tell, I don’t know if you’re willing to tell us this, but how much did you…

20:42
put down to actually get all this started? Because it sounds like there’s a high upfront cost of starting a business like this. Here’s what I’ll say. When you want to get into physical product businesses, the number one problem you’re going to have is that you want to make your own product and you have to convince a manufacturer to make that product for you. A lot of times these manufacturers will put unrealistic first order volumes in place to prevent you from, to prevent

21:11
people from working with them that they think might be a waste of time, right? Other manufacturers will put unusually low first order volumes in place because they don’t care. They’re in the one and done business, right? They want you to make something, they make a crappy product and they can get out. It’s up to you to know. Then there’s the third, the third part, the third type of manufacturer where they might have the high order volume, but if you can get them to believe what you believe, they might be willing to work with you.

21:42
Right? In this case, like I said, it was very helpful that we found someone that already believed the same things we believed. And it made working with them a little bit easier for people who are just trying to start something up. Another good story about this is Sarah Blakely, when she was talking about trying to get Spanx made for the first time and how she traveled to all these different hosiery manufacturers and nobody wanted to work with her until she found one manufacturer, talked to a guy.

22:10
He wanted nothing to do with it until the guy told his daughter about it. The daughter was like, I love that. And then she, this guy took a chance on Sarah to manufacture the problem, right? Yeah. In this case, I don’t want to say that was fully the story for us, but it helped that we were saying the same things, that we both believe the same things. And it made working together a no brainer for both of us. Okay. I imagine since you guys have scaled, you’ve probably outgrown this person, right?

22:40
or? Great. One of the things that I’m a big fan of relationships, right? If you have people that you work with and do a good job, you do everything in your power to make sure you can continue doing a good job together. So part of it has always been about being transparent about where our growth is going to go and letting them know that we expect them to keep up. At this point, we are now a multi-product company.

23:06
And we’re not as simple as like, we just manufacture one place. Like, especially as we’re starting to branch out into other areas, you know, where we, we have a book coming out. I don’t know when this is going to air, but we have a book coming out next week that we self-publish. Obviously our, our supplement manufacturer isn’t printing our book for us. Right. Or we’ve also done a lot of cool stuff. Like we have Giovanni frother’s that comes from a different facility. have glass straws that are actually hand bent.

23:33
to have a little crease in it so people could drink out of a glass. That’s made by a different manufacturer. As the company grows, you need to have different sources for different types of products. You’ve got to just choose the best source for your product.

23:46
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now, what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

24:15
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

24:44
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L dot com. Now back to the show. Okay. So that first manufacturer that you were working with, they’re pretty much only manufacturing a set number of products for you or set styles, I guess, or item numbers or SKUs for you. We still work with the same manufacturer, if that’s the question. Yes. Yeah. Okay.

25:12
Are you willing to comment on kind of like what the margins are like for food products in general? That’s a tough question. Yeah, because you’re going to say which one, but I don’t want you to give away your margins. Which product is question number one, right? Which industry? Question number two. And number three is how are you determining margin? we determining margin? we’re, so wait a second. like again,

25:39
Here’s the cost of the product. Here’s the cost of the sale of the product. But we have to remember shipping and handling like one of the things we charge for shipping and handling. Just gross products minus costs. What you’re selling it for minus costs without shipping and everything. Yeah. But so that’s a very misleading number. can’t one. I don’t think I’m going to answer this gross margin. Yeah, I That’s I was trying to give you an out by giving you make it in more general. Like here’s here’s what I’m trying to say. Right.

26:07
when you buy any product that’s going to be in retail, your goal for any product is to have what they call one in four, meaning if it costs $4, it should cost $1 of cost of goods. Because by the time it all gets out there into the world, there’s other costs that are associated. So for example, you know, last year we charged for shipping and handling, right? We, we, people have to pay for shipping and handling.

26:33
For every dollar we charge of shipping and handling, actually costs us $2. So if you look at the cost of goods of the product and then look at the price of the product, you’re wow, that’s a lot of money. But it’s not because we’re losing so much money on shipping and handling, even when we charge for it. That’s one example. Another example, when you’re selling food products and people do returns, you can’t resell it. You got to take that product as a return and you got to trash it.

27:04
because it’s just a health hazard at that point. So now returns are basically full loss. You have to account for that. You have to account for breakage. have to account for all this stuff that, now mind you, we don’t ship out broken packages that often. It’s very rare, but all this stuff accounts for problems. What I will say is that I miss the margins in my information course business, in my software business. Yeah, of course you do. Things were so much easier.

27:32
when I was not selling a physical product. Because what I will say is financing growth of a physical product business has been the most stressful, challenging thing that I have ever experienced in my life. And the reason why I say this is because, Truvani, we are trying to create great products. I can tell you right now, our cost of producing our products is tremendously high.

27:58
I see people selling supplements out there for like 20 bucks a bottle. And I know that that’s something that costs them a dollar to make. Right. And I’m looking at this like 20 X I would die for 20 X, but we’re using high quality ingredients. You know, I’m lucky. I’m lucky if we’re not losing money on our first purchase when people buy products. That’s the first thing. Second is like, we’re trying to make products. We believe in, right. It’s not really about the money. It’s something that

28:26
I have complained about with my friend, Vani for like five or six years before finally I’m like, ah, screw it. We’re going to do it. Do know what I mean? It started as a truly as a passing business and we did not want to raise money from, from venture capitalists or outside angel investors or any of that, because we didn’t want to have an overlord determining how we ran the business. Do you know what I mean? Sure.

28:54
Of course. Especially when it comes to ingredient quality and all of that. The last thing that I want someone to say is like, hey, don’t do this. The margins are bad. That’s not why we do it. We try to make products that we feel like we can make better than what’s out there. That’s what we’re doing. Okay. That’s kind how we want to approach it. How do you deal with expiration dates on food products? I imagine all that needs to get factored in the calculation somehow too, right?

29:19
Yeah. So right now we’re selling supplements. A lot of supplements have two year shelf lives or one year shelf lives. It’s a little bit easier for us right now. We’re getting into other products that have lower expiration dates. It just means you’re, you have to have your logistics on point, right? When you’re dealing with food products, especially supplements, a little bit less so, but when you get into food products, you know, there’s melting, you know, Amazon won’t let you sell chocolate five months of the year because chocolate melts in warehouses and warehouses is very hot. So.

29:49
You got to account for all this. Sometimes you have to account for how you ship the products with expiration. You just have to have a very clear idea of when your products are expiring and make sure there is protocols in place to get rid of expired products. If you’re doing something like FBA with Amazon, they actually handle a lot of that for you. If the product’s expiring, they destroy your inventory for you, which is great. Basically we use 3PL, meaning we use a third party logistics company. And this is the type of stuff that we have to just.

30:17
wary of to make sure we’re selling products within window. Does your 3PL handle that for you or no? We just moved 3PLs. So I’m not and I don’t run the 3PL part of the business. Our operations team, Devin, would be the person for that question. OK, I’m more do marketing, sales, product development. So how that gets done, though, is what I can say is we generally buy inventory. We try to have anywhere from three to six months of inventory on hand, meaning

30:46
We want to acquire inventory and have enough for three to six months of inventory, knowing that we have a one to two year expiration and that we’ll have an inventory turn of six months. We like to give ourselves about six months. Plan it safe. Exactly. But we also like to have enough inventory. There’s some people out there that have one month of inventory on hand, which is a disaster for us because we want to use the best ingredients and we test their ingredients so much. And if ingredient fails a test, we’re not using it. And that’s going to delay our supply chain.

31:14
and we’re only keeping one month of ingredients on product on stock, we could be stuck without product for several months. So we like to keep a lot of products in stock because we want to be able to, you know, we always test their stuff and we might have to decline an ingredient supplier. We always say that we’re not loyal to any individual ingredient supplier. We’re only loyal to the test results. Right. Okay. That makes sense.

31:43
So let’s switch gears into your specialty. You’re responsible for marketing and sales, right? So how the heck does one go from zero to 250,000 orders in just two years? Why are you asking questions like, well, the one thing you gotta do, Well, I’m giving you some leeway because I know you like to talk. I’m giving you- lick your finger, jump around in a circle, stare up at the sun, touch your toe and do that in less than three seconds. And guess what?

32:13
Money and orders will rain from the sky. So let’s start from the beginning. Right. So you have this influencer, right? So what was your first step? Once you had product in hand? Why do people say it’s an influencer? It’s not an influencer. I have a business partner. Her name is Vani. She’s a friend of mine. Okay. I don’t know what terms to use, Derek, that you won’t correct me, but I’ll let you go on. So we have a new…

32:40
So we’re working with Vani and the big thing that we didn’t know, like I’ll just take you back. When we wanted to launch this, we didn’t know what kind of demand we would have for our first product. At the time we chose our first product was a turmeric supplement. This was chosen because at the time Vani was taking a turmeric supplements and that company got acquired by a large company. They then changed the ingredients of the turmeric supplements and just

33:09
never really told anyone that they changed it. This frustrated Bonnie and she stopped taking it. She now wanted the reason why I picked Tumeric is because we had this story of her having a bad experience with Tumeric and we just were like, you know what, we’re going to make a Tumeric product. That’s going to be our first product. But we still didn’t know would people buy this? You know, how much do people buy? Do people care? Is the Tumeric a very common supplement? Like why would they

33:39
try to Lani like why us? These are all concerns that we have. So we just started asking ourselves like, well, what’s going to make people buy from us? It’s like, well, what if we just told the story about Vani took a tumor supplement, the company got acquired, they changed ingredients and she stopped taking it. So 100 % true. That’s what happened. I was like, what if we just tell that story?

34:05
And then say, that’s why we’re launching our company where we’re going to release a product and it’s going to be what we say it is. We’re going to sell you the product. If we change ingredients, we’re going to tell you, we’re not going to hide it. tell you. And we told that story and what happened was is everyone started to raise their hand. They’re like, you know, I hate when companies do that. I hate when they buy a product I love and they change the ingredients. And what’s funny is this happens all the time.

34:35
I’ve worn the same set of shoes, Steve, for five years. And the same shirts too, right? Same shirts, I wear everything the same. These shoes, I bought these shoes when they first came out. I wore them, they were great. I bought them a second time, I wore them, they were great. I bought them a third time, the leather of the shoe wasn’t breaking in the same way, and it was cutting my foot on my big toe in a weird way. Like that’s weird, right? I bought the fourth set.

35:05
And it was doing the same thing. I bought the fifth set. was doing the same thing. I called the company and I’m like, did you guys change the leather that you’re using? Like, no, no, no. It’s the same exact thing. I’ll tell you right now. I don’t know how to determine if the leather changed or not, but I can tell you that two sets of shoes, the problem never happens. Three sets of shoes. happened every time. Right. They clearly changed something and didn’t tell anyone. And that pissed me off. So we told the story.

35:34
about how things got changed in the tumor. People were like, yeah, I hate when that happens. We said, well, we’re going to be pre-selling our product. The reason why we’re pre-selling is because we don’t know, you know, we basically being honest with them like, Hey, we’re going to launch this. We’re not sure what the demand is or how much we’re going to need. we’re going to, we have the product formulated. It’s ready to rock. Come out in February. We’re, you know, we want to see if there’s demands. We did it. And then the demand was there and then the sales came in, but it helped that.

36:04
We told a true story about a pain that we had in our life, which was tumor, changed ingredients, it’s annoying. And then we had the ability to get attention on that pain, which as you called it, is we had Vani who had an audience who could share that with her audience. Now a lot of people love to say like, well, what if I don’t have an audience? What do I do? It’s like, well, an audience could be gone through anything. Like you could pay for advertising.

36:33
and get an audience through paying for advertising. You could find an influencer as you call it and partner with an influencer. You could build an audience. You could do all of these things. So that’s kind of how that started. You tell a true story, people resonate with it and then they want to buy your stuff. So for that story and the way you launched it by saying you had the ingredients, did you…

37:02
based that first order quantity by the amount of interest that you got? Or did you already pre-order ahead of time? We did both. We pre-ordered product ahead of time based on what we thought we were going to do. Then the sale went up after the first day. We’re like, uh-oh, we didn’t order enough. We called the manufacturer and said, hey, can we order four times more? So how did that happen?

37:31
Like if you got interest beforehand, presumably, maybe you got emails, I don’t know how you did it. But why were the numbers so off from your launch? Well, because I didn’t even know I’ve never launched a product like this before. I didn’t even know what to expect. I see. You know what I mean? We were pre-selling it as an early launch and we’re trying to get demands just to figure out how much demand there was. And the demand was higher than we thought it was going to be. Turned out everyone was mad about

37:59
big companies changing the greens without telling anyone. Okay, I keep forgetting you’re used to digital products, right? There is no selling out. That’s right, that’s right. That’s exactly right. So that’s kind of what happened. So let me ask you this, that same message that you were talking about, this story, did it work when you ran Facebook ads to cold audiences? Yeah, of course. We ran a lot of ads to that story. I mean, it’s a good story. It’s a true story.

38:28
Turns out that there’s a lot of people out there who are mad at companies for changing ingredients. Actually, you could look at, you could find any major company changing ingredients and see that there’s a protest around the ingredient change. So when you were running that ad, was it a non-product specific ad? Was it just trying to get that message out and then lead back to your site or was it specifically about Tumeric? Yeah, honestly, this is what was crazy about it is it was a non-product specific ad. It was just like, hey, we’re launching this company. And by the way, our first product is Tumeric.

38:58
Okay. That didn’t even lead with benefits of turmeric. We just kind of led with the pain of companies changing ingredients and then said, by the way, our first product is turmeric and we plan to do so much more by buying this turmeric. You can get a really good product, but it’s also going to help us create more products in the future. We just basically told the true story of what we were trying to do. And we went from that one turmeric product, we have 12 skews now. And if things keep going the way they’re going, we’re hoping to have 24 skews by the end of next year.

39:27
I’m pretty sure that was intentional, but I think that was the smart thing to do, right? Most people buy brands because of what they stand for and not necessarily the exact product. So if you led with like, our tumor is the best, I’m pretty sure it wouldn’t have worked as well, right? Yeah, you know, we live in a world right now where people want to buy the company they believe in. This was true with information products. It’s true with, you know, food products. It’s true. It’s true with everything.

39:57
Right. People are buying for identity and it turns out that when you have a magnetic personality or identity, people want to be a part of it just because they like it. Right. Yep. And it’s like me, like I have a lot of different products that I use for different reasons. Like I, like, like I wear the same t-shirts every day. Right. I wear the same black Mack Weldon V neck t-shirt. I wear the same shirt every day.

40:26
Mack Weldon kind of caters to this new casual man, if you will. And I kind of view myself as a new casual dude. That identity might’ve gotten my attention, right? So it got my attention. Then I got their V-neck and their V-neck was amazing, right? So now I got 50 black, you know, Mack Weldon V-necks that I, that’s the only thing I wear. I literally do not change my shirt. I have the same shirt 50 times. The same is true with, I wear sweatpants every day. They’re like fitted.

40:56
Y3 sweatpants and I went through a lot of different sweatpants and I wear the same ones because they’re perfect. They’re literally perfect. There’s no complaints about it. Same thing is true with, with types of notebooks I use. I have a brand it is called, I can’t pronounce it. It’s called Nemo Cine. think M N E M O S Y N E. They make this really great notebook and it has really amazing paper, paper so soft. can rub your face on it and just feels great. Not that you’re ever rubbing your face on your notebook, but.

41:25
The paper’s amazing. It comes from Japan. And I buy this product. got, you know, probably bought a hundred of these notebooks because I just love using that product. It also speaks about me as a person probably that I’m that weird guy buying an imported notebook from Japan for $21 and that’s the only notebook I write on. Like, wasn’t going to say it, dude. I wasn’t going to say it, but all right. So you launched your product online. When did you guys decide to transition over to retail?

41:56
That was a 2020 decision. So we had several people very similar to how we started the company, man. Like, you know, people were mad about the ingredient selection while we were running this company for about a year and a half. And people kept asking, are you in retail stores? Are you in retail stores? Are you in retail stores? And we’re like, no, we’re direct consumer. We sell online. Oh man. I really wish you were at the local store. So customers kept asking. The retailers kept asking, Hey, can we put you in our retail stores? We put you in our retail stores. People are asking about you.

42:26
And we’re like, all right, whatever. I, I know nothing about this, but maybe we’ll do it. So we start doing some research into looking into retail. I’ve been, I’ve been in direct consumer marketing my entire adult life. I’ve sold everything direct to consumer. started out way back in the day, like, you know, early two thousands where I was in a fill hit for teeth whitening products, where I was selling teeth whitening strips or whatever. But I’ve been selling DTC my whole adult life.

42:54
And retail was a new thing for me. So since I didn’t have experience there, the first thing we did was recruit a director of sales from a company that had tremendous retail presence already. So I knew if I was going to get into retail, I needed someone to guide me in that process. We recruited somebody to do it. We also hired a consultant to help advise us in the process. Like the consultant kind of taught me to have an environment about the whole retail landscape. And he was a consultant that

43:22
was currently a full-time employee at another food company that was doing sizable volumes, you know what I mean, of revenues. So we hired them to try to get the ground work and that was cool. Then we found he helped us find a director of sales and actually helped us find the person, interview the person, make sure they’re legit. We then had the director of sales and our director of sales has been leading the charge in 2020. What are some additional headaches that going into retail causes that just doing straight D to CECOM?

43:52
you wouldn’t see. Well, you want to go talk about margins. Well, you got to sell your product for cheaper than you’re selling it to the retail store so they can make their margins. Sure. So what is it like a 2X markup? Depends. There’s not a flat market, right? Depends on what product it is. But I will tell you, it’s one more person you have to now satisfy with the price and they’re going to give you immense price pressure to push down. That’s the first thing. Second thing is

44:17
Is we’re a new DTC brand. even though we’ve been getting a lot of traction, some companies just don’t care. Right. So getting into stores is a different problem. If you will, luckily we have a good brand and there’s a couple of stores that took a chance on us. And then we over-delivered. We launched into one of the first chains we got in was a chain called Arawan. It’s a very beautiful grocery store in California. have amazing products in Arawan. And it’s one of the things that.

44:46
You know, when Vani goes to California, that’s when the first grocery store she goes to Devon. He lives in California. He loves Erewhon. Like everyone loves Erewhon. How could I have not have heard of this place before? How do you spell it? E-R-E-W-H-O-N. Interesting. Okay. Cause I live in California. Wait, wait. What part Cali? Northern California. I don’t think Erewhon’s up there. think it’s only so Oh, it’s an LA thing. Okay. Got it. Yeah. So it’s an amazing, amazing store. And…

45:14
You know, they took a chance on us. They put us in there. So we wanted to over deliver. What did we do? Well, we got an Arowan. The first thing we did, we started running advertising to the LA area, talking about being an Arowan. We emailed it out. We started promoting it. And you know, we, we sold through our inventory pretty quickly. And I remember hearing from my director of sales. He’s like, we sold through the inventory in like two weeks. That’s very rare for a new brands that goes into a store for the first time.

45:42
And we started getting reorders and people started buying and more people wanted to get in, get, get on board. And as we get more stores on board, we just keep marketing that we’re in those stores to the local areas. And I have come to realize that all retail is, and this is the way I describe business now. People want to buy the products they want the way they want to buy them. Some people like to buy online.

46:13
Some people like to go to the store and buy it. Some people just want to buy the product the way they want to buy it, period. So for the first year, we weren’t even on Amazon, dude. We go on Amazon, Amazon blows up. It’s a great source of revenue that people want to buy on Amazon. And it’s funny because it’s like, I like buying on Amazon too. So I get it. Some people just want to go to the store. So from our perspective, when we put a product on Amazon,

46:39
or we put a product on our website or we put a product in the retail store. It’s our job as a business to sell that product. There are too many people who think going retail is going to be the magic bullet that gets them all the sales that they want for their product. But there are plenty of people who go retail and don’t sell any products because it’s not the retail store’s job to sell the product. It’s the brand’s job to sell the product.

47:10
Right? It’s the brand’s job to build demand. The demand will come in location, online, on Amazon, but it’s the brand’s job to build demand. All the retail store does is make it available to be purchased in person. That’s really interesting. I actually never heard of people running ads to their retail stores because the margins are a lot less, right? Already you’re giving stores the wholesale price and then now you’re running ads.

47:39
for people to actually buy it. What do mean? That’s so people don’t talk about it, but it’s true. there’s this cool. I’m not arguing with you. I’m just saying. no. Let me give you an example. So when you get into a retail store, there’s something called trade spend. You know, when you see a product featured at the end of an aisle and then cap, you have to pay for that most of the time. If you want to get a special display, you got to pay for that’s trade spend. It’s funny because we’ve been breaking into these retail stores and we’re like, all right, what’s the trade spend options? They’re like, oh, we don’t do that for new brands. Like, okay.

48:09
Or like, you the first thing that I do is like, great, how do I pay for an end cap? How can I pay for a newsletter drop? I’m trying to buy the ads as soon as we go in, which is very rare, I’m told, for a new brand going into retail. Because I come at this from a direct consumer mindset, right? Where I’m used to paying for advertising to acquire customers, right? It’s called in retail, we call, you know, online, it’s called pay for advertising, acquire customers. That’s what they say online.

48:37
In retail, it’s called driving trial. That’s the word that they use. You have to get the store that has customers that may not know who you are. You have to convince them to drive trial. So you lose money on spending on advertising and trade spend to get their customers to buy your product for the first time. If your product’s great, they buy it again. You drive trial. That’s very similar to internet marketing. It’s all the same to me, right? You’re just driving trial of your product.

49:06
It just depends on where it is. Now, some retail stores have the ability to give you trade spend. Some of them don’t want you to spend any money on trade spend for the first 90 days that you’re in the store. Why? I don’t know. It’s rules. I have no idea why, dude. Like that’s, that’s a, that’s a question for them. I’m not a retailer, but sometimes they wait. I don’t know about you, dude. I’m not trying to wait for anything. So I’m to go buy my own ads if they’re not going to let me buy their ads.

49:36
I’m wondering if this strategy would be different if you weren’t a consumable product. Like if you’re a one and done type of product. Because I know you guys try to drive subscriptions whenever you can online, is that right? What’s a one and done product? Why would you? So I’ll tell you right now, consumables help. But if you’re a one product company, you will go out of business, period. I meant like a one product or one purchase type of thing that lasts a long time. What am I thinking here?

50:03
For example, like a handbag, for example. Yeah, but what’s the cost of the handbag? The price point is a lot higher, yes. Yeah, so you have more money to spend. I’m selling a $29 bottle of turmeric, right? So I’m pretty sure I can get someone to buy a handbag that they sell for… By the way, margins in handbags, if you’re buying a $500 handbag, it probably costs… Yeah, I it’s ridiculous.

50:30
Yeah, I actually know the margins of handbags because we released a true Bonnie bag as a free gift. know, yeah, that’s right. That’s right. So I know a little bit about know a little bit about how handbags work. But there’s a lot more margin in handbags and we’re selling. We don’t sell the handbag. We just made it as a gift, obviously. But there’s more margin to be spent right at the end of the day when you’re a business. Here’s the amount of money you get for this sale. Right. Here’s the cost of goods.

50:59
then how much money are you spending to get that customer? Is there any money left over to make any money here? That’s the question. And if you’re selling a handbag, I’ll tell you right now, if you only sell one handbag, you’re not going to win. You’re going to lose. going to be a loser company and you’re never going to make any money. You’re going to only make money if you sell a handbag and you sell a second handbag and you sell a third handbag and you sell a t-shirt and you start expanding your product.

51:27
The true revenue opportunity comes from building something for people that believe the same things you believe, selling them that thing, and then getting them to buy more things. With us as a consumable, the more things that they’re buying happens to be more of the same exact product, right? But with luxury apparel company, you might have to get them into accessories. It’s why most luxury apparel has handbags and shirts and sunglasses and perfumes. You need that to make the business work.

51:58
I remember you had an interesting view on discounting. Do you guys run sales for your products anymore? Sales. I hate sales. I do have an interesting view on discounting. I think that discounting is stupid almost always. I think it kind of spits in the face of the customers who pay full price. So that’s the first problem. Second problem is it encourages bulk buying, which is a problem when you’re a subscription based company.

52:27
And it also encourages people to buy more of a product they don’t necessarily need just because they’re trying to save money. So I think it’s actually bad for the customer. Um, so that’s the first problem with discount. Second problem is even though I’m anti-discounting, we do some discounts and the discounts are only to get people to, as I was saying before, drive trial. Like we have done a 50 % off the first month of subscription, meaning you could try about a product of ours and get 50 % off the first purchase.

52:55
as long as you subscribe to monthly delivery. The reason why we do this is predominantly because I want you to try the product and I know when you try the product you’re gonna love it, you’re gonna buy it again. Do know what I mean? Yeah. So we drive trial. Now we do that for right now predominantly because we don’t have our product in sample form for all of our products. That’s a whole other line of skews. It’s expensive. We’d rather just give a full-size product at a discount and then try to create all these samples that we could

53:25
give it out or whatever. It’s just too expensive to do that at the size company that we’re at. after that first purchase, you guys pretty much don’t discount anymore, although you can get it for cheaper if you subscribe, right? Yeah, we have some levels where if you subscribe, you save money on the subscription, obviously, because we want you to subscribe. We also have where if you spend certain amount each, you know, if your order size is certain amount, you can get free shipping and handling. I think that there are some bundles.

53:53
that we have where if you can get multiple products in the bundle, like one of each product or whatever, there’s a little bit preferential of a price on a per product basis in the bundle. But we generally don’t incentivize bulk purchasing. I think bulk purchasing is bad for business and I think it’s bad for the customer. So we rather you try multiple different products as opposed to buying 10 of the same product. I’ll tell you why I don’t like bulk. I can tell you a story about bulk purchasing.

54:24
When I started to work out, wanted to buy some supplements and I’m going through the process of buying these supplements or whatever. I ended up getting like six bottles of every supplement. And I was just looking like, then I get this big package of like, know, six huge tubs of stuff for six different things, like 36 containers. And I’m like, I live in New York city, dude. I don’t got the space to store this stuff. So I’m like, why did I just do that? That’s annoying. I’m like, why don’t I just get it shipped every month?

54:54
And I was like, that makes sense. And I then I look at my own behavior. I get my deodorant shipped to me every six weeks. I get my other stuff shipped to me. I get my toilet paper. I get everything shipped to me on subscription because it’s easier. And I’m like, that’s how this should work for supplements. Other people are doing this, obviously. I didn’t invent supplements, subscriptions or whatever. But I’m like, that’s just the better user experience than buying in bulk. So that’s what we do. We let people buy on subscription or not on subscription. They don’t want.

55:23
to, but they buy a subscription and they could pause, skip, cancel, delay their order, whatever they want very easily. Right. We don’t make it hard to cancel or anything like that. It’s actually, you have to make it easy to cancel in most States actually nowadays. Uh, so we make everything super easy for people and, and, and people like it. You know what I mean? We have a very lenient refund policy. Uh, we want people to try our products. We want people to like our products. We want people to have good experiences because at end of the day,

55:51
We’ve come to find that people will buy a product unless they may not like that product that they just purchased, but they like three other products we have. And the second you give the customer a bad experience, you lose that customer for life. Last question, Derek. Yes. There’s a lot of people who are listening. They’re debating whether to do digital products or physical products. And you kind of have this unique perspective where you’ve done both very well.

56:19
How would you decide either way? What would be like the main criteria?

56:25
I would tell people to take a step back and ask yourself why you’re doing this in the first place. I’ll tell you straight up. I started selling courses. I started social traders because I had something to say, right? I had, I had something I had to get off my chest. It was about marketing. I saw a lot of bad advice getting peddled at the time was pissing me off and I built an audience around teaching people good marketing advice and stuff.

56:51
I didn’t start selling courses actually because of Lewis Howes. Lewis Howes was like, dude, you got to sell courses. He talked me into it. He’s like, you know, you make killing doing this. You make a lot of money doing it. People would learn a lot from you. I never really liked it though. If I’m being completely honest, I did it. And then when I did it, people were getting tremendous value. So I started to get addicted to the help that I was giving people, right?

57:18
But eventually I got burnt out because I never really liked it in the first place. Do know what I mean? So I would say that if you’re thinking about selling digital products, like you got to really want to do that. If you want to teach people and you get, you’re the type of person that loves getting up on stage and teaching or making a course or showing people how to do things and you’re good at it or want to get good at it. And that’s what keeps you up at night. Like you were thinking about better ways to create courses so people actually get the results. Like if that what drives you sell digital products.

57:48
On the other hand, if you are frustrated by a product in your life that stinks, like I’ll tell you another thing that I might make one day. I have a kid, right? My, my, my lady was breastfeeding when the baby was born and we bought a breastfeeding chair. This chair was a rocking chair that had a nice cushion on it. And the way you would hold the baby, right? You have to put the baby, tilt the baby to the side. The baby lacks on the boob.

58:17
starts breastfeeding, but this chair had an armrest that was padded halfway. And then it was wood the other hand. This kid would occasionally be breastfeeding and whip her head back and smash her head on the wooden part of the breastfeeding chair. And I’m looking at this chair and I’m like, what the hell? Why would they put wood at the end of this breastfeeding chair? Breaking my kid’s head open. So I get a bunch of old socks.

58:47
I put it at the wood part of the chair and I tape it there, right? This is solve the problem. And I’m looking at this one day and I’m like, did we just buy a bum chair? I started looking online. Most of these breastfeeding chairs have hard arms, like hard arm rests. And I’m like, I can’t be the only person that has a kid smacking their head on this. So I might make a breastfeeding chair next, dude. But

59:16
As I’m saying, it’s like my ideas for products come from problems I’m having in my life. That’s how I would come up with the problem. You got to be passionate about it. I’m telling you the story of this chair and it still pisses me off to this day. My kid isn’t having the problem hitting her head on that chair anymore because we threw that chair in the garbage. If I’m ever going make a chair, let me tell you, I might make that breastfeeding chair where the armrest is fully padded. Literally, you know what I would put in the ad?

59:46
I would literally tell the story like, hey, when I had my first kid, my kid was breastfeeding, she’d pull her head off and smack her head on the wood and I thought, how come there’s no fully padded armrest? And that’s why I’m proud to introduce the Rocking Armrest Chair. That’s what I would sell this. I would just tell the true story of what happened, show you the product of the armrest and everyone who’s a would-be mom is like, oh no, I don’t want my baby to crack her head open either and they’re gonna buy my chair. So I get past you, dude. No, dude, I love it. That’s why I asked you.

01:00:16
Yeah. So Derek, where can people find true body products? Where’s the best place to go? The best place right now is go to true body.com T R U V A N I.com. That’s where you can see all the cool products we’re releasing. You can see all the cool stuff we’re doing. I don’t really post constant anymore. So people want to get more me probably the best thing they could do is just stalk my Facebook profile where you won’t get business content.

01:00:44
But you’ll definitely get some, um, rants, some unfiltered Derek rants, like the one I posted today. don’t know. Did you see that one today? I was like, so this morning, my lady said one of our up through the night. that the one? Yeah. Yeah. One of my best accomplishments is that we taught our baby to fall asleep each night on her own. And I laughed at it. I’m like, babe, all we did was put the baby in the crib and forget about her until the morning. We literally did nothing. How’s that an accomplishment? And she’s like, no.

01:01:13
that’s just like you to say that. And it’s like, yeah, it is just like me. But like, really, we put the baby in the bed. We have a baby’s crying. Most people can’t resist going to get the baby when it cries. Like, listen, we put the baby in the crib, and we forgot about the baby until tomorrow. And eventually, the baby falls asleep.

01:01:30
All I can say dude is that your wife is a good woman. Oh, she’s great. And if you guys want any of Derek’s archives, like your YouTube channel, you got tons of videos there. Social Triggers is a huge archive of stuff. There’s many ways to get a lot of Derek in your life. If you just look. Yes. And it’s also applicable today. Most of the stuff I’ve ever created is always evergreens. So if you go to my YouTube channel, there’s like a hundred thousand subs over there, socialtriggers.com. There’s a lot of good content there that’ll help you with your business marketing and all that sort

01:02:00
But for me, you can learn from what I say or you could watch what I do. I think watching what I do is probably the best way to learn. And that’s why TrueVine.com is great. And if you like supplements, you can check them out. Cool. Well, Derek, man, really appreciate you coming on the show. Glad we could get this together. Thanks for having me. Hopefully people made it to the end and had a good time. I think they’ll make it to the end. Just my guess. All right, dude. Thanks, man.

01:02:29
Hope you enjoy that episode. Naderik is quite a character and I love listening to the man speak. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecoderjob.com slash episode 320. And once again, I’m going to thank Postscript.io, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at postscript.io slash Steve. That’s P-O-S-T-S-C-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve.

01:02:59
I also want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for ecommerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post-purchase flow, a win-back campaign, basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIO. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog, and if you are interested in starting your own ecommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course.

01:03:29
Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course right away. Thanks for listening.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!

319: How A Simple Mindset Shift Completely Changed My Life With Steve Chou

319: How This One Mindset Shift Changed My Life Forever

Today I’m going solo to talk about a major mindset shift that I made many years ago which drastically changed the course of both my social life and my online businesses.

While this episode is on the shorter side, the content is important and I share a few embarassing stories of my youth to illustrate my points. Enjoy!

What You’ll Learn

  • The number one way to fail
  • How to find your voice
  • The one mindset shift which changed everything

Other Resources And Books

Sponsors

Postscript.io – Postscript.io is the SMS marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Postscript specializes in ecommerce and is by far the simplest and easiest text message marketing platform that I’ve used and it’s reasonably priced. Click here and try Postscript for FREE.
Postscript.io

Klaviyo.com – Klaviyo is the email marketing platform that I personally use for my ecommerce store. Created specifically for ecommerce, it is the best email marketing provider that I’ve used to date. Click here and try Klaviyo for FREE.
Klaviyo

EmergeCounsel.com – EmergeCounsel is the service I use for trademarks and to get advice on any issue related to intellectual property protection. Click here and get $100 OFF by mentioning the My Wife Quit Her Job podcast.
Emerge Counsel

Transcript

00:00
You’re listening to the My Wife Quitter Job podcast, the place where I bring on successful bootstrap business owners and delve deeply into the strategies they use to grow their businesses. Now today is going to be a solo episode where I’m going to talk about one mindset shift that drastically changed the course of both my social life as well as my online business success. Now this concept is important and I’m more than happy to share with you embarrassing stories to illustrate my points. But before we begin, I want to thank Postscript.io for sponsoring this episode. Now if you run an e-commerce business of any kind,

00:28
You know how important it is to own your customer contact list. And this is why I’m focusing a significant amount of my efforts on SMS marketing. I sincerely believe that SMS or text message marketing is going to be a huge channel for my store going forward. And I’ve chosen Postscript.io to be my text message provider. Now why Postscript? It is because they specialize in e-commerce stores and e-commerce is their primary focus. Not only is it easy to use, but you can quickly segment your audience based on your exact sales data.

00:55
and implement automated flows like an abandoned cart at the push of a button. Not only that, it is price well too and you only pay for the messages that you actually send. So head on over to postscript.io slash Steve and try it for free. That’s P-O-S-T-S-E-R-I-P-T dot I-O slash Steve. I also want to thank Klaviyo for sponsoring this episode. Now it’s safe to say that most of us have been doing more online shopping lately. And if you’re an e-commerce brand, that means you might be seeing more first time customers. But once they’ve made that first purchase, how do you keep them coming back?

01:24
That is what Klaviyo is for. Klaviyo is the ultimate email and SMS marketing platform for e-commerce brands, and it gives you the tools to build your contact lists, send memorable emails, automate key messages, and more. A lot more. And that is why more than 30,000 brands like Chubbies, Brooklinen, and Living Proof use Klaviyo to build a loyal following. Strong customer relationships mean more repeat sales, enthusiastic word of mouth, and less depending on third-party ads. So whether you’re launching a new business or taking your brand to the next level, Klaviyo can help you get growing faster.

01:54
and it is free to get started. So visit clevio.com slash mywife to create your free account. That’s K-L-A-V-I-Y-O dot com slash mywife. Now onto the show.

02:22
Welcome to the My Wife Coder Job podcast. Today, I’m going to share with you some embarrassing stories about my childhood, how I came out of my shell and how good things started happening when I stopped doing this one thing. Now, if you’ve ever met me in real life, you probably know that I have a tendency to blurt out whatever’s on my mind. Sometimes what comes out of my mouth is inappropriate. Sometimes it’s embarrassing. And sometimes it’s what everyone else is thinking, but unwilling to say out loud. But it is who I am and I don’t care.

02:50
What’s funny though is that I was a completely different person as a kid. And growing up, I was taught to fit in with all the other kids, work hard and let my grades do all the talking. And as a result, I was painfully shy when I was young. I never spoke up in class. I rarely initiated conversation. In fact, I was the quiet Chinese kid in the corner who rocked all the tests, got straight A’s and helped bring up the property values in my neighborhood. Now outside of my close friends, no one knew anything about me because I rarely said a word.

03:20
I blended into the background and quietly went about my studies. But the truth is is that deep down, I didn’t want to be this way. I didn’t want to be the good old Chinese nerd in class and I wanted to be liked and admired. In fact, I would often dream about being the popular kid in school who all the girls liked. I would envision myself as the life of the party, walking down the halls with random people high-fiving me left and right, but my dreams never had a chance of becoming true because I was afraid of saying the wrong thing.

03:48
I was so scared of what others would think of me that I defaulted to staying silent and just fitting in. And as a result, I held back much of my personality as a kid and probably missed out on being way more popular. Anyway, here’s how I made my transformation and what I learned in the process. Now, as long as we’re digging up old baggage, here’s a childhood story of mine where one of my classmates literally stole all of my jokes and became known as the funniest kid in class. Now it was third grade and this boy named Al, it’s not a real name,

04:18
but we’ll call him Al for this video, was assigned to sit next to me in school and we quickly became friends. I used to tell him whatever random thoughts were going on in my head. And whenever a Seinfeld worthy event happened during school, I would make some sort of outrageous comment to make him laugh and he would often crack up in the middle of class. In fact, he found my zinger so funny that he started yelling out my one liners in front of all the students in the class. And of course everyone loved what came out of his mouth because they were my jokes.

04:46
and Al became known as the funniest kid in the third grade. Now what’s sad is that I never had the courage to tell my own jokes out loud because I was too afraid to speak up. And I continued to let Al steal my thunder the entire year, but he made me realize that I had a funny personality. Anyway, after hiding in Al’s shadow all of third grade, I slowly started speaking up more and I realized that it was okay to say whatever was on my mind. And in fact, it was cathartic.

05:15
So the summer of eighth grade was that I truly came out of my shell. And that summer I was sent away to overnight camp at Franklin and Marshall college for three weeks. And it was my first opportunity to experiment with my new, I’m going to say whatever the hell I want philosophy because no longer was I stuck in an environment where I was expected to be the quiet nerd. And I could start all over again. And at this camp, no one had any preconceived notions about my personality. And it was my chance to let loose with zero consequences.

05:43
because I would never see these kids again. And in fact, it was at this summer camp that I realized that acting normal made me stand out. And that summer, I finally experienced what it felt like to be a popular kid, and I met my first girlfriend that year. So sometimes a change of environment is necessary to hit your reset button. When you are stuck in the same peer group for too long, you can get pigeonholed with a certain persona that can be hard to break out of. Anyway, I came back from summer camp that year with some major life lessons

06:12
that I’m going to share with you right now. So lesson number one, no one is paying attention to you. The first lesson I learned is that we think too highly of ourselves. When you are insecure about yourself, paranoia dictates that everyone is watching your every move. But it is usually the complete opposite. And in fact, I always chuckle whenever my wife asks me for my opinion, whenever we go out. Should I go with the pearl earrings or the diamond stud for this party? They both look beautiful. This is the correct answer for every question, by the way. Hmm, I don’t know.

06:42
Honey, we gotta get going. No one is going to care. I care. Have you ever spent way too much time thinking about what you’re going to wear? Have you ever been worried about how you’re dressed or how you looked? One time I was so paranoid about a stain in my pants that I purposely sat cross-legged on the sofa for an entire night so no one would notice. This is a scenario that we all secretly picture in our minds, but in reality, everyone is just planning their next selfie. Overall, we give ourselves too much credit.

07:10
No one is paying close attention to you and it is all in your head. Lesson number two, your fears are usually irrational. Now the consequences of our fears are usually much dire than we envision. So for example, when my wife and I first launched our e-commerce store, we were both terrified of failing and losing all of our money. And in my mind, I pictured myself getting ridiculed by my Stanford classmates. After all, selling handkerchiefs online is not a glamorous business by any means. And to fail at it, that would be downright embarrassing.

07:40
I also had frequent nightmares of my wife and I at the side of the road begging for money. Totally irrational, I know. But in reality, we invested roughly $630 into our online store and a ton of sweat equity. There is nothing for us to lose except for our pride. In worst case scenario, the business fails, my wife goes back to work, and life goes on. Now when I was younger, I used to be afraid of approaching women and strangers because I was terrified of rejection. But these days, I simply ask myself, what is the worst

08:09
that can possibly happen. If I get rejected, is this going to profoundly affect my life? And the answer is almost always no. Lesson number three, when you speak your mind, people will listen. And when I first started blogging back in 2009, I played it safe by writing canned tutorials about e-commerce. I took what I read online and what I implemented with my online store and stuck strictly to the facts. And at the time, I didn’t express my own opinions with my writing because I didn’t want anyone to disagree with me. I wanted everyone to like me.

08:38
and agree with everything I said. And it was just like third grade all over again. I was afraid to write about how I truly felt. I didn’t want to say anything bad about the tools that I was using, nor did I stray from writing about what was generally accepted as best practice. And as a result, my blog was a total failure for the first few years because my writing was a regurgitation of what was already out there. There was no soul to my posts. I never took a strong stance on anything. But when I finally got personal and expressed my opinion,

09:08
My articles immediately gained traction. No one likes to read bland content that just plays it safe. People want to hear what is on your mind. And someone once told me that you aren’t truly successful until you get your first piece of hate mail. And I actually truly believe this statement. Unless you are striking a nerve with your audience, you will never be successful. So overall, people always gravitate towards an individual with a strong opinion, whether they disagree or not. You can’t please everyone, but if you try, you will please no one.

09:37
If you sell on Amazon or run any online business for that matter, the most important aspect of your long-term success will be your brand. And this is why I work with Steven Weigler and his team from Emerge Council to protect my brand over at Bumblebee Linens. Now what’s unique about Emerge Council is that Steve focuses his legal practice on e-commerce and provides strategic and legal representation to entrepreneurs to protect their IP. So for example, if you’ve ever been ripped off or knocked off on Amazon, then Steve can help you fight back and protect yourself.

10:06
Now, first and foremost, protecting our IP starts with a solid trademark and Emerge Council provides attorney-advised strategic trademark prosecution, both in the United States and abroad for a very low price. And furthermore, the students in my course have used Steve for copyrighting their designs, policing against counterfeits and knockoffs, agreements with co-founders and employees, website and social media policies, privacy policies, vendor agreements, brand registry, you name it. So if you need IP protection services, go to EmergeCouncil.com and get a free consult.

10:35
And if you tell Steve that I sent you, you’ll get a hundred dollar discount. That’s E-M-E-R-G-E-C-O-U-N-S-E-L.com. Now back to the show. Lesson number four, no one who fits in is ever wildly successful. Now, if there’s one lesson that I’ve learned from trading stocks that applies to everything in life, it’s that if you follow the crowd, you will never accomplish anything extraordinary. Why is Warren Buffett so successful? It’s because he buys stocks when no one else wants to buy. He doesn’t panic.

11:05
when other people are frantically liquidating their holdings. And the same is true in business and life. If you sell similar products online as everyone else, then your prices will quickly spiral to the bottom. If you use the same marketing tactics as every other business, then you will never make any sales. The secret to success is actually being weird. Don’t think you’re weird? I call BS. Everyone is weird in their own way. And if you ever meet someone who isn’t strange, then be very suspicious because they are hiding something from you.

11:34
The sooner you embrace your eccentricities, the sooner you’ll achieve your goals in life. And in fact, the most successful people I know are all quirky and they leverage their quirkiness to their advantage. For example, Pat Flynn leverages his geekiness and his love for Back to the Future to be relatable to his audience. Derek Halpern runs his snarky mouth and people love it. I often send Photoshop images to my podcast guests as a joke. And here are some of my works of art. For example, I sent this picture to Jen Hansard, the founder of Simple Green Smoothies,

12:04
threatening to expose the image of her drinking a blended caramel ribbon crunch cream frappuccino macchiato instead of her smoothies. I sent a similar accusation to Tony Horton, founder of the hit workout P90X, threatening to expose this picture of him eating McDonald’s french fries amidst a sea of junk food. Now if you haven’t experienced success yet in your life, then it’s probably because you are doing what everyone else is already doing. So embrace your inner crazy, be bold, and take some action. Lesson number five.

12:32
only pay attention to people who matter. Now even though I try my best to ignore what other people think, it is human nature to care. But I’ve trained myself over the years to only care about the opinions from people who matter in my life. And having blogged for over a decade, I’ve received my fair share of hate mail over the years. And these letters contain some of the most hateful language that you’ll ever, ever read. But here’s what I tell myself. You’ll never meet 99.9 % of the people who don’t agree with you, so why waste time thinking about it?

13:01
Focus on the opinions of the people you trust and admire because those are the only opinions that matter. And if you ever do meet a hater in person, I am willing to bet that they’ll be nicer than you think. After all, those who feel anonymous hiding behind a computer screen are much bolder than they are in real life. In fact, I’ve spoken with a few haters in my day who were perfectly nice individuals when I interacted with them on Skype or met them in person. So moral of the story here is don’t be afraid of the hate.

13:29
Embrace it because it means that you are doing something right. So finally, the biggest turning point in my life came when I stopped bottling myself up and pushing down my personality. After all, it’s human nature to not rock the boat and try to blend in. But in reality, embracing your inner weird is the only way to stand out. Because remember, almost nothing that you’re scared of is actually that scary. Now, not everyone will like you, but the only way to discover who does is to be yourself. And people naturally gravitate towards opinionated people.

13:59
Weird is interesting, conformity is not. Here’s to breaking out of your shell. It took a third grader named Al and an eighth grade summer camp to bust out of mine, and I hope to experience your quirky personality in person someday.

14:15
Hope you enjoyed this somewhat embarrassing episode. And what’s hilarious is that one of my friends knew exactly who I was talking about when they heard about this story and immediately looked up Al on Google. And it turns out he looks exactly the same as he did in elementary school and he’s doing quite well as well. For more information about this episode, go to mywifecoupterjob.com slash episode 319. And once again, I want to thank Clavio, which is my email marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. You can easily put together automated flows like an abandoned card sequence, a post purchase flow, a win back campaign.

14:43
Basically all these sequences that will make you money on autopilot. So head on over to mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. Once again, that’s mywifequitterjob.com slash KLAVIYO. I also want to thank Postscript.io, which is my SMS marketing platform of choice for e-commerce merchants. With a few clicks of a button, you can easily segment and send targeted text messages to your client base. SMS is the next big own marketing platform and you can sign up for free over at Postscript.io slash Steve.

15:11
That’s P-O-S-T-S-C-R-I-P-T.I-O slash Steve. Now I talk about how I use these tools on my blog. And if you are interested in starting your own eCommerce store, head on over to mywifequitterjob.com and sign up for my free six day mini course. Just type in your email and I’ll send you the course out of the way. Thanks for listening.

15:31
where we are giving the courage people need to start their own online business. more information, visit Steve’s blog at www.mywifequitterjob.com.

I Need Your Help

If you enjoyed listening to this podcast, then please support me with a review on Apple Podcasts. It's easy and takes 1 minute! Just click here to head to Apple Podcasts and leave an honest rating and review of the podcast. Every review helps!

Ready To Get Serious About Starting An Online Business?


If you are really considering starting your own online business, then you have to check out my free mini course on How To Create A Niche Online Store In 5 Easy Steps.

In this 6 day mini course, I reveal the steps that my wife and I took to earn 100 thousand dollars in the span of just a year. Best of all, it's absolutely free!